<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="cfr.xsl"?>
<CFRGRANULE xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="CFRMergedXML.xsd">
  <FDSYS>
    <CFRTITLE>46</CFRTITLE>
    <CFRTITLETEXT>Shipping</CFRTITLETEXT>
    <VOL>2</VOL>
    <DATE>1998-10-01</DATE>
    <ORIGINALDATE>1998-10-01</ORIGINALDATE>
    <COVERONLY>false</COVERONLY>
    <TITLE/>
    <GRANULENUM/>
    <ANCESTORS/>
  </FDSYS>
  <CHAPTER>
    <SUBCHAP TYPE="N">
      <PRTPAGE P="5"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER E—LOAD LINES</HD>
      <PART>
        <RESERVED>PART 41[RESERVED]</RESERVED>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 42</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 42—DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN VOYAGES BY SEA</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.01—Authority and Purpose</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>42.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authority for regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose of regulations.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.03—Application</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.03-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>U.S.-flag vessels subject to the requirements of this subchapter.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.03-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Foreign vessels subject to this subchapter.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.03-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>The Great Lakes of North America.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.03-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special load line marks for vessels carrying timber deck cargo.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.03-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Equivalents.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.03-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Experimental installations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.03-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exemptions for vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.03-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>U.S.-flag vessels and Canadian vessels navigating on sheltered waters of Puget Sound and contiguous west coast waters of United States and Canada.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.05—Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approved.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Commandant.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Great Lakes.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>International voyage.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-47</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspector or inspector.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>New vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recognized classification society.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ship(s) and vessel(s).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.05-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Surveyor.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.07—Control, Enforcement, and Rights of Appeal</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.07-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load lines required.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marks placed on vessel to indicate load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submergence of load line marks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Zones and seasonal areas.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Logbook entries.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval of the Commandant.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval of the assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>American Bureau of Shipping as an assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recognized classification society as an assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Change in assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Penalties for violations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cancellation of load line certificates or exemption certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Control.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.07-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Right of appeal.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.09—Load Line Assignments and Surveys—General Requirements</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.09-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assignment of load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>All vessels—division into types.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Stability, subdivision, and strength.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Surveys by the American Bureau of Shipping or assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Surveys of foreign vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Initial or periodic survey requirements for all vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Additional survey requirements for steel-hull vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Additional survey requirements for wood-hull vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Annual surveys.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction of deficiencies.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.09-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Repairs or alterations to vessel after it has been surveyed.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.11—Applications for Load Line Assignments, Surveys, and Certificates</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.11-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.11-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applications for load line assignments, surveys, and certificates for U.S.-flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.11-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applications for load line assignments and certificates for vessels other than U.S.-flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.11-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for timber load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.11-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for annual survey.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.13—General Rules for Determining Load Lines</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.13-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assumptions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboards assigned vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions of terms.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deck line.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line mark.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Lines to be used with the load line mark.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Mark of assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Details of marking.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.13-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Verification of marks.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.15—Conditions of Assignment of Freeboard</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Information to be supplied to the master.<PRTPAGE P="6"/>
            </SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Superstructure end bulkheads.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Doors.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Positions of hatchways, doorways and ventilators.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cargo and other hatchways.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchways closed by portable covers and secured weathertight by tarpaulins and battening devices.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchways closed by weathertight covers of steel or other equivalent material fitted with gaskets and clamping devices.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Machinery space openings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Miscellaneous openings in freeboard and superstructure decks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ventilators.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Air pipes.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cargo ports and other similar openings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scuppers, inlets, and discharges.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Side scuttles.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing ports.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Protection of the crew.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.15-80</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special conditions of assignment for Type “A” vessels.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.20—Freeboards</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.20-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard assignment: Type “A” vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard assignment: Type “B” vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flooding standard: Type “A” vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flooding standard: Type “B” vessel, 60 percent reduction.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flooding standard: Type “B” vessel, 100 percent reduction.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Initial conditions of loading.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Free surface.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Extent of damage.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions of equilibrium.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vessels without means of propulsion.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard tables.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction to the freeboard for vessels under 328 feet in length.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for block coefficient.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for depth.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for position of deck line.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Standard height of superstructure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Length of superstructure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Effective length of superstructure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Trunks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deduction for superstructures and trunks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sheer.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum bow height.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.20-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum freeboards.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.25—Special Requirements for Vessels Assigned Timber Freeboards</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application of this subpart.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions of terms used in this subpart.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Construction of vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Stowage.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Computation for freeboard.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.30—Zones, Areas, and Seasonal Periods</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Basis.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.30-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Northern Winter Seasonal Zones and area.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Southern Winter Seasonal Zone.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tropical Zone.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.30-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal Tropical Areas.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.30-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Summer Zones.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.30-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Enclosed seas.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.30-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>The Winter North Atlantic Load Line.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.50—Load Line Certificates—Model Forms</HD>
            <SECTNO>42.50-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.50-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>International load line certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.50-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line certificates for non-ad-her-ent foreign flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>42.50-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coastwise load line certificates for U.S.-flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>46 U.S.C. 5101-5116; 49 CFR 1.46; section 42.01-5 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.01—Authority and Purpose</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authority for regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The statutory authority to prescribe rules and regulations requiring certain vessels to have and display load line marks indicating the maximum amidship draft to which such vessels may be safely loaded and certification thereof by the assigning authority is in 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, 1982, as amended by CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This section collects and displays the control numbers assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 <E T="03">et seq.</E>). The Coast Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved <PRTPAGE P="7"/>agency information collection requirement.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Display.</E>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,9" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">46 CFR part or section where identified or described</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Current OMB control No.</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Part 42 </ENT>
                <ENT>2115-0043</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Part 44 </ENT>
                <ENT>2115-0043</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Part 45 </ENT>
                <ENT>2115-0043</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Part 46 </ENT>
                <ENT>2115-0043</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA>[49 FR 38120, Sept. 27, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose of regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The load line marks when placed on a vessel shall indicate the maximum amidships draft to which such vessel can be lawfully submerged, in the various circumstances and seasons applicable to such vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) This subchapter sets forth the uniform minimum requirements for load line marks on various categories of vessels. It also sets forth requirements for surveys relating to the assignment of load lines, the issuing of load line certificates by authorized issuing authorities, and the carriage of load line certificates aboard vessels.</P>
            <P>(c) The rules and regulations in this subchapter also provide for the enforcement of load line requirements and control over vessels when it is believed such vessels may be in violation of applicable load line requirements.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10049, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.03—Application</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>U.S.-flag vessels subject to the requirements of this subchapter.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Vessels engaged in foreign voyages or international voyages other than solely Great Lakes voyages.</E> (1) All U.S. flag vessels which engage in foreign voyages or international voyages by sea (other than solely in Great Lakes voyages) are subject to this part; except the following:</P>
            <P>(i) Ships of war;</P>
            <P>(ii) New vessels of less than 79 feet in length;</P>
            <P>(iii) Existing vessels of less than 150 gross tons;</P>
            <P>(iv) Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade; and</P>
            <P>(v) Fishing vessels.</P>
            <P>(2) As provided in Article 4(4) of the 1966 Convention, in order for existing vessels to take advantage of any reduction in freeboards from those previously assigned, the regulations in Subparts 42.13 to 42.25, inclusive, of this part shall be fully complied with. Except for due cause, such vessels shall not be required to increase their freeboards under the provisions of the 1966 Convention.</P>
            <P>(3) All U.S.-flag vessels authorized to engage in foreign or international voyages may also engage in domestic voyages by sea and, as permitted by § 45.9 of this part and Part 47 of this subchapter, in Great Lakes voyages without additional load line marks and/or certificates. Where additional load line marks and certificates are provided to specifically cover “Special Service, Coastwise” or “Great Lakes” operation, such vessels are subject to the applicable provisions of Parts 44 and 45 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Vessels engaged in domestic voyages by sea.</E> (1) All U.S.-flag vessels which engage in domestic voyages by sea (coastwise and intercoastal voyages) shall be subject to the applicable provisions of this part except the following:</P>
            <P>(i) Merchant vessels of less than 150 gross tons.</P>
            <P>(ii) Vessels which are mechanically propelled and numbered by a State or the Coast Guard under the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971 (46 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.) and not required by other laws to be inspected or certified by the U.S. Coast Guard. (This exception includes all mechanically propelled vessels of less than 150 gross tons, and un-in-spected motor propelled oceanographic vessels of less than 300 gross tons while operating pursuant to 46 U.S.C. 2113.</P>
            <P>(iii) Pleasure craft not used or engaged in trade or commerce.</P>
            <P>(iv) Barges of less than 150 gross tons.</P>
            <P>(v) Vessels engaged exclusively in voyages on waters within the United States or its possessions and which are determined not to be “coastwise” or “Great Lakes” voyages.</P>
            <P>(vi) Ships of war.</P>

            <P>(vii) U.S. public vessels other than those vessels of 150 gross tons or over and engaged in commercial activities.<PRTPAGE P="8"/>
            </P>
            <P>(2) In order for existing vessels to take advantage of any reduction in freeboards from those previously assigned, paragraph (a)(2) of this section applies.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Vessels engaged solely on Great Lakes voyages.</E> A U.S. flag vessel 79 feet and more and 150 gross tons or over that engages solely on Great Lakes voyages is subject to the applicable provisions of this part and Part 45 of this subchapter and must comply with the regulations in force on the date the keel is laid or a similar progress in construction is made.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Special service coastwise voyage.</E> A U.S. flag vessel 150 gross tons or over that engages in a “special service coastwise voyage” is subject to the applicable provisions of this part and Part 44 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Hopper dredges engaged in limited service domestic voyages.</E> Self-propelled hopper dredges over 79 feet (24 meters) in length with working freeboards, on limited service domestic voyages within 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers) from the mouth of a harbor of safe refuge, are subject to the provisions of this subchapter that apply to a Type “B” vessel and to the provisions of Subpart E of Part 44 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10049, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12289, May 10, 1973; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5721, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 86-016, 51 FR 9962, Mar. 24, 1986; CDG 76-080, 54 FR 36976, Sept. 6, 1989; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Foreign vessels subject to this subchapter.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> All existing foreign merchant vessels of 150 gross tons or over, and new foreign vessels of 79 feet in length or more, loading at or proceeding from any port or place within the jurisdiction of the United States or its possessions for a foreign voyage by sea, or arriving within the jurisdiction of the United States or its possessions from a foreign voyage by sea, in both cases the Great Lakes excepted, are subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, and the regulations in this part applicable to such service. All foreign merchant vessels of 150 gross tons or over, loading at or proceeding from any port or place within the United States on the Great Lakes of North America, or arriving within the jurisdiction of the United States on the Great Lakes, are subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 and the regulations in part 45 of this subchapter applicable to such service.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Canadian vessels.</E> All vessels of Canadian registry and holding valid certificates issued pursuant to Canadian laws and regulations are assumed to be in compliance with the applicable provisions of 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, and the regulations in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Vessels of countries signatory to or adhering to the 1966 Convention.</E> The enforcement and control of load line requirements regarding vessels of countries signatory to or adhering to The International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, (the 1966 Convention) are as described in § 42.07-60 in this part, which is in accord with provisions of Article 21 of the 1966 Convention. Such vessels when holding currently valid certificates issued pursuant to the 1966 Convention, or recognized under such Convention, are assumed to be in compliance with the applicable provisions of such Convention. Such vessels are deemed to be in compliance with the load line requirements found to be equally effective as those established in this part and therefore in compliance with the applicable load line provisions of 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, as amended, and the regulations in this part as authorized by such laws. Vessels engaged in navigation on the Great Lakes are subject to application of seasonal international marks as specified in Part 45 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Vessels of countries not signatory to or adhering to the 1966 Convention.</E> (1) Vessels of countries not signatory to or adhering to the 1966 Convention, when within the jurisdiction of the United States, shall be subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, and the regulations in this subchapter as authorized by such laws.</P>

            <P>(2) Vessels of countries signatory to or adhering only to International Load Line Convention, London, 1930 (the 1930 Convention), and holding valid certificates issued under that Convention, are subject to the applicable law described in paragraph (a) of this section and the <PRTPAGE P="9"/>regulations prescribed thereunder in this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982, as amended by CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>The Great Lakes of North America.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The term “Great Lakes of North America” means those waters of North America which are defined in § 42.05-40, and in the exception in Article 5(2)(a) of the 1966 Convention.</P>
            <P>(b) The expressions in the regulations in this part, such as “voyages by sea,” “proceed to sea,” “arrive from the high seas,” etc., shall be construed as having no application to voyages on the Great Lakes or portions thereof unless specifically provided otherwise in Part 45 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special load line marks for vessels carrying timber deck cargo.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Certain vessels having load line marks not related to carriage of timber deck cargo may be assigned timber load lines if they are in compliance with the applicable requirements governing timber deck cargoes in this subchapter. The timber load lines apply and may be used only when the vessel is carrying timber deck cargo.</P>
            <P>(b) A new or existing vessel having timber load lines assigned to it, when carrying timber deck cargo, may be loaded to the vessel's timber load line applicable to the voyage and season.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Equivalents.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Where in this subchapter it is provided that a particular fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, or equipment, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a vessel, or that a particular provision shall be made or arrangement shall be adopted, the assigning authority, with the prior approval of the Commandant, may accept in substitution therefor any other fitting, material, apparatus, or equipment or type thereof, or any other provision or arrangement: <E T="03">Provided,</E> That it can be demonstrated by trial thereof or otherwise that the substitution is at least as effective as that required by the regulations in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) In any case where it is shown to the satisfaction of the assigning authority and the Commandant that the use of any particular equipment, apparatus, or arrangement not specifically required by law is unreasonable or impracticable, appropriate alternatives may be permitted under such conditions as are consistent with the minimum standards set forth in this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Experimental installations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Complete information (including plans, necessary instructions and limitations, if any) on proposed experimental installations affecting any fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, arrangement, or otherwise shall be submitted to the assigning authority for evaluation. After acceptance by the assigning authority, the complete information of such installation shall be forwarded to the Commandant for specific approval prior to installation. Complete information shall also be furnished for any associated in-stal-la-tion(s) deemed necessary to prevent endangering the vessel during the trial period of proposed experimental installations.</P>
            <P>(b) The use of approved experimental installations shall be permitted only when in accordance with instructions and limitations as specifically prescribed for such installations by the Commandant.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10050, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exemptions for vessels.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) For an individual vessel or category of vessels, upon the specific recommendation of the assigning authority, the Commandant may authorize an exemption from one or more load line requirements. Such recommendation and authorization will depend upon provision of any additional features as deemed necessary by the authorities to ensure the vessel's safety in the services and under the conditions specified in paragraph (b) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="10"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) Exemptions from specific load line requirements for vessels meeting requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are authorized, subject to certain conditions, including type of voyage engaged in, as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) For vessels engaged on international voyages between the United States and near neighboring ports of its possessions or of foreign countries. The exemptions may be permitted because the requirements are deemed to be unreasonable or impracticable due to the sheltered nature of the waters on which the voyages occur or other conditions. These exemptions shall be valid only so long as such a vessel shall remain engaged on specific designated voyages. If the voyage involves a foreign country or countries, the United States will require an exemption agreement with such country or countries prior to the issuance of the appropriate load line certificate.</P>
            <P>(2) For vessels engaged on international voyages which embody features of a novel kind, and where nonexemption may seriously impede research, development, and incorporation of novel features into vessels. If the voyage or voyages intended involve a foreign country or countries, then the United States will require an exemption agreement with such country or countries prior to the issuance of a Load Line Exemption Certificate. If the Commandant grants an exemption pursuant to this paragraph (b)(2) to a U.S. flag vessel that operates on the Great Lakes of North America, he may notify the Chairman of the Board of Steamship Inspection of Canada of the nature of the exemption, but no special exemption certificate is issued.</P>
            <P>(3) For a vessel not normally engaged on international voyages but which is required to undertake a single international voyage under exceptional circumstances.</P>
            <P>(4) For self-propelled hopper dredges engaged on international voyages or on limited service domestic voyages by sea. These vessels may be exempt from applicable hatch cover requirements of § 42.15-25 of this part by showing they meet the requirements in § 174.310 of this chapter. When a Load Line Exemption Certificate is issued for this exemption, it must have an endorsement that only seawater is allowed in the vessel's hoppers.</P>
            <P>(c) A vessel given one or more exemptions from load line requirements under the provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section will be issued the appropriate load line certificate, using Form A1, A2, or A3. In each case the exemptions shall be specified on the load line certificate together with the Convention authority which authorizes such exemptions.</P>
            <P>(d) A vessel given one or more exemptions under the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section will be issued a Load Line Exemption Certificate, using Form E1. This certificate shall be in lieu of a regular load line certificate, and the vessel shall be considered as in compliance with applicable load line requirements.</P>
            <P>(e) The Commandant may exempt from any of the requirements of this part a vessel that engages on a domestic voyage by sea or a voyage solely on the Great Lakes and embodies features of a novel kind, if the novel features and any additional safety measures required are described on the face of the issued certificate.</P>
            <P>(f) A vessel that is not usually engaged on domestic voyages by sea or on voyages on the Great Lakes but that, in exceptional circumstances, is required to undertake a single such voyage between two specific ports is—</P>
            <P>(1) Subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 and the applicable regulations of this subchapter; and</P>
            <P>(2) Issued a single voyage load line authorization by the Commandant that states the conditions under which the voyage may be made and any additional safety measures required for a single voyage.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969, as amended by CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12289, May 10, 1973; CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36976, Sept. 6, 1989; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.03-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>U.S.-flag vessels and Canadian vessels navigating on sheltered waters of Puget Sound and contiguous west coast waters of United States and Canada.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) In a Treaty between the United States and Canada proclaimed on August 11, 1934, the respective Governments were satisfied of the sheltered <PRTPAGE P="11"/>nature of certain waters of the west coast of North America. It was agreed to exempt vessels of the United States and Canadian vessels from load line requirements when such vessels engage on international voyages originating on, wholly confined to, and terminating on such waters. In Article I of this Treaty these waters are described as follows: “* * * the waters of Puget Sound, the waters lying between Vancouver Island and the mainland, and east of a line from a point 1 nautical mile west of the city limits of Port Angeles in the State of Washington to Race Rocks on Vancouver Island, and of a line from Hope Island, British Columbia, to Cape Calvert, Calvert Island, British Columbia, the waters east of a line from Cape Calvert to Duke Point on Duke Island, and the waters north of Duke Island and east of Prince of Wales Island, Baranof Island, and Chicagof Island, the waters of Peril, Neva, and Olga Straits to Sitka, and the waters east of a line from Port Althorp of Chicagof Island to Cape Spencer, Alaska, are sheltered waters * * *.”</P>
            <P>(b) U.S.-flag vessels and Canadian vessels navigating on the treaty waters on a voyage as described in paragraph (a) of this section are by virtue of this Treaty of August 11, 1934, not subject to load line requirements in 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, the 1966 Convention, and the regulations in this subchapter. Vessels navigating these sheltered waters and passing outside their boundary on any voyage cannot claim the benefits of this Treaty and shall be in compliance with the applicable load line requirements in 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, the 1966 Convention, and the regulations in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) Since subdivision requirements apply to all passenger vessels subject to the 1960 International Convention on Safety of Life at Sea, those passenger vessels navigating on the waters described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be in compliance with such 1960 Convention requirements and the regulations in part 46 of this subchapter. The Coast Guard issues to such a vessel a stability letter. The assigning authority is authorized to issue to such a passenger vessel an appropriate load line certificate, modified to meet the conditions governing her service assignment, and marking.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.05—Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approved.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This term means approved by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, unless otherwise stated.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This term means the “American Bureau of Shipping” or such other recognized classification society which the Commandant may approve as the load line assigning and issuing authority for a vessel, as provided in sections 3 of the load line acts.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Commandant.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This term means the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander.</SUBJECT>
            <P>These terms mean an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities within his district. This includes enforcement of load line requirements as described in this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing vessel.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) As used in this part 42, for a vessel engaged on international voyages or on domestic voyages by sea, the term <E T="03">existing vessel</E> means a vessel which is not a new vessel. With few exceptions an <E T="03">existing vessel</E> is a vessel the keel of which was laid, or which was at a similar stage of construction, prior to July 21, 1968. (See § 42.05-50 for the definition of a new vessel.)</P>
            <P>(b)-(c) [Reserved]<PRTPAGE P="12"/>
            </P>

            <P>(d) As used in part 44 of this subchapter, for a vessel marked with load lines for special service on a coastwise or interisland voyage, the term <E T="03">existing vessel</E> means one whose keel was laid prior to September 28, 1937. (See § 44.01-20 of this subchapter.)</P>
            <P>(e) As used in part 45 of this subchapter, <E T="03">existing vessel</E> in all regulations pertaining to a vessel engaged solely on Great Lakes voyages before April 14, 1973, means a vessel whose keel was laid before August 27, 1936. The regulations pertaining to these vessels that are in effect after April 14, 1973, do not use the term <E T="03">existing vessel</E>.</P>

            <P>(f) As used in part 46 of this subchapter, for a passenger vessel marked with subdivision load lines, the term <E T="03">existing vessel</E> means a vessel whose keel was laid or was converted to such service prior to May 26, 1965. (See § 46.05-30 of this subchapter.)</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Great Lakes.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This term means the Great Lakes of North America.</P>
            <P>(b) As used in this part, the term <E T="03">solely navigating the Great Lakes</E> includes any special service coastwise navigation performed by the vessel.</P>
            <P>(c) In concurrence with related Canadian regulations, the waters of the St. Lawrence River west of a rhumb line drawn from Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island, and west of a line along 63° W. longitude from Anticosti Island to the north shore of the St. Lawrence River shall be considered as a part of the Great Lakes. In addition, the Victoria Bridge, Montreal, Canada, is the dividing line between fresh water and salt water in the St. Lawrence River.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>International voyage.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The term <E T="03">international voyage</E> as used in this part shall have the same meaning as the term <E T="03">international voyage</E> in Article 2(4) of the 1966 Convention. Except for vessels operating solely on the waters indicated in Article 5(2) of the 1966 Convention, an <E T="03">international voyage</E> means a sea voyage from any country to a port outside such country, or conversely. For this purpose, every territory for the international relations of which any specific Contracting Government is responsible or for which the United Nations are the administering authority is regarded as a separate country.</P>

            <P>(b) The 1966 Convention does not apply to vessels solely navigating the Great Lakes. Accordingly, such vessels shall not be considered as being on an <E T="03">international voyage</E> for the purpose of this subchapter.</P>

            <P>(c) For the purpose of administration of load line requirements in this subchapter, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Territory of Guam, the Virgin Islands, and all possessions and lands held by the United States under a protectorate or mandate shall each be considered to be a <E T="03">territory</E> of the United States.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-47</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspector or inspector.</SUBJECT>
            <P>These terms mean any person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard assigned under the superintendence and direction of an Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any other person as may be designated for the performance of duties with respect to the inspection, enforcement, and administration of title 52, Revised Statutes, and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, and rules and regulations thereunder.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>New vessel.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) As used in this part 42, for a vessel engaged on international voyages or on domestic voyages by sea, the term <E T="03">new vessel</E> means a vessel, the keel of which is laid, or which is at a similar stage of construction, on or after July 21, 1968. (See § 42.05-30 for definition of an existing vessel.)</P>

            <P>(1) This definition applies to all vessels of countries signatory to or acceding to the 1966 Convention prior to April 21, 1968, and to vessels of countries not adhering to an applicable Convention as indicated in Article 16(4) of the 1966 Convention.<PRTPAGE P="13"/>
            </P>

            <P>(2) For countries which accede to the 1966 Convention after April 21, 1968, a <E T="03">new vessel</E> (foreign) shall be one whose keel is constructively laid 3 months or more after such date.</P>
            <P>(b)-(c) [Reserved]</P>

            <P>(d) As used in part 44 of this subchapter, for a vessel marked with load lines for special service on a coastwise or interisland voyage, the term <E T="03">new vessel</E> means one whose keel is laid on or after September 28, 1937. (See § 44.01-20 of this subchapter.)</P>

            <P>(e) As used in part 45 of this subchapter, for a vessel engaged solely on Great Lakes voyages, the term <E T="03">new vessel</E> means one whose keel is laid on or after August 27, 1936. (See § 45.01-10 of this subchapter.)</P>

            <P>(f) As used in part 46 of this subchapter, for a passenger vessel marked with subdivision load lines, the term <E T="03">new vessel</E> means a vessel whose keel is laid or is converted to such service on or after May 26, 1965. (See § 46.05-25 of this subchapter.)</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10051, July 12, 1968 as amended by CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This term means any person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who, under the superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is in charge of a marine inspection zone, and may supervise or perform the duties of a marine inspector.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recognized classification society.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">recognized classification society</E> means the American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society recognized by the Commandant, as provided in 46 U.S.C. 5107, and who also may be approved as a load line assigning and issuing authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ship(s) and vessel(s).</SUBJECT>
            <P>The terms <E T="03">ship</E>(<E T="03">s</E>) and <E T="03">vessel</E>(<E T="03">s</E>) are interchangeable or synonymous words, and include every description of watercraft, other than a seaplane on the water, used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on water.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.05-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Surveyor.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">surveyor</E> means any person designated by the American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society recognized by the Commandant as the person who actually examines the vessel and/or materials associated with such examination, and who ascertains such vessel complies with applicable load line requirements.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.07—Control, Enforcement, and Rights of Appeal</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load lines required.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The vessels listed in §§ 42.03-5 and 42.03-10 as subject to the applicable requirements in this subchapter shall have load lines accurately marked amidships, port and starboard, as provided in this part 42 or the 1966 Convention, unless otherwise stated. Those vessels issued load line exemption certificates may not be required to have load line marks (see § 42.03-30).</P>
            <P>(b) For vessels marked with international load lines and navigating the Great Lakes, such vessels are also subject to requirements in part 45 of this subchapter while on the Great Lakes. See § 45.9 of this subchapter for load line marks used by such vessels.</P>
            <P>(c) For Great Lakes vessels operating solely on Great Lakes voyages, the requirements for the applicable load line marks are in part 45 of this subchapter. Great Lakes vessels when making other international or unlimited coastwise voyages shall comply with the applicable requirements in parts 42, 44, and 45 of this subchapter.</P>

            <P>(d) For coastwise steam colliers, barges, and self-propelled barges in special services, the requirements for the applicable load line marks are in part <PRTPAGE P="14"/>44 of this subchapter. These requirements also include certain regulations governing such vessels when they additionally engage in Great Lakes voyages, international voyages or unlimited coastwise voyages. Load line requirements in this part 42 also apply to such vessels when engaged on international or unlimited coastwise voyages.</P>
            <P>(e) Existing U.S.-flag vessels, as defined in § 42.05-30(a) of this chapter, engaged in international or coastwise voyages, may retain the load line assigned under previous regulations, provided:</P>
            <P>(1) The vessel has not been assigned a reduced freeboard under the regulations in this part 42, and</P>
            <P>(2) The form of the load line certificate issued to and carried on board the vessel conforms to the requirements of subpart 42.50 of this part or § 44.05-35 or § 46.10-30 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(f) This part applies to foreign vessels of countries—</P>
            <P>(1) Signatory to or adhering to the 1966 Convention;</P>
            <P>(2) Adhering to the 1930 Convention and not acceding to the 1966 Convention, or;</P>
            <P>(3) Not adhering to either the 1930 Convention or the 1966 Convention but subject to the load line acts.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9011, June 5, 1969; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marks placed on vessel to indicate load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Load line marks to indicate the maximum amidship's draft to which a vessel can be lawfully submerged, in the various circumstances and seasons, shall be permanently marked on each side of the vessel in the form, manner, and location as required by this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) The load line marks placed on a vessel shall be attested to by a valid load line certificate as required by § 42.07-45(b). The issuing authority shall not deliver any required load line certificate to the vessel until after its surveyor has ascertained that the vessel meets the applicable survey requirements and the correct placement of the marks on the vessel's sides has been confirmed.</P>
            <P>(c) The requirements for load line marks apply to all new and existing vessels as specified in §§ 42.03-5 and 42.03-10, except when a vessel has been issued a load line exemption certificate in lieu of a load line certificate.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submergence of load line marks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except as provided otherwise in this section, vessels of the types described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section shall not be so loaded as to submerge at any time when departing for a voyage by sea, or on the Great Lakes, or during the voyage, or on arrival, the applicable load lines marked on the sides of the vessel for the season of the year and the zone or area in which the vessel may be operating.</P>
            <P>(1) Merchant vessels of 150 gross tons or over, as described in § 42.03-5 or § 42.03-10, and on voyages subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116.</P>
            <P>(2) All new vessels of 79 feet or over in length on voyages subject to the 1966 Convention.</P>
            <P>(3) All vessels of 150 gross tons or over, other than merchant vessels covered by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, on voyages subject to the 1966 Convention.</P>
            <P>(b) When loading a vessel in a favorable zone for a voyage on which the vessel will enter a less favorable zone, such allowances must be made that the vessel when crossing into the less favorable zone, will conform to the regulations and freeboard for the less favorable zone.</P>
            <P>(c) When a vessel is in fresh water of unit density, the appropriate load line may be submerged by the amount of the fresh water allowance shown on the applicable load line certificate. Where the density is other than unity, an allowance shall be made proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual density. This paragraph does not apply to vessels when navigating the Great Lakes.</P>

            <P>(d) When a vessel departs from a port situated on a river or inland waters, <PRTPAGE P="15"/>deeper loading shall be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption between the port of departure and the sea. This paragraph does not apply to vessels when navigating the Great Lakes.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10052, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Zones and seasonal areas.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A vessel subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 or the 1966 Convention shall comply, as applicable, with the requirements regarding the zones and seasonal areas described in subpart 42.30.</P>
            <P>(b) A port located on the boundary line between two zones or areas shall be regarded as within the zone or seasonal area from or into which the vessel arrives or departs.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Logbook entries.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) As described in § 3.13-35 of Subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of this chapter, official logbooks (Form CG-706-C), are furnished free to certain vessels, and after they have served their purpose they are filed with the applicable Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</P>
            <P>(b) The master shall be responsible for having entered in the vessel's “official logbook” if carried, otherwise in his own log considered as its official logbook, the data required by section 6 of the load line acts. These logbooks entries shall be made before a vessel departs from her loading port or place and consist of:</P>
            <P>(1) A statement of the load line marks applicable to the voyage; and,</P>
            <P>(2) A statement of the position of the load line marks, port and starboard, at the time of departing from a port or place; i.e., the distance in inches of the water surface above or below the applicable load line; and,</P>
            <P>(3) The actual drafts of the vessel, forward and aft, as nearly as the same can be ascertained, at the time of departing from a port or place.</P>
            <P>(c) Where the master uses his own log, it shall be kept by the master or owner for 1 year after the actions noted therein have been completed and upon request shall be furnished to any load line enforcement officer.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval of the Commandant.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where the requirements in this subchapter state that the approval of the Commandant is necessary, the owner or his agent shall furnish all information necessary, including background material, and/or final plans, calculations, and conclusions reached, as will enable the Commandant to obtain a comprehensive understanding of and reach a decision relative to the question or problem at issue prior to proceeding with the work. All information, plans and calculations submitted will remain with the Commandant as a part of the record on the vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) If the owner or his agent desires to have information, plans, and calculations returned with Commandant's actions noted thereon, or if distribution of such information is necessary or required by regulations in this subchapter to owners, masters of vessels, etc., then the owner or his agent shall furnish multiple copies of the information as required.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval of the assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where the requirements in this subchapter state the approval of an assigning authority is required, the owner or his agent shall furnish the required information, including plans, etc., as required by and which will enable the assigning authority to obtain a comprehensive understanding of the matter and to reach pertinent decisions prior to proceeding with the work. When requested the assigning authority shall furnish the Coast Guard all information, etc., on any question at issue and decisions reached.</P>

            <P>(b) All information required under this subchapter by an assigning authority with respect to a specific vessel <PRTPAGE P="16"/>shall be retained until 5 years after termination of certification by such authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>American Bureau of Shipping as an assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The American Bureau of Shipping, with its home office at Two World Trade Center, 106th Floor, New York, NY 10048, is hereby appointed as the prime assigning and issuing authority under the provisions of Articles 13 and 16(3) of the 1966 Convention and as directed by 46 U.S.C. 5107. In this capacity the American Bureau of Shipping is empowered to assign load lines, to perform surveys required for load line assignments, and to determine that the position of and the manner of marking vessels has been done in accordance with applicable requirements.</P>
            <P>(b) On behalf of the United States of America, the American Bureau of Shipping is authorized to issue or reissue, under its own seal and signature of its officials, the appropriate load line certificates or International Load Line Exemption Certificate as described in subpart 42.50 of this part or in parts 44 to 46, inclusive, of this subchapter. Except for the International Load Line Exemption Certificate, the required load line certificate issued to a specific vessel shall certify to the correctness of the load line marks assigned and marked on the vessel and compliance with authorized conditions, restrictions, and/or exemptions, if any. The International Load Line Exemption Certificate when issued to a vessel shall certify as to the compliance with the information applicable to the vessel.</P>

            <P>(c) The designation and delegation to the American Bureau of Shipping as an assigning and issuing authority shall be in effect indefinitely unless for due cause it shall be terminated by proper authority and notice of cancellation is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
            <P>(d) The American Bureau of Shipping is authorized to revalidate from time to time by endorsement a load line certificate or an International Load Line Exemption Certificate.</P>
            <P>(e) Before revalidating any certificate by endorsement, the American Bureau of Shipping shall verify that the required load line marks assigned are marked on the vessel and the vessel is in compliance with authorized conditions, restrictions, and/or exemptions, if any.</P>
            <P>(f) The American Bureau of Shipping shall issue all load line certificates in duplicate; one copy shall be delivered to the owner or master of the vessel, and one copy (together with a summary of data used to determine the assigned load lines) shall be forwarded to the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(g) The American Bureau of Shipping shall prepare a load line survey report on each new vessel or existing vessel when brought into complete compliance with this part prior to issuing the required load line certificate described in subpart 42.50 of this part. At the time the certificate is delivered, one copy of this report shall be delivered to the master of the vessel, and one copy shall be forwarded to the Commandant. When a load line survey report is superseded or revised, one copy shall be delivered to the master of the vessel, and one copy shall be forwarded to the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(h) The load line survey report or stability information furnished to a specific vessel shall include a statement of the locations of all watertight subdivision bulkheads, including steps or recesses therein, which may be involved in the vessel's load line assignment.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-143, 47 FR 25149, June 10, 1982; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recognized classification society as an assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) On behalf of the United States of America, under the provisions of Articles 13 and 16(3) and as provided in 46 U.S.C. 5107, the Commandant, at the request of a shipowner, may appoint any other recognized classification society, which he may approve, as the assigning and issuing authority who shall perform the same functions and duties as indicated in § 42.07-35 for the American Bureau of Shipping.</P>

            <P>(b) The appointment of a recognized classification society as the assigning and issuing authority will be limited to <PRTPAGE P="17"/>vessels specifically designated by the Commandant.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Change in assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) If the owner desires a change in assigning and issuing authority for a vessel, a special request shall be made in writing to the Commandant at least 90 days prior to the expiration date of the present certificate or the annual endorsement thereon.</P>
            <P>(b) A change in the assigning authority does not presume any change in assigned load lines.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10053, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The load line certificates for which the Government of the United States of America assumes full responsibility may be issued by the Commandant, the American Bureau of Shipping, or a recognized classification society when appointed as an authorized assigning and issuing authority for specifically designated vessels.</P>
            <P>(b) The load line certificate shall certify to the correctness of the load line marks assigned to the vessel and that the vessel is in compliance with applicable requirements. A certificate issued under this subchapter also shall describe the applicable load line marks, conditions, restrictions, and/or exemptions, if any, the vessel shall observe, according to the season of the year and the zone or area in which the vessel may operate. The load line exemption certificate issued under § 42.03-30 shall certify the special conditions the vessel shall observe.</P>
            <P>(c) A load line assignment and certificate issued to any vessel under the authority of the regulations in this subchapter (or under the authority of any Government adhering to the 1966 Convention, under the provisions of Article 19(5) of the 1966 Convention) shall cease to be valid upon the transfer of such vessel to the flag of another Government.</P>
            <P>(d) Each loadline certificate is issued for the following length of time:</P>
            <P>(1) An international and coastwise certificate is issued for 5 years and may be extended by the Commandant up to 150 days from the date of the—</P>
            <P>(i) Survey that is endorsed on the certificate by the surveyor authorized by the Coast Guard; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Last day of the 5-year period.</P>
            <P>(2) A Great Lakes certificate is issued for 5 years and may be extended by the Commander, Ninth Coast Guard District, up to 365 days from date of the—</P>
            <P>(i) Survey that is endorsed on the certificate by the surveyor authorized by the Coast Guard; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Last day of the 5-year period.</P>
            <P>(e) The form of certificate certifying to the correctness of the load line marks, assigned under the regulations in this part, may be in the form of temporary or provisional certificate, signed by the authorized surveyor pending early issuance of appropriate certificate as shown in subpart 42.50 of this part as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) International Load Line Certificate, 1966, issued to U.S. vessels engaged in foreign voyages, or engaged in coastwise or intercoastal voyages (provided such vessels qualify to engage in foreign voyages without restriction), as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) Form <E T="03">A1,</E> For general use.</P>
            <P>(ii) Form <E T="03">A2,</E> For sailing vessels.</P>
            <P>(iii) Form <E T="03">A3,</E> For general use, combined with timber deck cargo.</P>
            <P>(2) Certificate issued to foreign vessels belonging to countries that have not ratified or acceded to the 1966 Convention as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) Form <E T="03">B,</E> For general use.</P>
            <P>(3) Coastwise load line certificate (other than for special service as provided for by part 44 of this subchapter) issued to U.S. vessels engaged solely in coastwise and/or intercoastal voyages (which may be subject to restrictions as to manning, routes, seasons, waters of operations, etc., as shown on the face of the certificate), as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) Form <E T="03">C1,</E> For general use.</P>
            <P>(ii) Form <E T="03">C2,</E> For sailing ships.</P>
            <P>(iii) Form <E T="03">C3,</E> For general use, combined with timber deck cargo.</P>

            <P>(f) The form of certificate certifying to the correctness of exemptions granted under the regulations in this part shall be as shown in subpart 42.50 of this part as follows:<PRTPAGE P="18"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) International load line exemption certificate issued under special conditions to U.S.-flag vessels engaged in foreign voyages, as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) Form <E T="03">E1,</E> For general international use.</P>
            <P>(ii) Where this certificate is intended to expire after a single voyage, this information shall be noted on the face of the certificate.</P>
            <P>(2) International load line certificate Form A1, A2, or A3 issued under special conditions to U.S.-flag vessels on international voyages between the United States and near neighboring ports of its possessions or of foreign countries. Exemptions, if any, shall be specified on the certificate.</P>

            <P>(g) The issuing authority shall provide the printed forms it may use under the regulations in this subchapter. These forms shall be approved by the Commandant before final printing. The international load line certificate and exemption certificate forms shall exactly reproduce the arrangement of the printed part of the model Forms <E T="03">A1, A2, A3,</E> and <E T="03">E1</E> indicated in subpart 42.50 of this part for all official copies and any certified copies issued.</P>
            <P>(h) Where a vessel qualifies for and is issued a Form E1 International Load Line Exemption Certificate for foreign voyages but is also or solely engaged in coastwise or intercoastal voyages by sea, this certificate shall be considered equivalent to a valid coastwise load line certificate. In such case the vessel shall be deemed in full compliance with 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116 and the regulations in this part promulgated thereunder.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973; CGD-74; 153, 39 FR 25324, July 10, 1974; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 96-006, 61 FR 35964, July 9, 1996; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Penalties for violations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The penalties for violation of various provisions of the load line acts or the regulations established thereunder are set forth in 46 U.S.C. 5116. The Secretary of Transportation by 49 CFR 1.46(b) has transferred to the Commandant authority to assess, collect, remit or litigate any monetary penalty imposed under these laws.</P>
            <P>(b) The master and/or owner of a vessel that is operated, navigated, or used in violation of the provisions of the load line acts, or the regulations in this subchapter will be subject to the penalties as set forth in law, and the vessel shall also be liable therefor. Depending upon the gravity of the violations, the Coast Guard may do any one or more of the following:</P>
            <P>(1) Detain a vessel if deemed to be overloaded in violation of title 46 U.S.C. 5112, in accordance with 46 U.S.C. 5113 and have the vessel surveyed by three disinterested surveyors.</P>
            <P>(2) Assess and collect applicable monetary penalties for certain violations as provided in 46 U.S.C. 5112 and 5116.</P>
            <P>(3) Initiate a criminal prosecution for certain violations when required by 46 U.S.C. 5112 or 5116.</P>
            <P>(4) Initiate an action of libel against the vessel involved if there is a failure to pay monetary penalties assessed.</P>
            <P>(5) Initiate a suspension or revocation proceeding, in addition to the foregoing actions described in this paragraph against any officer or seaman holding a valid Coast Guard license or merchant mariner's document and who may violate any provision of the load line acts, the 1966 Convention, or the regulations in this subchapter, under the provisions of 46  U.S.C. Chapter 77, and the regulations in 46 CFR part 5.</P>
            <P>(c) In determining offenses, 46 U.S.C. 5116 provides that ‘Each day of a continuing violation is a separate violation’ and</P>
            <P>(d) The procedures governing the assessment, collection, remission and litigation of any monetary penalty proposed under 46 U.S.C. 5116 for a violation of either load line law or the applicable regulations in this subchapter, as well as the appeal procedures to be allowed, are in 33 CFR subpart 1.07.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5722, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51043, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cancellation of load line certificates or exemption certificates.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Since vessels described in § 42.03-5 or § 42.03-10 when found qualified are <PRTPAGE P="19"/>issued appropriate load line certificates or load line exemption certificates, under U.S. responsibility as indicated in § 42.07-45 such certificates may be canceled by proper U.S. authority for due cause, including one or more of the causes listed in paragraph (b) of this section. Such action may occur prior to the expiration date on the certificate and normal certificate surrender. The cancellation of such certificate means that the correctness of load line marks and compliance with conditions of assignment for the named vessel no longer are recognized by the United States and that the existing assigned load line marks are voided.</P>
            <P>(b) Certain causes for automatic cancellation of certificates are:</P>
            <P>(1) The conditions of assignment have not been maintained as required by this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(2) Material alterations have taken place in the hull or superstructure of the vessel, which will necessitate the assignment of an increased freeboard.</P>
            <P>(3) The fittings and appliances have not been maintained in an effective condition for the protection of openings, guardrails, freeing ports, and means of access to crew's quarters.</P>
            <P>(4) The structural strength of the vessel is lowered to such an extent that the vessel is unsafe.</P>
            <P>(5) The load line certificate or International Load Line Exemption Certificate is not endorsed to show the vessel has been surveyed annually or periodically by the issuing authority as required by this part or the 1966 Convention.</P>
            <P>(6) Issuance of a new load line certificate for the same vessel.</P>
            <P>(7) Surrender of a certificate for cancellation when required.</P>
            <P>(8) The owner, master, or agent of the vessel has furnished false or fraudulent information in or with the application for a certificate.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10054, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Control.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The District Director of Customs or the Coast Guard District Commander may detain a vessel for survey if there is reason to believe that the vessel is proceeding on her journey in excess of the draft allowed by the regulations in this subchapter as indicated by the vessel's load line certificate, or otherwise. The Coast Guard District Commander may detain a vessel if it is so loaded as to be manifestly unsafe to proceed to sea.</P>
            <P>(b) If the District Director of Customs orders a vessel detained, he shall immediately inform the Coast Guard District Commander thereof, who shall thereupon advise the District Director of Customs whether or not he deems that the vessel may proceed to sea with safety. If the Coast Guard District Commander orders a vessel detained, such officer will furnish the District Director of Customs immediate notification of such detention. The clearance shall be refused to any vessel which shall have been ordered detained, which shall be in effect until it is shown that the vessel is not in violation of the applicable law and the regulations in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(1) Where a vessel is detained for noncompliance with “material alteration” and “effective maintenance” requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section, the detention shall only be exercised insofar as may be necessary to ensure that the vessel can proceed to sea without danger to passengers or crew.</P>

            <P>(c) The detention of a vessel will be by written order of either the Coast Guard District Commander or the District Director of Customs, depending on who orders the detention. The Coast Guard District Commander will immediately arrange for a survey in the manner prescribed by 46 U.S.C. 5113. Unless the owner or agent waives in writing and stipulates to accept the Coast Guard's survey, the Coast Guard District Commander shall appoint three disinterested surveyors and, where practicable, one of them shall be from the Surveying Staff of the American Bureau of Shipping. Such surveyors shall conduct a survey to ascertain whether or not the vessel is loaded in violation of the applicable provisions in the load line acts, and the regulations in this subchapter. If the survey confirms the allegation that the vessel is in violation of either law or the applicable regulations in this subchapter, “the owner and agent shall bear the <PRTPAGE P="20"/>costs of the survey in addition to any penalty or fine imposed”, as provided in these laws.</P>
            <P>(d) Whenever a vessel is detained, the master or owner may, within 5 days, appeal to the Commandant who may, if he desires, order a further survey, and may affirm, set aside, or modify the order of the detaining officer.</P>
            <P>(e) Where a foreign vessel is detained or intervention action of any other kind is taken against a foreign vessel, the officer carrying out the action shall immediately inform in writing the Consul or the diplomatic representative of the State whose flag the vessel is flying, of the decision involved together with all pertinent circumstances under which intervention was deemed necessary.</P>
            <P>(f) Under 46 U.S.C. 5109 a vessel of a foreign country which has ratified the 1966 Convention, or which holds a recognized and valid 1930 Convention certificate, or which holds a valid Great Lakes Certificate, shall be exempt from the provisions of the regulations in this subchapter insofar as the marking of the load lines and the certificating thereof are concerned, so long as such country similarly recognizes the load lines established by this subchapter for the purpose of a voyage by sea subject to the proviso in paragraph (f)(1) of this section or the alternative proviso in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(1) If the foreign vessel is marked with load lines and has on board a valid International or Great Lakes Load Line Certificate certifying to the correctness of the marks, the control provisions in this part which are in accord with Article 21 of the 1966 Convention shall be observed. In this connection, the vessel shall not be loaded beyond the limits allowed by the certificate. The position of the load lines on the vessel shall correspond with the certificate. The vessel shall not have been so materially altered as to make the vessel manifestly unfit to proceed to sea without danger to human life, in regard to:</P>
            <P>(i) The hull or superstructure (if necessitating assignment of an increased freeboard); and/or,</P>
            <P>(ii) The appliances and fittings for protection of openings, guardrails, freeing ports, and means of access to crew's quarters (if necessitating replacement or other effective maintenance).</P>
            <P>(2) (Alternatively provided) If the foreign vessel has on board an International Load Line Exemption Certificate in lieu of an International Load Line Certificate, 1966, in such case, verify that it is valid and any conditions stipulated therein are met.</P>

            <P>(g) A foreign vessel of a nation for which the 1966 Convention has not come into force does not qualify for an International Load Line Certificate, 1966. In lieu thereof, such a vessel shall be required to have on board a valid Form <E T="03">B</E> load line certificate or a recognized 1930 Convention certificate.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10055, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.07-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Right of appeal.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.09—Load Line Assignments and Surveys—General Requirements</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assignment of load lines.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The assignment of load lines is conditioned upon the structural efficiency and satisfactory stability of the vessel, and upon the provisions provided on the vessel for her effective protection and that of the crew. Certain vessels, such as vessels carrying all their cargo as deck cargo, or vessels where design or service require special conditions to be applicable, shall have certain stability limitations imposed on them, as may be necessary. When stability limitations for a vessel are prescribed, the assigning authority shall furnish the master the vessel's maximum draft permitted and other conditions, including reference to Commandant approved operating stability features, which may be applicable.<PRTPAGE P="21"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) No load line assignment shall be made under this part to a vessel proceeding on a foreign voyage, or where the load line assignment is related to the flooded stability provisions and the vessel is proceeding on a domestic voyage, until the applicable light ship characteristics are established and incorporated into the vessel's stability data approved by the Commandant and furnished to the master of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(2) If load line assignments are made to vessels for coastwise voyages before the results of the required stability characteristics are determined and incorporated into the vessel's stability data approved by the Commandant, then such load line assignments shall be regarded as conditional and shall be subject to verification or modification for removal of the conditional status. Any vessel with a conditional load line assignment shall not be loaded beyond a conservative safe draft. Where the Commandant deems it unnecessary, the requirement for furnishing stability information to the masters of coastwise vessels assigned load lines not related to flooded stability may be omitted and the assigning authority and others concerned will be so notified.</P>
            <P>(b) Each vessel subject to load line requirements shall carry on board a valid certificate attesting to compliance with such requirements. (See §§ 42.07-35 and 42.07-40 for additional data furnished to the vessel.)</P>
            <P>(c) The master of the vessel for which a load line certificate has been issued shall be responsible for the maintenance of such certificate on board such vessel and for compliance with its terms and conditions. Additionally, the master shall be responsible for having the current load line survey report on board the vessel. This report shall be made available to surveyors when carrying out subsequent load line surveys.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10055, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>All vessels—division into types.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For the purposes of this part, each vessel to which this part applies is either a Type “A” or a Type “B” vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) A Type “A” vessel is a vessel that—</P>
            <P>(1) Is designed to carry only liquid cargoes in bulk;</P>
            <P>(2) Has a high degree of watertight and structural integrity of the deck exposed to the weather, with only small openings to cargo compartments that are closed by watertight gasketed covers of steel or other material considered equivalent by the Commandant; and</P>
            <P>(3) Has a low permeability of loaded cargo compartments.</P>
            <P>(c) A Type “B” vessel is any vessel that is not a Type “A” vessel.</P>
            <P>(d) Requirements governing the assignment of freeboards for Types “A” and “B” vessels are in subparts 42.20 and 42.25 of this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Stability, subdivision, and strength.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">All vessels.</E> Where regulations in this part, or in part 46 of this subchapter, require or permit load line assignment on the basis of the vessel's ability to meet specified flooding, including damage stability requirements, the owner shall furnish the necessary plans and calculations demonstrating that the vessel is in compliance with the applicable requirements. This material shall be furnished to the assigning authority for approval review at the earliest practicable date except where specifically required by part 46 of this subchapter for passenger vessels to be submitted to the Commandant for approval.</P>
            <P>(1) When stability information is required, the plans shall include the location and extent of all watertight subdivision bulkheads, etc., involved.</P>
            <P>(2) Additional stability, subdivision, and strength requirements are in §§ 42.09-1, 42.13-1, 42.13-5, and 42.15-1. The applicable flooded stability requirements are in §§ 42.20-3 through 42.20-13.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Passenger vessels.</E> In passenger vessels where the positions of the maximum load lines is subject to determination by the application of subdivision and stability requirements in this subchapter, the provisions of both parts 42 and 46 shall be accounted for <PRTPAGE P="22"/>and developed as necessary. See subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter for related data required to be submitted to the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Light ship data.</E> All plans, etc., necessary for obtaining the Commandant's approval of test results (light ship data) and stability information shall be furnished by the owner. In the absence of existing acceptable light ship stability information, such data shall be obtained from a stability test performed under the supervision of the Commandant. Results of such tests, if satisfactory, will be approved by the Commandant.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Surveys by the American Bureau of Shipping or assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> Before issuing a certificate or placement of load line marks on a vessel, the assigning and issuing authority shall make an initial or periodic survey of the vessel as required by this subchapter. A load line survey report shall be made, reflecting information and facts based on initial surveys, including required and special elements as may be deemed necessary by the assigning authority or the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Initial survey.</E> An initial survey shall be made before the vessel is put in service or the first time the assigning authority is requested to survey a vessel. The survey shall include a complete examination of its structure and equipment insofar as required by the applicable requirements in this subchapter. This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, materials, scantlings, and subsequent placement of load line marks fully comply with applicable requirements.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Periodical survey.</E> A periodical survey shall be made at intervals not exceeding five (5) years from an initial or previous periodic survey. The survey shall be similar to the initial survey insofar as extent and purpose are concerned.</P>
            <P>(1) If the load line marks are found to be correct for the condition the vessel is then in, the assigning and issuing authority shall issue a new load line certificate, valid for such time as the condition of the vessel then warrants but in no case for a period of longer than 5 years. If, after a survey has been passed, a loadline certificate can not be issued before the current certificate expires, the current certificate may be extended by an endorsement in accordance with the requirements contained in § 42.07-45(d). This endorsement of the assigning authority shall be placed on the back of the certificate, as shown on the forms in subpart 42.50. However, if there have been alterations which affect the vessel's freeboards, such extension shall not be granted. This prohibition is the same as in Article 19(2) of the 1966 Convention.</P>
            <P>(2) The periodical survey, including certificate extension or reissue, for a vessel holding an international load line exemption certificate for more than one voyage, shall be the same as for any other vessel covered by this section except for load line marks. However, other conditions specified in the exemption certificate shall be verified.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Annual surveys for endorsements.</E> Vessels subject to initial and periodic surveys shall have annual surveys, within 3 months either way of the certificate's anniversary date. The annual surveys shall be made by and prove satisfactory to the assigning and issuing authority prior to executing the required annual endorsements on load line certificates or exemption certificates. The scope shall be as defined in § 42.09-40 and such as to ensure that the applicable load line marks are found to be correct for the condition the vessel is then in.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9012, June 5, 1969; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Surveys of foreign vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> Foreign vessels of countries which have not ratified or acceded to the 1966 Convention, or which do not have valid certificates issued under other international convention or treaty and recognized by the United States of America, if desiring to depart from a port or place in the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Territory of Guam, or other U.S. possessions, shall be subjected to survey, <PRTPAGE P="23"/>marking, and certification by a load line assigning and issuing authority as authorized under § 42.07-35 or § 42.07-40, unless:</P>
            <P>(1) The vessel is exempted by the provision of 46 U.S.C. 5102; or</P>
            <P>(2) The vessel is under tow and carrying neither passengers nor cargo.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope of survey.</E> A periodical survey described in § 42.09-15(c) shall be conducted by and prove satisfactory to the assigning and issuing authority. It shall be made prior to issue or reissue of the applicable certificate.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Certification of load lines.</E> The assigning and issuing authority after determining the vessel meets the applicable requirements in this part may issue a load line certificate subject to requirements in § 42.07-45 and on the applicable form described in subpart 42.50 of this part: <E T="03">Provided,</E> That the load line certificate issued shall be valid for a period of 1 year. The certificate may be revalidated by endorsement for additional 1 year periods if the condition of the vessel so warrants, but in any event the certificate shall become void five (5) years from date of issue, or at the expiration of the fourth (4th) yearly validation, whichever occurs first. Whenever the condition of the vessel warrants special limitations, such information and facts shall be attested to on the front or back of the certificate as necessary, by the assigning and issuing authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Initial or periodic survey requirements for all vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Before a survey may be completed, the vessel shall be placed in a drydock or hauled out. The surveyor shall be given complete access to all parts of the vessel to ensure that the vessel complies with all applicable requirements.</P>
            <P>(b) The surveyor shall examine on all vessels the items, etc., listed in this paragraph to determine if in satisfactory condition and meeting applicable requirements in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(1) Cargo hatch coamings, covers, beams and supports, gaskets, clamps, locking bars, tarpaulins, battens, cleats and wedges of hatches on exposed freeboard, quarter and superstructure decks, and elsewhere as may be necessary.</P>
            <P>(2) Structure of the vessel, coamings, closures, and all means of protection provided for openings, such as for ventilators, companionways, machinery casings, fiddleys, funnels, enclosed superstructures on the freeboard deck (and their end bulkheads) or equivalent protective deck houses, openings in the freeboard and superstructure decks, and significant openings at higher levels in the vessel.</P>
            <P>(3) Transverse watertight subdivision bulkheads, as fitted, including any openings therein and closures for such openings. They shall be examined throughout their vertical and transverse extent.</P>
            <P>(4) All air-pipe outlets, their closures, all scuppers, and all sanitary discharges in the vessel's sides, including nonreturn valves installed.</P>
            <P>(5) The main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in the machinery space, and elsewhere if existent, and the valves and controls for these items.</P>
            <P>(6) All gangways, cargo ports, and airports, including dead covers or other similar openings in the vessel's sides and their closures.</P>
            <P>(7) All guardrails, bulwarks, gangways, and freeing port shutters, including securing devices, and bars.</P>
            <P>(8) All eye plates or similar fittings for timber (or other) deck-cargo lashings, including the lashings, sockets for uprights and protective devices as may be necessary for ventilators and steering arrangements.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10056, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Additional survey requirements for steel-hull vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) In addition to the requirements in § 42.09-25, the surveyor of the assigning authority shall examine the items, etc., listed in this section, to determine if in satisfactory condition and meeting applicable requirements in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) When the vessel is in drydock, the hull plating, etc., shall be examined.</P>

            <P>(c) The holds, 'tween decks, peaks, bilges, machinery spaces, and bunkers <PRTPAGE P="24"/>shall be examined to determine the condition of the framing, etc.</P>
            <P>(d) The deep tanks and other tanks which form part of the vessel shall be examined internally.</P>
            <P>(e) If a double bottom is fitted, the tanks normally shall be examined internally. Where double bottom and other tanks are used for fuel-oil bunkers, such tanks need not be cleaned out, if the surveyor is able to determine by an external examination that their general condition is satisfactory.</P>
            <P>(f) The deck shall be examined.</P>
            <P>(g) Where, owing to the age and condition of the vessel or otherwise, the surveyor deems it necessary, the shell and deck plating may be required to be drilled or other acceptable means used, in order to ascertain the then thickness of such plating.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Additional survey requirements for wood-hull vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) In addition to the requirements in § 42.09-25, the surveyor of the assigning authority shall examine the items, etc., listed in this section, to determine if in satisfactory condition and meeting the applicable requirements in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) When the vessel is in drydock or hauled out, the keel, stem, stern frame or sternpost, outside planking, and caulking shall be examined.</P>
            <P>(c) The fasteners shall be examined. Bolts, screws, or equivalent fastenings, as deemed necessary by the surveyor, must be backed out, or otherwise dealt with, to ensure soundness.</P>
            <P>(d) The holds, 'tween decks, peaks, bilges, machinery spaces, and bunkers shall be examined.</P>
            <P>(e) The entire structure, including decks, shall be examined. If considered necessary by the surveyor, borings shall be made, or other means may be used, to ascertain the condition of the materials. Should these measures disclose sufficient cause, further examination to satisfy the surveyor as to the true condition shall be made and check locations listed. This list shall be submitted to the assigning and issuing authority for record purposes, and for use in subsequent surveys.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Annual surveys.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Relative to §§ 42.09-15(d) and 42.09-20(c), the assigning and issuing authority shall make an annual survey of each vessel holding an appropriate certificate issued under this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) The annual survey shall be of such scope and extent so as to ensure:</P>
            <P>(1) The maintenance in an effective condition of the fittings and appliances for the:</P>
            <P>(i) Protection of openings;</P>
            <P>(ii) Guardrails;</P>
            <P>(iii) Freeing ports; and,</P>
            <P>(iv) Means of access to crew's quarters.</P>
            <P>(2) That there have not been alterations made to the hull or superstructure which would affect the calculations determining the position of the load line marks.</P>
            <P>(c) The assigning and issuing authority shall report on the annual survey made to the owner of the vessel.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968 as amended by CGD 80-143, 47 FR 25149, June 10, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction of deficiencies.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) During and after any survey made by the assigning and issuing authority, those items, fittings, etc., which are found to be in an unsatisfactory condition by the surveyor shall be repaired or renewed in order to place the vessel in a satisfactory condition.</P>
            <P>(b) No load line certificate shall be issued, endorsed, extended, or reissued or delivered to a vessel subject to this subchapter until after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected as required by paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.09-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Repairs or alterations to vessel after it has been surveyed.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) After any survey of the vessel made under §§ 42.09-25 to 42.09-40, inclusive, as applicable, has been completed and deficiencies corrected as provided in § 42.09-45, no change shall be made in the vessel's structure, equipment, arrangement, material, or scantlings as covered by such survey, without the prior specific approval of the assigning and issuing authority.<PRTPAGE P="25"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) To avoid a freeboard or other penalty, any vessel which undergoes repairs, alterations, or modifications, including outfitting related thereto, shall continue to comply with the applicable requirements consistent with the load line certificate held.</P>
            <P>(c) An existing vessel, which had a load line assigned under previous regulations which undergoes repairs, alterations, or modifications of a major character, shall meet the requirements for a new vessel in this part insofar as the assigning and issuing authority and the Commandant deem reasonable and practicable.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.11—Applications for Load Line Assignments, Surveys, and Certificates</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.11-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) As described in this subchapter under §§ 42.07-35, 42.07-40, 42.09-15, and 42.09-20, the American Bureau of Shipping or other recognized classification societies approved as load line assigning and issuing authorities perform the duties connected with making load line assignments to vessels.</P>
            <P>(b) The Commandant is responsible for the administration of the load line acts, the 1966 Convention, other treaties regarding load lines, and the implementing regulations in this subchapter which include prescribed form and content of applicable load line certificates.</P>
            <P>(c) Except in special instances for Coast Guard vessels, the Commandant does not perform the duties of a load line assigning authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.11-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applications for load line assignments, surveys, and certificates for U.S.-flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Normally, the owner, master, or agent of a vessel shall apply in writing, on a timely basis, to the American Bureau of Shipping for the assignment, survey, and certification of load lines. When nonconcurrent, a separate application shall be made for each function desired and submitted on a timely basis. The mailing address of the home office of American Bureau of Shipping is Two World Trade Center, 106th Floor, New York, NY 10048.</P>
            <P>(b) After the Commandant has approved a recognized classification society as a load line assigning and issuing authority for a vessel, as described in a written request of the shipowner, the owner shall apply in writing, on a timely basis, direct to the approved assigning and issuing authority for the assignment, survey, and certification of load lines. When nonconcurrent, a separate application shall be made to such authority for each function desired, and submitted on a timely basis.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10057, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.11-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applications for load line assignments and certificates for vessels other than U.S.-flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The application for the assignment of load lines and certificate for a foreign vessel belonging to (or which will belong to) either a country ratifying or acceding to the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, or to a country with which the United States of America has a reciprocal load line agreement in effect shall be made by the Government whose flag the vessel flies, or will fly. The application may be made direct to the American Bureau of Shipping, or after receiving the Commandant's approval, to a recognized classification society which that country has requested as an assigning and issuing authority. When the load line assignment and certificate are authorized pursuant to the requirements in this part, the certificate must contain a statement that it has been issued at the request of a specific Government, which shall be named therein.</P>

            <P>(1) When the load line assignment is performed under the applicable regulations in this subchapter, the assigning and issuing authority shall transmit to the requesting Government at the earliest practicable date, one copy of each certificate issued, the load line survey report used for computing the freeboard, and the freeboard computations. For information, the assigning <PRTPAGE P="26"/>and issuing authority shall also notify the Commandant of the names of the vessel and the Government involved and the date and place where the work was done.</P>
            <P>(b) For a foreign vessel of a country not included in paragraph (a) of this section, the owner, master, or agent normally shall apply in writing to the American Bureau of Shipping, or to any other recognized assigning and issuing authority after it has been approved by the Commandant, for the assignment, survey, and certification of load lines, or for reissue of a load line certificate, as may be necessary for the vessel to clear ports of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Territory of Guam, or other U.S. possessions. Normally the same requirements, conditions, procedures, distribution of applicable certificates, etc., shall be applied to such foreign vessels which are applied to similar U.S.-flag vessels of 150 gross tons or over.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.11-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for timber load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The owner, master, or agent of a vessel having load lines assigned under this subchapter may apply to the assigning and issuing authority for timber load lines when making his application for a load line certificate. After the vessel has been found in compliance with the applicable requirements in this subchapter, it may be marked with timber load lines, which will also be certified to in the load line certificate.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.11-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for annual survey.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The owner, master, or agent of a vessel holding a load line certificate shall apply to the assigning and issuing authority who issued the certificate for the annual survey required by § 42.09-40 or the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.13—General Rules for Determining Load Lines</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assumptions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The regulations in this part are based on the assumption that the nature and stowage of the cargo, ballast, etc., are such as will secure sufficient stability of the vessel and avoid excessive structural stress.</P>
            <P>(b) The regulations in this part are also based on the assumption that, where there are other international requirements relating to stability or subdivision applicable to vessels, these requirements have been met.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The assigning and issuing authority shall satisfy itself that the general structural strength of the vessel is sufficient for the draft corresponding to the freeboard assigned, and when requested shall furnish pertinent strength information to the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(b) Vessels built and maintained in conformity with the requirements of a classification society recognized by the Commandant are considered to possess adequate strength for the purpose of the applicable requirements in this subchapter unless deemed otherwise by the Commandant.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboards assigned vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Vessels with mechanical means of propulsion, or lighters, barges, or other vessels without independent means of propulsion, shall be assigned freeboards in accordance with the provisions of §§ 42.13-1 to 42.20-75, inclusive.</P>
            <P>(b) Vessels carrying timber deck cargoes may be assigned, in addition to the freeboards required by paragraph (a) of this section, timber freeboards in accordance with the provisions of §§ 42.25-1 to 42.25-20, inclusive.</P>

            <P>(c) Vessels designed to carry sail, whether as the sole means of propulsion or as a supplementary means, and tugs, shall be assigned freeboards in accordance with the provisions of §§ 42.13-<PRTPAGE P="27"/>1 to 42.20-75, inclusive, and such additional freeboards as determined necessary by the Commandant under the procedure of paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) Vessels of wood or of composite construction, or of other materials the use of which the Commandant has approved, or vessels whose constructional features are such as to render the application of the provisions of §§ 42.13-1 to 42.25-20 unreasonable or impracticable, shall be assigned freeboards as determined necessary by the Commandant under the procedure of paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
            <P>(e) The requirements in §§ 42.15-1 to 42.15-80, inclusive, shall apply to every vessel to which a minimum freeboard is assigned. Relaxations from these requirements may be granted to a vessel to which a greater than minimum freeboard is assigned provided the safety conditions of the vessel are determined to be satisfactory under paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
            <P>(f) In each case specified by paragraphs (c) to (e) inclusive of this section, the assigning authority shall report to the Commandant the specific matters in which the vessel is deficient or requires special freeboard consideration due to design, arrangement, construction materials, propulsive method, or relaxation of requirements in this part. The report shall also furnish background data and recommendations of the assigning authority (including freeboard additions), as will enable the Commandant to reach a decision.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions of terms.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Length.</E> The length (<E T="03">L</E>) shall be taken as 96 percent of the total length on a waterline at 85 percent of the least molded depth measured from the top of the keel, or as the length from the foreside of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline, if that be greater. In vessels designed with a rake of keel the waterline on which this length is measured shall be parallel to the designed waterline.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Perpendiculars.</E> The forward and after perpendiculars shall be taken at the forward and after ends of the length (<E T="03">L</E>). The forward perpendicular shall coincide with the foreside of the stem on the waterline on which the length is measured.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Amidships.</E> Amidships is at the middle of the length (<E T="03">L</E>).</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Breadth.</E> Unless expressly provided otherwise, the breadth (<E T="03">B</E>) is the maximum breadth of the vessel, measured amidships to the molded line of the frame in a vessel with a metal shell and to the outer surface of the hull in a vessel with a shell of any other material.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Molded depth.</E> (1) The molded depth is the vertical distance measured from the top of the keel to the top of the freeboard deck beam at side. In wood and composite vessels the distance is measured from the lower edge of the keel rabbet. Where the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel.</P>
            <P>(2) In vessels having rounded gun-wales, the molded depth shall be measured to the point of intersection of the molded lines of the deck and sides, the lines extending as though the gunwale were of angular design.</P>
            <P>(3) Where the freeboard deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends over the point at which the molded depth is to be determined, the molded depth shall be measured to a line of reference extending from the lower part of the deck along a line parallel with the raised part.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Depth for freeboard</E> (<E T="03">D</E>). (1) The depth for freeboard (<E T="03">D</E>) is the molded depth amidships, plus the thickness of the freeboard deck stringer plate, where fitted, plus</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">T(L−S)/L</HD>
            <FP>if the exposed freeboard deck is sheathed;</FP>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">T</E> is the mean thickness of the exposed sheathing clear of deck openings; and</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">S</E> is the total length of superstructures as defined in paragraph (j)(4) of this section.</P>
              
            </EXTRACT>
            <P>(2) The depth for freeboard (<E T="03">D</E>) in a vessel having a rounded gunwale with a <PRTPAGE P="28"/>radius greater than 4 percent of the breadth (<E T="03">B</E>) or having topsides of unusual form is the depth for freeboard of a vessel having a midship section with vertical topsides and with the same round of beam and area of topside section equal to that provided by the actual midship section.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Block coefficient.</E> The block coefficient (<E T="03">C</E>
              <E T="24">b</E>) is given by</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">C</E>
                <E T="24">b</E>=<E T="21">Δ</E>/<E T="03">L.B.d</E>
                <E T="22">1</E>
              </HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP>where <E T="21">Δ</E> is the volume of the molded displacement of the vessel, excluding bossing, in a vessel with a metal shell, and is the volume of displacement to the outer surface of the hull in a vessel with a shell of any other material, both taken at a molded draft of <E T="03">d</E>
              <E T="22">1</E>; and, <E T="03">d</E>
              <E T="22">1</E> is 85 percent of the least molded depth.</FP>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">Freeboard.</E> The freeboard assigned is the distance measured vertically downward amidships from the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the related load line.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Freeboard deck.</E> (1) The freeboard deck is normally the uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea, which has permanent means of closing all openings in the weather part thereof, and below which all openings in the sides of the vessel are fitted with permanent means of watertight closing. In a vessel having a discontinuance free-board deck, the lowest line of the ex-posed deck and the con-tin-u-a-tion of that line par-al-lel to the up-per part of the deck is tak-en as the free-board deck. At the op-tion of the own-er and sub-ject to the ap-prov-al of the as-sign-ing au-thor-i-ty a low-er deck may be des-ig-nat-ed as the free-board deck, provided it is a complete and permanent deck continuous in a fore and aft direction at least between the machinery space and peak bulk-heads and continuous ath-wart-ships. When this lower deck is stepped the lowest line of the deck and the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck is taken as the free-board deck.</P>
            <P>(2) When a lower deck is designated as the freeboard deck, that part of the hull which extends above the freeboard deck is treated as a superstructure so far as concerns the application of the conditions of assignment and the calculation of freeboard. It is from this deck that the freeboard is calculated.</P>
            <P>(j) <E T="03">Superstructure.</E> (1) A superstruc-ture is a decked struc-ture on the free-board deck, ex-tend-ing from side to side of the ves-sel or with the side plat-ing not be-ing in-board of the shell plat-ing more than 4 per-cent to the breadth. (<E T="03">B</E>). A raised quar-ter deck is re-gard-ed as a su-per-struc-ture.</P>
            <P>(2) An enclosed superstructure is a superstructure with:</P>
            <P>(i) Enclosing bulkheads of efficient construction;</P>
            <P>(ii) Access openings, if any in these bulkheads fitted with doors complying with the requirements of § 42.15-10; and,</P>

            <P>(iii) All other openings in sides or ends of the superstructure fitted with efficient weathertight means of closing.
            </P>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
              <P>A bridge or poop shall not be regarded as enclosed unless access is provided for the crew to reach machinery and other working spaces inside the superstructures by alternative means, which are available at all times when bulkhead openings are closed.</P>
            </NOTE>
            
            <P>(3) The height of a superstructure is the least vertical height measured at side from the top of the superstructure deck beams to the top of the freeboard deck beams.</P>
            <P>(4) The length of a superstructure (<E T="03">S</E>) is the mean length of the part of the superstructure which lies within the length (<E T="03">L</E>).</P>
            <P>(k) <E T="03">Flush deck vessel.</E> A flush deck vessel is one which has no superstructure on the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(l) <E T="03">Weathertight.</E> Weathertight means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the vessel.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10058, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9013, June 5, 1969; 43 FR 31928, July 24, 1978]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deck line.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The deck line is a horizontal line 12 inches in length and 1 inch in breadth. It shall be marked amidships on each side of the vessel, and its upper edge shall normally pass through the point where the continuation outwards of the upper surface of the freeboard deck intersects the outer surface of the shell (as illustrated in Figure 42.13-20(a)), provided that the deck line may be placed with reference to another fixed point on the vessel on condition that the freeboard is correspondingly corrected. The location of the reference <PRTPAGE P="29"/>point and the identification of the freeboard deck shall in all cases be indicated on the International Load Line Certificate (1966), and, as applicable, on all other load line certificates issued pursuant to this part 42.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="68" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.000</GID>
            </GPH>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">
              <E T="04">Figure</E> 42.13-20(a)—Deck line.</HD>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10059, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line mark.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The load line mark shall consist of a ring 12 inches in outside diameter and 1 inch wide which is intersected by a horizontal line 18 inches in length and 1 inch in breadth, the upper edge of which passes through the center of the ring. The center of the ring shall be placed amidships and at a distance equal to the assigned summer free-board meas-ured ver-ti-cal-ly be-low the up-per edge of the deck line (as il-lus-trat-ed in Fig-ure 42.13-25(a)).</P>
            <GPH DEEP="106" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.001</GID>
            </GPH>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">
              <E T="04">Figure</E> 42.13-25(a)—Load line mark and lines to be used with this mark.</HD>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10059, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Lines to be used with the load line mark.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The lines which indicate the load line assigned in accordance with the regulations in this part shall be horizontal lines 9 inches in length and 1 inch in breadth which extend forward of, unless expressly provided otherwise, and at right angles to, a vertical line 1 inch in breadth marked at a distance 21 inches forward of the center of the ring (as illustrated in Figure 42.13-25(a)).</P>
            <P>(b) The following load lines shall be used:</P>

            <P>(1) The summer load line indicated by the upper edge of the line which passes through the center of the ring and also by a line marked <E T="03">S.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(2) The winter load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">W.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(3) The winter North Atlantic load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">WNA.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(4) The tropical load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">T.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(5) The fresh water load line in summer indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">F.</E> The fresh water load line in summer is marked abaft the vertical line. The difference between the fresh water load line in summer and the summer load line is the allowance to be made for loading in fresh water at the other load lines.</P>

            <P>(6) The tropical fresh water load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">TF,</E> and marked abaft the vertical line.</P>
            <P>(c) If timber freeboards are assigned, the timber load lines shall be marked in addition to ordinary load lines. These lines shall be horizontal lines 9 inches in length and 1 inch in breadth which extend abaft unless expressly provided otherwise, and are at right angles to, a vertical line 1 inch in breadth marked at a distance 21 inches abaft the center of the ring (as illustrated in Figure 42.13-30(c)).</P>
            <GPH DEEP="90" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.002</GID>
            </GPH>
            <PRTPAGE P="30"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">
              <E T="04">Figure</E> 42.13-30(c)—Timber load line mark and lines to be used with this mark.</HD>
            <P>(d) The following timber load lines shall be used:</P>

            <P>(1) The summer timber load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">LS.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(2) The winter timber load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">LW.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(3) The winter North Atlantic timber load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">LWNA.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(4) The tropical timber load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">LT.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(5) The fresh water timber load line in summer indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">LF</E> and marked forward of the vertical line.
            </P>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
              <P>The difference between the fresh water timber load line in summer and the summer timber load line is the allowance to be made for loading in fresh water at the other timber load lines. </P>
            </NOTE>
            

            <P>(6) The tropical fresh water timber load line indicated by the upper edge of a line marked <E T="03">LTF</E> and marked forward of the vertical line.</P>
            <P>(e) Where the characteristics of a vessel, or the nature of the vessel's service or navigational limits make any of the seasonal lines inapplicable, these lines may be omitted.</P>
            <P>(f) Where a vessel is assigned a greater than minimum freeboard so that the load line is marked at a position corresponding to, or lower than, the lowest seasonal load line assigned at minimum freeboard in accordance with the present Convention, only the fresh water load line need be marked.</P>
            <P>(g) On sailing vessels only the fresh water load line and the winter North Atlantic load line need be marked (as illustrated in Figure 42.13-30(g)).</P>
            <GPH DEEP="147" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.003</GID>
            </GPH>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure 42.13-30(g)—Load line mark on sailing vessel and lines to be used with this mark.</HD>

            <P>(h) Where a winter North Atlantic load line is identical with the winter load line corresponding to the same vertical line, this load line shall be marked <E T="03">W.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(i) Additional load lines required by other international conventions in force may be marked at right angles to and abaft the vertical line specified in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10059, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Mark of assigning authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The mark of the assigning authority by whom the load lines are assigned may be indicated alongside the load line ring above the horizontal line which passes through the center of the ring, or above and below it. This mark shall consist of not more than four initials to identify the assigning authority's name, each measuring approximately 4<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height and 3 inches in width.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Details of marking.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The ring, lines and letters shall be painted in white or yellow on a dark ground or in black on a light ground. They shall also be permanently marked on the sides of the vessels to the satisfaction of the assigning authority. The marks shall be plainly visible and, if <PRTPAGE P="31"/>necessary, special arrangements shall be made for this purpose.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.13-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Verification of marks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The International Load Line Certificate (1966) shall not be delivered to the vessel until § 42.07-5 has been fully complied with under the authority and provisions of subparts 42.07 and 42.09 of this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.15—Conditions of Assignment of Freeboard</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Information to be supplied to the master.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The master of every new vessel shall be supplied with sufficient information in a form approved by the assigning and issuing authority, to enable him to arrange for the loading and ballasting of his vessel in such a way as to avoid the creation of any unacceptable stresses in the vessel's structure: <E T="03">Provided,</E> That this requirement need not apply to any particular length, design or class of vessel where the Commandant considers it to be unnecessary and so notifies the assigning and issuing authority.</P>
            <P>(b) The master of every new vessel, which is not already provided with stability information under an international convention for the safety of life at sea in force, shall be supplied with sufficient information in a form approved by the Commandant, to give him guidance as to the stability of the vessel under varying conditions of service, and a copy shall be furnished to the Commandant.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Superstructure end bulkheads.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Bulkheads at exposed ends of enclosed superstructures shall be of efficient construction and shall be to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Doors.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All access openings in bulkheads at ends of enclosed superstructures shall be fitted with doors of steel or other equivalent material, permanently and strongly attached to the bulkhead, and framed, stiffened and fitted so that the whole structure is of equivalent strength to the unpierced bulkhead and weathertight when closed. The means for securing these doors weathertight shall consist of gaskets and clamping devices or other equivalent means and shall be permanently attached to the bulkhead or to the doors themselves, and the doors shall be so arranged that they can be operated from both sides of the bulkhead.</P>
            <P>(b) Except as otherwise provided in these regulations, the height of the sills of access openings in bulkheads at ends of enclosed superstructures shall be at least 15 inches above the deck.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Positions of hatchways, doorways and ventilators.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For the purpose of this part two positions of hatchways, doorways and ventilators are defined as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) Position 1: Upon exposed free-board and raised quar-ter decks, and upon ex-posed su-per-struc-ture decks sit-u-at-ed for-ward of a point lo-cat-ed a quar-ter of the ves-sel's length from the for-ward per-pen-dic-u-lar.</P>
            <P>(2) Position 2: Upon exposed superstructure decks situated abaft a quarter of the vessel's length from the forward perpendicular.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cargo and other hatchways.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The construction and the means for securing the weathertightness of cargo and other hatchways in positions 1 and 2 shall be at least equivalent to the requirements of §§ 42.15-25 and 42.15-30.<PRTPAGE P="32"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) Coamings and hatchway covers to exposed hatchways on decks above the superstructure deck shall comply with the requirements of the assigning authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchways closed by portable covers and secured weathertight by tarpaulins and battening devices.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Hatchway coamings.</E> (1) The coamings of hatchways closed by portable covers secured weathertight by tarpaulins and battening devices shall be of substantial construction, and their height above the deck shall be at least as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) 23<FR>1/2</FR> inches if in position 1.</P>
            <P>(ii) 17<FR>1/2</FR> inches if in position 2.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Hatchway covers.</E> (1) The width of each bearing surface for hatchway covers shall be at least 2<FR>1/2</FR> inches.</P>
            <P>(2) Where covers are made of wood, the finished thickness shall be at least 2<FR>3/8</FR> inches in association with a span of not more than 4.9 feet.</P>
            <P>(3) Where covers are made of mild steel, the strength shall be calculated with assumed loads not less than 358 pounds per square foot on hatchways in position 1, and not less than 266 pounds per square foot on hatchways in position 2, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor 4.25 shall not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material. They shall be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0028 times the span under these loads.</P>
            <P>(4) The assumed loads on hatchways in position 1 may be reduced to 205 pounds per square foot for vessels of 79 feet in length and shall be not less than 358 pounds per square foot for vessels of 328 feet in length. The corresponding loads on hatchways in position 2 may be reduced to 154 pounds per square foot and 266 pounds per square foot respectively. In all cases values at intermediate lengths shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Portable beams.</E> (1) Where portable beams for supporting hatchway covers are made of mild steel the strength shall be calculated with assumed loads not less than 358 pounds per square foot on hatchways in position 1 and not less than 266 pounds per square foot on hatchways in position 2 and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor 5 shall not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material. They shall be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0022 times the span under these loads. For vessels of not more than 328 feet in length the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section are applicable.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Pontoon covers.</E> (1) Where pontoon covers used in place of portable beams and covers are made of mild steel the strength shall be calculated with the assumed loads given in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor 5 shall not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material. They shall be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0022 times the span. Mild steel plating forming the tops of covers shall be not less in thickness than 1 percent of the spacing of stiffeners or 0.24 inches if that be greater. For vessels of not more than 328 feet in length the requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this section are applicable.</P>
            <P>(2) The strength and stiffness of covers made of materials other than mild steel shall be equivalent to those of mild steel to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Carriers or sockets.</E> (1) Carriers or sockets for portable beams shall be of substantial construction, and shall provide means for the efficient fitting and securing of the beams. Where rolling types of beams are use, the arrangements shall ensure that the beams remain properly in position when the hatchway is closed.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Cleats.</E> (1) Cleats shall be set to fit the taper of the wedges. They shall be at least 2<FR>1/2</FR> inches wide and spaced not more than 23<FR>1/2</FR> inches center to center; the cleats along each side or end shall be not more than 6 inches from the hatch corners.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Battens and wedges.</E> (1) Battens and wedges shall be efficient and in good condition. Wedges shall be of tough wood or other equivalent material. They shall have a taper of not <PRTPAGE P="33"/>more than 1 in 6 and shall be not less than <FR>1/2</FR>-inch thick at the toes.</P>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">Tarpaulins.</E> (1) At least two layers of tarpaulin in good condition shall be provided for each hatchway in positions 1 and 2.</P>
            <P>(2) The tarpaulins shall be waterproof and of ample strength. They shall be of a material of at least a standard weight and quality as approved by the assigning and issuing authority.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Security of hatchway covers.</E> (1) For all hatchways in position 1 or 2, steel bars or other equivalent means shall be provided in order efficiently and independently to secure each section of hatchway covers after the tarpaulins are battened down. Hatchway covers of more than 4.9 feet in length shall be secured by at least two such securing appliances.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10060, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchways closed by weathertight covers of steel or other equivalent material fitted with gaskets and clamping devices.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Hatchway coamings.</E> At positions 1 and 2 the height above the deck of hatchway coamings fitted with weathertight hatch covers of steel or other equivalent material fitted with gaskets and clamping devices shall be as specified in § 42.15-25(a)(1). The height of these coamings may be reduced, or the coamings omitted entirely, on condition that the assigning authority is satisfied that the safety of the vessel is not thereby impaired in any sea conditions. Where coamings are provided they shall be of substantial construction.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Weathertight covers.</E> (1) Where weathertight covers are of mild steel the strength shall be calculated with assumed loads not less than 358 pounds per square foot on hatchways in position 1, and not less than 255 pounds per square foot on hatchways in position 2, and the product of the maximum stress thus calculated and the factor of 4.25 shall not exceed the minimum ultimate strength of the material. They shall be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0028 times the span under these loads. Mild steel plating forming the tops of covers shall be not less in thickness than one percent of the spacing of stiffeners or 0.24 inches if that be greater. The provisions of § 42.15-25(b)(4) are applicable for vessels of not more than 328 feet in length.</P>
            <P>(2) The strength and stiffness of covers made of materials other than mild steel shall be equivalent to those of mild steel to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Means for securing weath-er-tight-ness.</E> (1) The means for se-cur-ing and main-tain-ing weath-er-tight-ness shall be to the sat-is-fac-tion of the as-sign-ing au-thor-i-ty.</P>
            <P>(2) The arrangements shall ensure that the tightness can be maintained in any sea conditions. For this purpose tests for tightness shall be required at the initial surveys, and may be required at periodical surveys and at annual surveys or at more frequent intervals.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Machinery space openings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Machinery space openings in position 1 or 2 shall be properly framed and efficiently enclosed by steel casings of ample strength, and where the casings are not protected by other structures their strength shall be specifically considered. Access openings in such casings shall be fitted with doors complying with the requirements of § 42.15-10(a), the sills of which shall be at least 23<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the deck if in position 1, and at least 15 inches above the deck if in position 2. Other openings in such casings shall be fitted with equivalent covers, permanently attached in their proper positions.</P>
            <P>(b) Coamings of any fiddley, funnel, or machinery space ventilators in an exposed position on the freeboard or superstructure deck shall be as high above the deck as is reasonable and practicable. Fiddley openings shall be fitted with strong covers of steel or other equivalent material permanently attached in their proper positions and capable of being secured weathertight.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="34"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Miscellaneous openings in freeboard and superstructure decks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Manholes and flush scuttles in position 1 or 2 or within superstructures other than enclosed superstructures shall be closed by substantial covers capable of being made watertight. Unless secured by closely spaced bolts, the covers shall be permanently attached.</P>
            <P>(b) Openings in freeboard decks other than hatchways, machinery space openings, manholes, and flush scuttles shall be protected by an enclosed superstructure, or by a deckhouse or companionway of equivalent strength and weathertightness. Any such opening in an exposed superstructure deck or in the top of a deckhouse on the freeboard deck which gives access to a space below the freeboard deck or a space within an enclosed superstructure shall be protected by an efficient deckhouse or companionway. Doorways in such deckhouses or companionways shall be fitted with doors complying with the requirements of § 42.15-10(a).</P>
            <P>(c) In position 1 the height above the deck of sills to the doorways in companionways shall be at least 23<FR>1/2</FR> inches. In position 2 they shall be at least 15 inches.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ventilators.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Ventilators in position 1 or 2 to spaces below the freeboard decks or decks of enclosed superstructures shall have coamings of steel or other equivalent material, substantially constructed and efficiently connected to the deck. Where the coaming of any ventilator exceeds 35<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height it shall be specially supported.</P>
            <P>(b) Ventilators passing through superstructures other than enclosed superstructures shall have substantially constructed coamings of steel or other equivalent material at the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(c) Ventilators in position 1 the coamings of which extend to more than 14.8 feet above the deck, and in position 2 the coamings of which extend to more than 7.5 feet above the deck, need not be fitted with closing arrangements unless specifically required by the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section ventilator openings shall be provided with efficient weathertight closing appliances. In vessels of not more than 328 feet in length the closing appliances shall be permanently attached; where not so provided in other vessels, they shall be conveniently stowed near the ventilators to which they are to be fitted. Ventilators in position 1 shall have coamings of a height of at least 35<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the deck; in position 2 the coamings shall be of a height at least 30 inches above the deck.</P>
            <P>(e) In exposed positions, the height of coamings may be required to be increased to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10061, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Air pipes.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where air pipes to ballast and other tanks extend above the freeboard or superstructure decks, the exposed parts of the pipes shall be of substantial construction; the height from the deck to the point where water may have access below shall be at least 30 inches on the freeboard deck and 17<FR>1/2</FR> inches on the superstructure deck. Where these heights may interfere with the working of the vessel, a lower height may be approved, provided the assigning authority is satisfied that the closing arrangements and other circumstances justify a lower height. Satisfactory means permanently attached, shall be provided for closing the openings of the air pipes.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cargo ports and other similar openings.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Cargo ports and other similar openings in the sides of vessels below the freeboard deck shall be fitted with doors so designed as to ensure watertightness and structural integrity commensurate with the surrounding shell plating, to the satisfaction of <PRTPAGE P="35"/>the assigning authority. The arrangements shall be subject to tightness tests at the initial survey and at such subsequent surveys or more frequent intervals as deemed necessary. The number of such openings shall be the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) Unless permitted by the Commandant the lower edge of such openings shall not be below a line drawn parallel to the freeboard deck at side, which has at its lowest point the upper edge of the uppermost load line.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scuppers, inlets, and discharges.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Discharges led through the shell either from spaces below the freeboard deck or from within superstructures and deckhouses on the freeboard deck fitted with doors complying with the requirements of § 42.15-10 shall be fitted with efficient and accessible means for preventing water from passing inboard. Normally, each separate discharge shall have one automatic nonreturn valve with a positive means of closing it from a position above the freeboard deck. Where, however, the vertical distance from the summer load waterline to the inboard end of the discharge pipe exceeds 0.01<E T="03">L,</E> the discharge may have two automatic nonreturn valves without positive means of closing: <E T="03">Provided,</E> That the inboard valve is always accessible for examination under service conditions; where that vertical distance exceeds 0.02<E T="03">L</E> a single automatic nonreturn valve without positive means of closing may be accepted subject to the approval of the assigning authority. The means for operating the positive action valve shall be readily accessible and provided with an indicator showing whether the valve is open or closed.</P>
            <P>(b) In manned machinery spaces main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in connection with the operation of machinery may be controlled locally. The controls shall be readily accessible and shall be provided with indicators showing whether the valves are open or closed.</P>
            <P>(c) Scuppers and discharge pipes originating at any level and penetrating the shell either more than 17<FR>1/2</FR> inches below the freeboard deck or less than 23<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the summer load waterline shall be provided with a nonreturn valve at the shell. This valve, unless required by paragraph (a) of this section, may be omitted if the piping is of thickness as specified in Part 56 in Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(d) Scuppers leading from superstructures or deckhouses not fitted with doors complying with the requirements of § 42.15-10 shall be led overboard.</P>
            <P>(e) All valves and shell fittings required by this section shall be of steel, bronze, or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable. All pipes to which this section refers shall be of steel or other equivalent material to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Side scuttles.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Side scuttles to spaces below the freeboard deck or to spaces within enclosed superstructures shall be fitted with efficient hinged inside deadlights arranged so that they can be effectively closed and secured watertight.</P>

            <P>(b) No side scuttle shall be fitted in a position so that its sill is below a line drawn parallel to the freeboard deck at side and having its lowest point 2.5 percent of the breadth (<E T="03">B</E>) above the load waterline, or 19<FR>1/2</FR> inches, which ever is the greater distance.</P>
            <P>(c) The side scuttles, together with their glasses, if fitted, and deadlights, shall be of substantial and approved construction.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing ports.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Where bulwarks on the weather portions of freeboard or superstructure decks form wells, ample provision shall be made for rapidly freeing the deck of water and for draining them. Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the minimum freeing port <PRTPAGE P="36"/>area (<E T="03">A</E>) on each side of the vessel for each well on the freeboard deck shall be that given by the following formulae in cases where the sheer in way of the well is standard or greater than standard. The minimum area for each well on superstructure decks shall be one-half of the area given by the formulae.</P>
            <P>(1) Where the length of bulwark (<E T="03">l</E>) in the well is 66 feet or less <E T="03">A</E>=7.6+0.115<E T="03">l</E> (square feet)</P>
            <P>(2) Where <E T="03">l</E> exceeds 66 feet <E T="03">A</E>=0.23<E T="03">l</E> (square feet)</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">l</E> need in no case be taken as greater than 0.7<E T="03">L.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(4) If the bulwark is more than 3.9 feet in average height the required area shall be increased by 0.04 square feet per foot of length of well for each foot difference in height. If the bulwark is less than 3 feet in average height, the required area may be decreased by 0.04 square feet per foot of length for each foot difference in height.</P>
            <P>(b) In vessels with no sheer the area calculated according to paragraph (a) of this section shall be increased by 50 percent. Where the sheer is less than the standard the percentage shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</P>
            <P>(c) Where a vessel is fitted with a trunk which does not comply with the requirements of § 42.20-55(a)(5) or where continuous or substantially continuous hatchway side coamings are fitted between detached superstructures the minimum area of the freeing port openings shall be calculated from Table 42.15-70(c):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r40" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.15-70(c)</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Breadth of hatchway or trunk in relation to the breadth of vessel</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Area of freeing ports in relation to the total area of the bulwarks</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">40 percent or less</ENT>
                <ENT>20 percent.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">75 percent or more</ENT>
                <ENT>10 percent.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
              <P>The area of freeing ports at intermediate breadths shall be obtained by linear interpolation. </P>
            </NOTE>
            
            <P>(d) In vessels having superstructures which are open at either or both ends, adequate provision for freeing the space within such superstructures shall be provided to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(e) The lower edges of the freeing ports shall be as near the deck as practicable. Two-thirds of the freeing port area required shall be provided in the half of the well nearest the lowest point of the sheer curve.</P>
            <P>(f) All such openings in the bulwarks shall be protected by rails or bars spaced approximately 9 inches apart. If shutters are fitted to freeing ports, ample clearance shall be provided to prevent jamming. Hinges shall have pins or bearings of noncorrodible material. If shutters are fitted with securing appliances, these appliances shall be of approved construction.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Protection of the crew.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The strength of the deckhouses used for the accommodation of the crew shall be to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(b) Efficient guard rails or bulwarks must be fitted on all exposed parts of the freeboard and superstructure decks as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) The height of the bulwarks or guard rails must be at least 39<FR>1/2</FR> inches from the deck, provided that where this height would interfere with the normal operation of the vessel, a lesser height may be approved if the Commandant and the assigning authority are satisfied that adequate protection is provided.</P>
            <P>(2) On each vessel that is initially surveyed for load line assignment after January 1, 1976, and that is exclusively engaged in towing operations, the minimum bulwark or rail height on the freeboard deck may be reduced to 30 inches provided the assigning authority is satisfied that adequate grabrails are provided around the periphery of the deckhouse.</P>
            <P>(3) Portable rails may be used when operating conditions warrant their use.</P>
            <P>(c) The opening below the lowest course of the guard rails shall not exceed 9 inches. The other courses shall be not more than 15 inches apart. In the case of vessels with rounded gunwales the guard rail supports shall be placed on the flat of the deck.</P>

            <P>(d) Satisfactory means (in the form of guard rails, life lines, gangways or underdeck passages, etc.) shall be provided for the protection of the crew in <PRTPAGE P="37"/>getting to and from their quarters, the machinery space and all other parts used in the necessary work of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(e) Deck cargo carried on any vessel shall be so stowed that any opening which is in way of the cargo and which gives access to and from the crew's quarters, the machinery space and all other parts used in the necessary work of the vessel, can be properly closed and secured against the admission of water. Effective protection for the crew in the form of guard rails or life lines shall be provided above the deck cargo if there is no convenient passage on or below the deck of the vessel.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10062, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969; CGD 74-164, 41 FR 1470, Jan. 8, 1976]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.15-80</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special conditions of assignment for Type “A” vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Machinery casings.</E> Machinery casings on Type “A” vessels as defined in § 42.09-5(b) must be protected by an enclosed poop or bridge of at least standard height, or by a deckhouse of equal height and equivalent strength, except that machinery casings may be exposed if there are no openings giving direct access from the freeboard deck to the machinery space. A door complying with the requirements of § 42.15-10 is permitted in the machinery casing if it leads to a space or passageway which is as strongly constructed as the casing and is separated from the stairway to the engine room by a second weathertight door of steel or equivalent material.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Gangway and access.</E> (1) An efficiently constructed fore and aft permanent gangway of sufficient strength shall be fitted on Type “A” vessels at the level of the superstructure deck between the poop and the midship bridge or deckhouse where fitted, or equivalent means of access shall be provided to carry out the purpose of the gangway, such as passages below deck. Elsewhere, and on Type “A” vessels without a midship bridge, arrangements to the satisfaction of the assigning authority shall be provided to safeguard the crew in reaching all parts used in the necessary work of the ship.</P>
            <P>(2) Safe and satisfactory access from the gangway level shall be available between separates crew accommodations and also between crew accommodations and the machinery space.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Hatchways.</E> Exposed hatchways on the freeboard and forecastle decks or on the tops of expansion trunks on Type “A” vessels shall be provided with efficient watertight covers of steel or other equivalent material.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Freeing arrangements.</E> (1) Type “A” vessels with bulwarks shall have open rails fitted for at least half the length of the exposed parts of the weather deck or other effective freeing arrangements. The upper edge of the sheer strake shall be kept as low as practicable.</P>
            <P>(2) Where superstructures are connected by trunks, open rails shall be fitted for the whole length of the exposed parts of the freeboard deck.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10063, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9014, June 5, 1969; CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.20—Freeboards</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard assignment: Type “A” vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A Type “A” vessel is assigned a freeboard not less than that based on Table 42.20-15(a)(1) provided that the vessel meets the flooding standard in § 42.20-6.</P>
            <P>(b) A vessel that meets the requirements of Subpart D, F, or G of Part 172 of this chapter is considered by the Coast Guard as meeting the flood-ing stan-dard ref-er-enced in par-a-graph (a) of this section.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983 as amended by CGD 79-023, 49 FR 26593, June 28, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard assignment: Type “B” vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each Type “B” vessel is assigned a freeboard from Table 42.20-15(b)(1) that is increased or decreased by the provisions of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) Each Type “B” vessel that has a hatchway in position 1, must have the freeboard assigned in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section increased by the amount given in Table 42.20-5(b) unless the hatch cover complies with:</P>
            <P>(1) Section 42.15-25(d); or</P>
            <P>(2) Section 42.15-30.<PRTPAGE P="38"/>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="5,5" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.20-5(b)—Freeboard Increase Over Tabular Freeboard for Type “B” Vessels With Hatch Covers Not Complying With § 42.15-25(d) or § 42.15-30.</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>[Metric]</TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length of ship (meters)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Freeboard increase <E T="51">1</E> (millimeters)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">
                  <SU>2</SU>108 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">50</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">109 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">52</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">110 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">55</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">111 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">57</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">112 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">59</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">113 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">62</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">114 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">64</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">115 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">68</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">116 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">70</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">117 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">73</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">118 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">76</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">119 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">80</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">120 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">84</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">121 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">87</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">122 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">91</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">123 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">95</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">124 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">99</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">125 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">103</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">126 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">108</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">127 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">112</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">128 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">116</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">129 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">121</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">130 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">126</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">131 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">131</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">132 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">136</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">133 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">142</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">134 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">147</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">135 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">153</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">136 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">159</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">137 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">164</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">138 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">170</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">139 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">175</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">140 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">181</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">141 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">186</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">142 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">191</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">143 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">196</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">144 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">201</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">145 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">206</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">146 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">210</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">147 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">215</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">148 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">219</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">149 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">224</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">150 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">228</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">151 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">232</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">152 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">236</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">153 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">240</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">154 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">244</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">155 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">247</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">156 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">251</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">157 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">254</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">158 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">258</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">159 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">261</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">160 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">264</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">161 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">267</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">162 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">270</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">163 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">273</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">164 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">275</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">165 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">278</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">166 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">280</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">167 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">283</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">168 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">285</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">169 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">287</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">170 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">290</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">171 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">292</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">172 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">294</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">173 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">297</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">174 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">299</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">175 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">301</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">176 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">304</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">177 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">306</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">178 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">308</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">179 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">311</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">180 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">313</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">181 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">315</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">182 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">318</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">183 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">320</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">184 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">322</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">185 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">325</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">186 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">327</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">187 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">329</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">188 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">332</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">189 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">334</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">190 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">336</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">191 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">339</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">192 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">341</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">193 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">343</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">194 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">346</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">195 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">348</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">196 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">350</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">197 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">353</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">198 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">355</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">199 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">357</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">
                  <SU>3</SU>200 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">358</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Freeboards at intermediate lengths of ship shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> 108 and below.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU> Ships above 200 meters in length are subject to individual determination by the Commandant.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="5,5" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TDESC>[English]</TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length of ship (feet)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Freeboard increase <SU>1</SU> (inches)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">
                  <SU>2</SU>350 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">2.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">360 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">2.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">370 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">2.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">380 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">2.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">390 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">3.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">400 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">3.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">410 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">4.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">420 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">4.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">430 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">5.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">440 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">5.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">450 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">6.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">460 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">7.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">470 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">7.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">480 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">8.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">490 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">8.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">500 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">9.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">510 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">9.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">520 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">10.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">530 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">10.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">540 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">10.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">550 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">11.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">560 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">11.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">570 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">11.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">580 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">12.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">590 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">12.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">600 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">12.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">610 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">13.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">620 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">13.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">630 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">13.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="39"/>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">640 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">13.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">650 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">14.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="oi0">
                  <SU>3</SU>660 </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">14.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Freeboards at intermediate lengths of ship be obtained by linear interpolation.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> 350 and below.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU> Ships above 660 feet in length are subject to individual determination by the Commandant.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(c) Any Type “B” vessel that is greater than 100 meters (328 feet) in length and any hopper dredge meeting the requirements in Subpart C of Part 44 of this chapter may have a reduced freeboard from that assigned under Table 42.20-15(b)(1) in accordance with paragraph (d) or paragraph (e) of this section if—</P>
            <P>(1) The measures provided for the protection of the crew are adequate;</P>
            <P>(2) The freeing arrangements are adequate; and</P>
            <P>(3) The hatchway covers in positions 1 and 2 comply with the provisions of § 42.15-30 and have adequate strength, special care being given to their sealing and securing arrangements.</P>
            <P>(d) The freeboards for a Type “B” vessel which comply with paragraph (c) of this section may be reduced up to 60 percent of the total difference between the freeboards in Table 42.20-15(b)(1) and Table 42.20-15(a)(1) provided that the vessel meets the flooding standard in § 42.20-7.</P>
            <P>(e) The freeboards for a Type “B” vessel which complies with paragraph (c) of this section may be reduced up to the total difference between the freeboard tables referenced in paragraph (d) of this section provided that the vessel meets the flooding standard in § 42.20-8 and the provisions of § 42.15-80 (a), (b) and (d) as if it were a Type “A” vessel.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38647, Aug. 25, 1983, as amended by CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36976, Sept. 6, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flooding standard: Type “A” vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Design calculations must be submitted that demonstrate that the vessel will remain afloat in the conditions of equilibrium specified in § 42.20-12 assuming the damage specified in § 42.20-11 as applied to the following flooding standards:</P>
            <P>(1) If the vessel is over 150 meters (492 feet) in length it must be able to withstand the flooding of any one compartment, except the machinery space.</P>
            <P>(2) If the vessel is over 225 meters (738 feet) in length, it must be able to withstand the flooding of any one compartment, treating the machinery space as a floodable compartment.</P>
            <P>(b) When doing the calculations required in paragraph (a) of this section, the following permeabilities must be assumed:</P>
            <P>(1) 0.95 in all locations except the machinery space.</P>
            <P>(2) 0.85 in the machinery space.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flooding standard: Type “B” vessel, 60 percent reduction.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Design calculations must be submitted that demonstrate that the vessel will remain afloat in the conditions of equilibrium specified in § 42.20-12 assuming the damage specified in § 42.20-11 as applied to the following flooding standards:</P>
            <P>(1) If the vessel is 225 meters (738 feet) or less in length, it must be able to withstand the flooding of any one compartment, except the machinery space.</P>
            <P>(2) If the vessel is over 225 meters (738 feet) in length, it must be able to withstand the flooding of any one compartment, treating the machinery space as a floodable compartment.</P>
            <P>(b) When doing the calculations required in paragraph (a) of this section, the following permeabilities must be assumed:</P>
            <P>(1) 0.95 in all locations except the machinery space.</P>
            <P>(2) 0.85 in the machinery space.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flooding standard: Type “B” vessel, 100 percent reduction.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Design calculations must be submitted that demonstrate that the vessel will remain afloat in the conditions of equilibrium specified in § 42.20-12 assuming the damage specified in § 42.20-11 as applied to the following flooding standards:</P>

            <P>(1) If the vessel is 225 meters (738 feet) or less in length, it must be able to <PRTPAGE P="40"/>withstand the flooding of any two adjacent fore and after compartments excluding the machinery space;</P>
            <P>(2) If the vessel is over 225 meters (738 feet) in length, the flooding standard of paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be applied, treating the machinery space, taken alone, as a floodable compartment.</P>
            <P>(b) When doing the calculations required in paragraph (a) of this section, the following permeabilities must be assumed:</P>
            <P>(1) 0.95 in all locations except the machinery space.</P>
            <P>(2) 0.85 in the machinery space.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Initial conditions of loading.</SUBJECT>
            <P>When doing the calculations required in §§ 42.20-6(a), 42.20-7(a) and 42.20-8(a), the initial condition of loading before flooding must be assumed to be as specified in this section:</P>
            <P>(a) The vessel is assumed to be loaded to its summer load waterline with no trim.</P>
            <P>(b) When calculating the vertical center of gravity, the following assumptions apply:</P>
            <P>(1) The cargo is assumed to be homogeneous.</P>
            <P>(2) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, all cargo compartments are assumed to be fully loaded. This includes compartments intended to be only partially filled. In the case of liquid cargoes, fully loaded means 98 percent full.</P>
            <P>(3) If the vessel is intended to operate at its summer load waterline with empty compartments, these empty compartments are assumed to be empty rather than fully loaded if the resulting height of the vertical center of gravity is not less than the height determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(4) Fifty percent of the total capacity of all tanks and spaces fitted to contain consumable liquids or stores must be assumed to be distributed to accomplish the following:</P>
            <P>(i) Each tank and space fitted to contain consumable liquids or stores must be assumed either completely empty or completely filled.</P>
            <P>(ii) The consumables must be distributed so as to produce the greatest possible height above the keel for the center of gravity.</P>

            <P>(5) Weights are calculated using the following values for specific gravities:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Salt water—1.025</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Fresh water—1.000</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Oil fuel—0.950</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Diesel oil—0.900</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Lube oil—0.900</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38648, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Free surface.</SUBJECT>
            <P>When doing the calculations required in §§ 42.20-6(a), 42.20-7(a) and 42.20-8(a), the effect of free surface of the following liquids must be included:</P>
            <P>(a) For each type of consumable liquid, the maximum free surface of at least one transverse pair of tanks or a single centerline tank must be included. The tank or combination of tanks must be that resulting in the greatest free surface effect.</P>
            <P>(b) For cargo liquids, unless the compartment is assumed to be empty as required by § 42.20-9(b)(3), the free surface of those compartments containing liquids is calculated at an angle of heel of not more than 5 degrees.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Extent of damage.</SUBJECT>
            <P>When doing the calculations required by §§ 42.20-6(a), 42.20-7(a) and 42.20-8(a), the following must be assumed:</P>
            <P>(a) The vertical extent of damage in all cases must be assumed to be from the baseline upward without limit.</P>
            <P>(b) The transverse extent of damage is assumed to be equal to B/5 or 11.5 meters (37.7 feet), whichever is less. The transverse extent is measured inboard from the side of the ship perpendicularly to the center line at the level of the summer load waterline.</P>
            <P>(c) If damage of a lesser extent than that specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section results in a more severe condition, the lesser extent must be assumed.</P>
            <P>(d) The following assumptions apply to the transverse damage specified in paragraph (b) of this section for a stepped or recessed bulkhead:</P>

            <P>(1) A transverse watertight bulkhead that has a step or recess located within the transverse extent of assumed damage may be considered intact if the <PRTPAGE P="41"/>step or recess is not more than 3.05 meters (10 feet) in length.</P>
            <P>(2) If a transverse watertight bulkhead has a step or recess of more than 3.05 meters (10 feet) in length, within the transverse extent of assumed damage, the two compartments adjacent to this bulkhead must be considered as flooded.</P>
            <P>(3) If within the transverse extent of damage, a transverse bulkhead has a step or recess more than 3.05 meters (10 feet) in length that coincides with the double bottom tank top or the inner boundary of a wing tank, respectively, all adjacent compartments within the transverse extent of assumed damage must be considered to be flooded simultaneously.</P>
            <P>(e) If a wing tank has openings into adjacent compartments, the wing tank and adjacent compartments must be considered as one compartment. This provision applies even where these openings are fitted with closing appliances except:</P>
            <P>(1) Valves fitted in bulkheads between tanks which are controlled from above the bulkhead deck.</P>
            <P>(2) Secured manhole covers fitted with closely spaced bolts.</P>
            <P>(f) Only transverse watertight bulkheads that are spaced apart at least <FR>1/3</FR>(L)<FR>2/3</FR> or 14.5 meters (0.495(L)<FR>2/3</FR> or 47.6 feet), whichever is less, may be considered effective. If transverse bulkheads are closer together, then one or more of these bulkheads must be assumed to be non-existent in order to achieve the minimum spacing between bulkheads.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions of equilibrium.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The following conditions of equilibrium are regarded as satisfactory:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Downflooding.</E> The final waterline after flooding, taking into account sinkage, heel, and trim, is below the lower edge of any opening through which progressive flooding can take place. Such openings include air pipes, ventilators, and openings which are closed by means of weathertight doors (even if they comply with § 42.15-10) or covers (even if they comply with § 42.15-30 or § 42.15-45(d)) but may exclude those openings closed by means of:</P>
            <P>(1) Manhole covers and flush scuttles which comply with § 42.15-40;</P>
            <P>(2) Cargo hatch covers which comply with § 42.09-5(b);</P>
            <P>(3) Hinged watertight doors in an approved position which are secured closed while at sea and so logged; and</P>
            <P>(4) Remotely operated sliding watertight doors, and side scuttles of the non-opening type which comply with § 42.15-65.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Progressive flooding.</E> If pipes, ducts, or tunnels are situated within the assumed extent of damage penetration as defined in § 42.20-11 (a) and (b), progressive flooding cannot extend to compartments other than those assumed to be floodable in the calculation for each case of damage.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Final angle of heel.</E> The angle of heel due to unsymmetrical flooding does not exceed 15 degrees. If no part of the deck is immersed, an angle of heel of up to 17 degrees may be accepted.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Metacentric height.</E> The metacentric height of the damaged vessel, in the upright condition, is positive.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Residual stability.</E> Through an angle of 20 degrees beyond its position of equilibrium, the vessel must meet the following conditions:</P>
            <P>(1) The righting arm must be positive.</P>
            <P>(2) The maximum righting arm must be at least 0.1 meter (4 inches).</P>
            <P>(3) The area under the righting arm curve within the 20 degree range must not be less than 0.0175 meter-radians (0.689 inch-radians).</P>
            <P>(4) Each submerged opening must be weathertight (e.g. a vent fitted with a ball check valve).</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Intermediate stages of flooding.</E> The Commandant is satisfied that the stability is sufficient during intermediate stages of flooding.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vessels without means of propulsion.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A lighter, barge, or other vessel without independent means of propulsion is assigned a freeboard in accordance with the provisions of this subpart as modified by paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section.</P>

            <P>(b) A barge that meets the requirements of § 42.09-5(b) may be assigned <PRTPAGE P="42"/>Type “A” freeboard if the barge does not carry deck cargo.</P>
            <P>(c) An unmanned barge is not required to comply with § 42.15-75, § 42.15-80(b), or § 42.20-70.</P>
            <P>(d) An unmanned barge that has only small access openings closed by watertight gasketed covers of steel or equivalent material on the freeboard deck, may be assigned a freeboard 25 percent less than that calculated in accordance with this subpart.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38649, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard tables.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Type “A” vessel.</E> (1) The tabular freeboard for Type “A” vessel shall be determined from Table 42.20-15(a)(1):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,8" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.20-15(a)(1)—Freeboard Table for Type “A” Vessels</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length of vessel (feet)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Freeboard <SU>1</SU> (inches)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">80</ENT>
                <ENT>8.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">90</ENT>
                <ENT>8.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
                <ENT>9.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">110</ENT>
                <ENT>10.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">120</ENT>
                <ENT>11.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">130</ENT>
                <ENT>13.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">140</ENT>
                <ENT>14.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">150</ENT>
                <ENT>15.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">160</ENT>
                <ENT>16.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">170</ENT>
                <ENT>18.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">180</ENT>
                <ENT>19.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">190</ENT>
                <ENT>21.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
                <ENT>22.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">210</ENT>
                <ENT>24.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">220</ENT>
                <ENT>26.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">230</ENT>
                <ENT>27.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">240</ENT>
                <ENT>29.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">250</ENT>
                <ENT>31.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">260</ENT>
                <ENT>32.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">270</ENT>
                <ENT>34.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">280</ENT>
                <ENT>36.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">290</ENT>
                <ENT>38.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">300</ENT>
                <ENT>39.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">310</ENT>
                <ENT>41.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">320</ENT>
                <ENT>43.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">330</ENT>
                <ENT>45.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">340</ENT>
                <ENT>46.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">350</ENT>
                <ENT>48.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">360</ENT>
                <ENT>50.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">370</ENT>
                <ENT>52.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">380</ENT>
                <ENT>54.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">390</ENT>
                <ENT>56.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">400</ENT>
                <ENT>58.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">410</ENT>
                <ENT>60.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">420</ENT>
                <ENT>62.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">430</ENT>
                <ENT>65.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">440</ENT>
                <ENT>67.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">450</ENT>
                <ENT>69.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">460</ENT>
                <ENT>71.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">470</ENT>
                <ENT>73.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">480</ENT>
                <ENT>75.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">490</ENT>
                <ENT>77.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">500</ENT>
                <ENT>79.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">510</ENT>
                <ENT>80.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">520</ENT>
                <ENT>82.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">530</ENT>
                <ENT>84.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">540</ENT>
                <ENT>86.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">550</ENT>
                <ENT>88.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">560</ENT>
                <ENT>89.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">570</ENT>
                <ENT>91.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">580</ENT>
                <ENT>92.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">590</ENT>
                <ENT>94.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">600</ENT>
                <ENT>95.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">610</ENT>
                <ENT>96.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">620</ENT>
                <ENT>98.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">630</ENT>
                <ENT>99.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">640</ENT>
                <ENT>100.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">650</ENT>
                <ENT>102.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">660</ENT>
                <ENT>103.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">670</ENT>
                <ENT>104.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">680</ENT>
                <ENT>105.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">690</ENT>
                <ENT>106.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">700</ENT>
                <ENT>107.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">710</ENT>
                <ENT>108.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">720</ENT>
                <ENT>109.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">730</ENT>
                <ENT>110.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">740</ENT>
                <ENT>111.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">750</ENT>
                <ENT>112.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">760</ENT>
                <ENT>113.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">770</ENT>
                <ENT>114.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">780</ENT>
                <ENT>115.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">790</ENT>
                <ENT>116.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">800</ENT>
                <ENT>117.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">810</ENT>
                <ENT>117.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">820</ENT>
                <ENT>118.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">830</ENT>
                <ENT>119.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">840</ENT>
                <ENT>120.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">850</ENT>
                <ENT>120.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">860</ENT>
                <ENT>121.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">870</ENT>
                <ENT>122.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">880</ENT>
                <ENT>122.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">890</ENT>
                <ENT>123.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">900</ENT>
                <ENT>124.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">910</ENT>
                <ENT>124.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">920</ENT>
                <ENT>125.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">930</ENT>
                <ENT>125.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">940</ENT>
                <ENT>126.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">950</ENT>
                <ENT>126.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">960</ENT>
                <ENT>127.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">970</ENT>
                <ENT>127.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">980</ENT>
                <ENT>128.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">990</ENT>
                <ENT>128.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,000</ENT>
                <ENT>129.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,010</ENT>
                <ENT>129.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,020</ENT>
                <ENT>129.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,030</ENT>
                <ENT>130.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,040</ENT>
                <ENT>130.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,050</ENT>
                <ENT>131.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,060</ENT>
                <ENT>131.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,070</ENT>
                <ENT>131.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,080</ENT>
                <ENT>132.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,090</ENT>
                <ENT>132.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,100</ENT>
                <ENT>132.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,110</ENT>
                <ENT>132.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,120</ENT>
                <ENT>133.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,130</ENT>
                <ENT>133.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,140</ENT>
                <ENT>133.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,150</ENT>
                <ENT>134.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,160</ENT>
                <ENT>134.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,170</ENT>
                <ENT>134.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,180</ENT>
                <ENT>134.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,190</ENT>
                <ENT>135.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,200</ENT>
                <ENT>135.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,200 <SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>

                <SU>1</SU> Freeboards at intermediate lengths of vessels shall be obtained by linear interpolation.<PRTPAGE P="43"/>
              </TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> Vessels above 1,200 feet in length shall be dealt with by the Commandant.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Type “B” vessels.</E> (1) The tabular freeboard for Type “B” vessels shall be determined from Table 42.20-15(b)(1):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,8" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.20-15(b)(1)—Freeboard Table for Type “B” Vessels</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length of vessel (feet)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Freeboard <SU>1</SU> (inches)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">80</ENT>
                <ENT>8.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">90</ENT>
                <ENT>8.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
                <ENT>9.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">110</ENT>
                <ENT>10.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">120</ENT>
                <ENT>11.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">130</ENT>
                <ENT>13.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">140</ENT>
                <ENT>14.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">150</ENT>
                <ENT>15.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">160</ENT>
                <ENT>16.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">170</ENT>
                <ENT>18.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">180</ENT>
                <ENT>19.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">190</ENT>
                <ENT>21.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
                <ENT>22.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">210</ENT>
                <ENT>24.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">220</ENT>
                <ENT>26.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">230</ENT>
                <ENT>28.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">240</ENT>
                <ENT>30.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">250</ENT>
                <ENT>32.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">260</ENT>
                <ENT>34.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">270</ENT>
                <ENT>36.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">280</ENT>
                <ENT>38.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">290</ENT>
                <ENT>41.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">300</ENT>
                <ENT>43.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">310</ENT>
                <ENT>45.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">320</ENT>
                <ENT>48.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">330</ENT>
                <ENT>50.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">340</ENT>
                <ENT>53.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">350</ENT>
                <ENT>55.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">360</ENT>
                <ENT>58.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">370</ENT>
                <ENT>60.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">380</ENT>
                <ENT>63.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">390</ENT>
                <ENT>65.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">400</ENT>
                <ENT>68.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">410</ENT>
                <ENT>70.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">420</ENT>
                <ENT>73.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">430</ENT>
                <ENT>75.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">440</ENT>
                <ENT>78.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">450</ENT>
                <ENT>80.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">460</ENT>
                <ENT>83.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">470</ENT>
                <ENT>85.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">480</ENT>
                <ENT>88.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">490</ENT>
                <ENT>90.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">500</ENT>
                <ENT>93.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">510</ENT>
                <ENT>95.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">520</ENT>
                <ENT>98.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">530</ENT>
                <ENT>100.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">540</ENT>
                <ENT>103.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">550</ENT>
                <ENT>105.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">560</ENT>
                <ENT>107.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">570</ENT>
                <ENT>110.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">580</ENT>
                <ENT>112.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">590</ENT>
                <ENT>114.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">600</ENT>
                <ENT>116.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">610</ENT>
                <ENT>119.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">620</ENT>
                <ENT>121.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">630</ENT>
                <ENT>123.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">640</ENT>
                <ENT>125.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">650</ENT>
                <ENT>127.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">660</ENT>
                <ENT>129.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">670</ENT>
                <ENT>131.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">680</ENT>
                <ENT>133.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">690</ENT>
                <ENT>135.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">700</ENT>
                <ENT>137.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">710</ENT>
                <ENT>139.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">720</ENT>
                <ENT>140.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">730</ENT>
                <ENT>142.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">740</ENT>
                <ENT>144.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">750</ENT>
                <ENT>146.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">760</ENT>
                <ENT>148.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">770</ENT>
                <ENT>149.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">780</ENT>
                <ENT>151.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">790</ENT>
                <ENT>153.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">800</ENT>
                <ENT>154.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">810</ENT>
                <ENT>156.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">820</ENT>
                <ENT>158.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">830</ENT>
                <ENT>159.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">840</ENT>
                <ENT>161.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">850</ENT>
                <ENT>162.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">860</ENT>
                <ENT>164.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">870</ENT>
                <ENT>165.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">880</ENT>
                <ENT>167.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">890</ENT>
                <ENT>168.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">900</ENT>
                <ENT>170.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">910</ENT>
                <ENT>171.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">920</ENT>
                <ENT>173.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">930</ENT>
                <ENT>174.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">940</ENT>
                <ENT>176.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">950</ENT>
                <ENT>177.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">960</ENT>
                <ENT>178.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">970</ENT>
                <ENT>180.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">980</ENT>
                <ENT>181.7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">990</ENT>
                <ENT>183.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,000</ENT>
                <ENT>184.4</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,010</ENT>
                <ENT>185.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,020</ENT>
                <ENT>187.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,030</ENT>
                <ENT>188.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,040</ENT>
                <ENT>189.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,050</ENT>
                <ENT>191.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,060</ENT>
                <ENT>192.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,070</ENT>
                <ENT>193.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,080</ENT>
                <ENT>194.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,090</ENT>
                <ENT>196.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,100</ENT>
                <ENT>197.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,110</ENT>
                <ENT>198.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,120</ENT>
                <ENT>199.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,130</ENT>
                <ENT>201.2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,140</ENT>
                <ENT>202.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,150</ENT>
                <ENT>203.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,160</ENT>
                <ENT>204.6</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,170</ENT>
                <ENT>205.8</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,180</ENT>
                <ENT>206.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,190</ENT>
                <ENT>208.1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,200</ENT>
                <ENT>209.3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1,200 <SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Freeboards at intermediate lengths of vessel shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> Vessels above 1,200 feet in length shall be dealt with by the Commandant.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10064, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction to the freeboard for vessels under 328 feet in length.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The tabular freeboard for a Type “B” vessel of between 79 feet and 328 feet in length having enclosed superstructures with an effective length of <PRTPAGE P="44"/>up to 35 percent of the length of the vessel shall be increased by:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">0.09 (328−<E T="03">L</E>) [0.35−(E/<E T="03">L</E>)] inches</HD>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">L</E>=length of vessel in feet.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">E</E>=effective length of superstructure in feet as defined in § 42.20-50.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10064, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for block coefficient.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If the block coefficient (Cb) exceeds 0.68, the tabular freeboard specified in § 42.20-15 as modified, if applicable, by §§ 42.20-5 (b) and (d), and 42.20-20(a) must be multiplied by the factor (Cb+0.68)/1.36.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38650, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for depth.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where <E T="03">D</E> exceeds <E T="03">L</E>
              <FR>1/15</FR> the freeboard shall be increased by [<E T="03">D</E>−(<E T="03">L</E>/15)] R inches, where <E T="03">R</E> is <E T="03">L</E>/131.2 at lengths less than 393.6 feet and 3 at 393.6 feet length and above.</P>
            <P>(b) Where <E T="03">D</E> is less than <E T="03">L</E>/15 no reduction shall be made except in a vessel with an enclosed superstructure covering at least 0.6<E T="03">L</E> amidships, with a complete trunk, or combination of detached enclosed superstructures and trunks which extend all fore and aft, where the freeboard shall be reduced at the rate prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
            <P>(c) Where the height of superstructure or trunk is less than the standard height, the reduction shall be in the ratio of the actual to the standard height as defined in § 42.20-40.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10064, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for position of deck line.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Where the actual depth to the upper edge of the deck line is greater or less than <E T="03">D,</E> the difference between the depths shall be added to or deducted from the freeboard.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Standard height of superstructure.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The standard height of a superstructure shall be as given in Table 42.20-40(a):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s80,7,7" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.20-40(a) Standard Heights (in Feet) \1\</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length (<E T="03">L</E>) (in feet)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Raised quarter deck</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">All other super structures</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">98.5 or less</ENT>
                <ENT>3.0</ENT>
                <ENT>5.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">246</ENT>
                <ENT>3.9</ENT>
                <ENT>5.9</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">410 or more</ENT>
                <ENT>5.9</ENT>
                <ENT>7.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> The standard heights at intermediate lengths of the vessel shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Length of superstructure.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the length of a superstructure (<E T="03">S</E>) shall be the mean length of the parts of the superstructure which lie within the length (<E T="03">L</E>).</P>
            <P>(b) Where the end bulkhead of an enclosed superstructure extends in a fair convex curve beyond its intersection with the superstructure sides, the length of the superstructure may be increased on the basis of an equivalent plane bulkhead. This increase shall be two-thirds of the fore and aft extent of curvature. The maximum curvature which may be taken into account in determining this increase is one-half the breadth of the superstructure at the point of intersection of the curved end of the superstructure with its side.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Effective length of superstructure.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Except as provided for in paragraph (b) of this section the effective length (<E T="03">E</E>) of an enclosed superstructure of standard height shall be its length.</P>

            <P>(b) In all cases where an enclosed superstructure of standard height is set in from the sides of the vessel as permitted in § 42.13-15(j), the effective length shall be the length modified by the ratio of <E T="03">b/Bs,</E>
            </P>
            <P>where:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                <E T="03">“b”</E> is the breadth of the superstructure at the middle of its length;</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                <E T="03">“Bs”</E> is the breadth of the vessel at the middle of the length of the superstructure.</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="45"/>
            <P>(1) Where a superstructure is set in for a part of its length, this modification shall be applied only to the set in part.</P>
            <P>(c) Where the height of an enclosed superstructure is less than the standard height, the effective length shall be its length reduced in the ratio of the actual height to the standard height. Where the height exceeds the standard, no increase shall be made to the effective length of the superstructure.</P>

            <P>(d) The effective length of a raised quarter deck if fitted with an intact front bulkhead, shall be its length up to a maximum of 0.6<E T="03">L.</E> Where the bulkhead is not intact, the raised quarter deck shall be treated as a poop of less than standard height.</P>
            <P>(e) Superstructures which are not enclosed shall have no effective length.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Trunks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A trunk or similar structure which does not extend to the sides of the vessel shall be regarded as efficient on the following conditions:</P>
            <P>(1) The trunk is at least as strong as a superstructure;</P>
            <P>(2) The hatchways are in the trunk deck, and the hatchway coamings and covers comply with the requirements of §§ 42.15-15 to 42.15-30, inclusive, and the width of the trunk deck stringer provides a satisfactory gangway and sufficient lateral stiffness; however, small access openings with watertight covers may be permitted in the freeboard deck;</P>
            <P>(3) A permanent working platform fore and aft fitted with guard rails is provided by the trunk deck, or by detached trunks connected to superstructures by efficient permanent gangways;</P>
            <P>(4) Ventilators are protected by the trunk by watertight covers or by other equivalent means;</P>
            <P>(5) Open rails are fitted on the weather parts of the freeboard deck in way of the trunk for at least half their length;</P>
            <P>(6) The machinery casings are protected by the trunk, by a superstructure of at least standard height, or by a deckhouse of the same height and of equivalent strength;</P>
            <P>(7) The breadth of the trunk is at least 60 percent of the breadth of the vessel; and,</P>

            <P>(8) Where there is no superstructure, the length of the trunk is at least 0.6<E T="03">L.</E>
            </P>

            <P>(b) The full length of an efficient trunk reduced in the ratio of its mean breadth to <E T="03">B</E> shall be its effective length.</P>
            <P>(c) The standard height of a trunk is the standard height of a superstructure other than a raised quarter deck.</P>
            <P>(d) Where the height of a trunk is less than the standard height, its effective length shall be reduced in the ratio of the actual to the standard height. Where the height of hatchway coamings on the trunk deck is less than that required under § 42.15-25(a), a reduction from the actual height of trunk shall be made which corresponds to the difference between the actual and required height of coaming.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deduction for superstruc-tures and trunks.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Where the effective length of superstructures and trunks is 1.0<E T="03">L,</E> the deduction from the freeboard shall be 14 inches at 79 feet length of vessel, 34 inches at 279 feet length, and 42 inches at 400 feet length and above; deductions at intermediate lengths shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</P>

            <P>(b) Where the total effective length of superstructures and trunks is less than 1.0<E T="03">L</E> the deduction shall be a percentage obtained from Table 42.20-60(b)(1) or Table 42.20-60(b)(2):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s90,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4" COLS="12" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.20-60(b)(1)—Percentage of Deduction For Type “A” Vessels</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Total effective length of superstructures and trunks</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.1<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.2<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.3<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.4<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.5<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.6<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.7<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.8<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.9<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">1.0<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Percentage of deduction for all types of superstructures <SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>0</ENT>
                <ENT>7</ENT>
                <ENT>14</ENT>
                <ENT>21</ENT>
                <ENT>31</ENT>
                <ENT>41</ENT>
                <ENT>52</ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
                <ENT>75.3</ENT>
                <ENT>87.7</ENT>
                <ENT>100</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Percentages at intermediate lengths of superstructures and trunks shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="46"/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s30,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4" COLS="13" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.20-60(b)(2)—Percentage of Deduction for Type “B” Vessels</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>[<E T="03">Percentage of deduction \1\]</E>
              </TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">Total effective length of superstructures and trunks</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">Line</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.1<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.2<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.3<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.4<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.5<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.6<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.7<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.8<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">0.9<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">1.0<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Vessels with forecastle and without detached bridge</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>0</ENT>
                <ENT>5</ENT>
                <ENT>10</ENT>
                <ENT>15</ENT>
                <ENT>23.5</ENT>
                <ENT>32</ENT>
                <ENT>46</ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
                <ENT>75.3</ENT>
                <ENT>87.7</ENT>
                <ENT>100</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Vessels with forecasle and detached bridge</ENT>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>0</ENT>
                <ENT>6.3</ENT>
                <ENT>12.7</ENT>
                <ENT>19</ENT>
                <ENT>27.5</ENT>
                <ENT>36</ENT>
                <ENT>46</ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
                <ENT>75.3</ENT>
                <ENT>87.7</ENT>
                <ENT>100</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Percentages at intermediate lengths of superstructures and trunks shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(c) For vessels of Type “B”:</P>

            <P>(1) Where the effective length of a bridge is less than 0.2<E T="03">L,</E> the percentages shall be obtained by linear interpolation between lines I and II;</P>

            <P>(2) Where the effective length of a forecastle is more than 0.4<E T="03">L,</E> the percentages shall be obtained from line II; and,</P>

            <P>(3) Where the effective length of a forecastle is less than 0.07<E T="03">L,</E> the percentages in Table 42.20-60(b)(2) of this paragraph shall be reduced by:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">5(0.07<E T="03">L</E>−<E T="03">f</E>)/0.07<E T="03">L</E>
              </HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="03">L</E> is the length of vessel as defined in § 42.13-15(a),</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="03">f</E> is the effective length of the forecastle.</FP>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10065, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9015, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sheer.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) The sheer shall be measured from the deck at side to a line of reference drawn parallel to the keel through the sheer line amidships.</P>
            <P>(2) In vessels designed with a rake of keel, the sheer shall be measured in relation to a reference line drawn parallel to the design load waterline.</P>
            <P>(3) In flush deck vessels and in vessels with detached superstructures the sheer shall be measured at the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(4) In vessels with topsides of unusual form in which there is a step or break in the topsides, the sheer shall be considered in relation to the equivalent depth amidships.</P>

            <P>(5) In vessels with a superstructure of standard height which extends over the whole length of the freeboard deck, the sheer shall be measured at the superstructure deck. Where the height exceeds the standard the least difference (<E T="03">Z</E>) between the actual and standard heights shall be added to each end ordinate. Similarly, the intermediate ordinates at distances of <FR>1/6</FR>
              <E T="03">L</E> and <FR>1/3</FR>
              <E T="03">L</E> from each perpendicular shall be increased by 0.444Z and 0.111Z respectively.</P>
            <P>(6) Where the deck of an enclosed superstructure has at least the same sheer as the exposed freeboard deck, the sheer of the enclosed portion of the freeboard deck shall not be taken into account.</P>
            <P>(7) Where an enclosed poop or forecastle is of standard height with greater sheer than that of the freeboard deck, or is of more than standard height, an addition to the sheer of the freeboard deck shall be made as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Standard sheer profile.</E> (1) The ordinates of the standard sheer profile are given in Table 42.20-65(b)(1):</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r45,r25,r25,3" COLS="5" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.20-65(b)(1)—Standard Sheer Profile</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>[Where <E T="03">L</E> is in feet]</TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">Station</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Ordinate (in inches)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Ordinate (in inches)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Factor</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">After half</ENT>
                <ENT>After Perpendicular</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="03">L</E>+10</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>
                  <FR>1/6</FR>
                  <E T="03">L</E> from A.P</ENT>
                <ENT>0.0444</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="03">L</E>+4.44</ENT>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>
                  <FR>1/3</FR>
                  <E T="03">L</E> from A.P</ENT>
                <ENT>0.0111</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="03">L</E>+1.11</ENT>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW RUL="s">
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Amidships</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>0</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Forward half</ENT>
                <ENT>Amidships</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>0</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>
                  <FR>1/3</FR>
                  <E T="03">L</E> from F.P</ENT>
                <ENT>0.0222</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="03">L</E>+2.22</ENT>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>
                  <FR>1/6</FR>
                  <E T="03">L</E> from F.P</ENT>
                <ENT>0.0888</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="03">L</E>+8.88</ENT>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Forward Perpendicular</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="03">L</E>+20</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Measurement of variation from standard sheer profile.</E> (1) Where the sheer profile differs from the standard, the four ordinates of each profile in the forward or after half shall be multiplied by the appropriate factors given <PRTPAGE P="47"/>in the table of ordinates. The difference between the sums of the respective products and those of the standard divided by 8 measures the deficiency or excess of sheer in the forward or after half. The arithmetical mean of the excess or deficiency in the forward and after halves measures the excess or deficiency of sheer.</P>
            <P>(2) Where the after half of the sheer has an excess and the forward half of the sheer has a deficiency, no credit shall be allowed for the part in excess and deficiency only shall be measured.</P>
            <P>(3) Where the forward half of the sheer profile exceeds the standard, and the after portion of the sheer profile is not less than 75 percent of the standard, credit shall be allowed for the part in excess; where the after part is less than 50 percent of the standard, no credit shall be given for the excess sheer forward. Where the after sheer is between 50 percent and 75 percent of the standard, intermediate allowances may be granted for excess sheer forward.</P>
            <P>(4) Where sheer credit is given for a poop or forecastle, the following formula shall be used:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">s</E>=(<E T="03">y</E>/3)(<E T="03">L</E>′/<E T="03">L</E>)</HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">s</E>=sheer credit, to be deducted from the deficiency or added to the excess of sheer.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">y</E>=difference between actual and standard height of superstructure at the end ordinate.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">L</E>′=mean enclosed length of poop or forecastle up to a maximum length of 0.5<E T="03">L.</E>
              </P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">L</E>=length of vessel as defined in § 42.13-15(a). </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(i) The formula in this paragraph (c)(4) of this section provides a curve in the form of a parabola tangent to the actual sheer curve at the freeboard deck and intersecting the end ordinate at a point below the superstructure deck a distance equal to the standard height of a superstructure. The superstructure deck shall not be less than standard height above this curve at any point. This curve shall be used in determining the sheer profile for forward and after halves of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Correction for variations from standard sheer profile.</E> (1) The correction for sheer shall be the deficiency or excess of sheer (see paragraphs (c) (1) to (4) inclusive of this section) multiplied by:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">0.75−(<E T="03">S</E>/2<E T="03">L</E>)</HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">S</E> is the total length of enclosed superstructures.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Addition for deficiency in sheer.</E> (1) Where the sheer is less than the standard, the correction for deficiency in sheer (see paragraph (d)(1) of this section) shall be added to the freeboard.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Deduction for excess sheer.</E> (1) In vessels where an enclosed superstructure covers 0.1<E T="03">L</E> before and 0.1<E T="03">L</E> abaft amidships, the correction for excess of sheer as calculated under the provisions of paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be deducted from the freeboard; in vessels where no enclosed superstructure covers amidships, no deduction shall be made from the freeboard; where an enclosed superstructure covers less than 0.1<E T="03">L</E> before and 0.1<E T="03">L</E> abaft amidships, the deduction shall be obtained by linear interpolation. The maximum deduction for excess sheer shall be at the rate of 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches per 100 feet of length.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10066, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum bow height.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The bow height defined as the vertical distance at the forward perpendicular between the waterline corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the designed trim and the top of the exposed deck at side shall be not less than:</P>
            <P>(1) For vessels below 820 feet in length,</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">0.672<E T="03">L</E>[1−(<E T="03">L</E>/1640)][1.36/(<E T="03">C</E>
                <E T="22">b</E>+0.68)] inches;</HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">L</E> is the length of the vessel in feet.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">C</E>
                <E T="22">b</E> is the block coefficient which is to be taken as not less than 0.68. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(2) For vessels of 820 feet and above in length,</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">275.6[1.36/(<E T="03">C</E>
                <E T="22">b</E>+0.68)] inches;</HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                <E T="03">C</E>
                <E T="22">b</E> is the block coefficient which is to be taken as not less than 0.68. </FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            

            <P>(b) Where the bow height required in paragraph (a) of this section is obtained by sheer, the sheer shall extend for at least 15 percent of the length of the vessel measured from the forward <PRTPAGE P="48"/>perpendicular. Where it is obtained by fitting a superstructure, such superstructure shall extend from the stem to a point at least 0.07<E T="03">L</E> abaft the forward perpendicular, and it shall comply with the following requirements:</P>
            <P>(1) For vessels not over 328 feet in length it shall be enclosed as defined in § 42.13-15(j); and,</P>
            <P>(2) For vessels over 328 feet in length it need not comply with § 42.13-15(j) but shall be fitted with closing appliances to the satisfaction of the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(c) Vessels which, to suit exceptional operational requirements, cannot meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section may be given special consideration by the assigning authority.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10066, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.20-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum freeboards.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Summer freeboard.</E> (1) The minimum freeboard in summer must be the freeboard derived from the tables in § 42.20-15 as modified by the corrections in §§ 42.20-3 and 42.20-5, as applicable, and §§ 42.20-20, 42.20-25, 42.20-30, 42.20-35, 42.20-60, 42.20-65 and, if applicable, § 42.20-70.</P>
            <P>(2) The freeboard in salt water, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but without the correction for deck line, as provided by § 42.20-35, shall not be less than 2 inches. For vessels having in position 1 hatchways with covers which do not comply with the requirements of §§ 42.15-25(d)(1), 42.15-30, or 42.15-80, the freeboard shall be not less than 6 inches.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Tropical freeboard.</E> (1) The minimum tropical freeboard shall be the freeboard obtained by a deduction from the summer freeboard of one forty-eighth of the summer draft measured from the top of the keel to the center of the ring of the load line mark.</P>
            <P>(2) The freeboard in salt water, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, but without the correction for deck line, as provided by § 42.20-35, shall not be less than 2 inches. For vessels having in position 1 hatchways with covers which do not comply with the requirements of § 42.15-25(d)(1), § 42.15-30, or § 42.15-80, the freeboard shall be not less than 6 inches.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Winter freeboard.</E> (1) The minimum winter freeboard shall be the freeboard obtained by an addition to the summer freeboard of one forty-eighth of summer draft, measured from the top of the keel to the center of the ring of the load line mark.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Winter North Atlantic freeboard.</E> (1) The minimum freeboard for vessels of not more than 328 feet in length which enter any part of the North Atlantic defined in § 42.30-35 during the winter seasonal period shall be the winter freeboard plus 2 inches. For other vessels the winter North Atlantic freeboard shall be the winter freeboard.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Fresh water freeboard.</E> (1) The minimum freeboard in fresh water of unit density shall be obtained by deducting from the minimum freeboard in salt water:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(<E T="21">Δ</E>/40 <E T="03">T</E>) inches</HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="21">Δ</E>=displacement in salt water in tons at the summer load waterline; and,</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">T</E>=tons per inch immersion in salt water at the summer load waterline. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(2) Where the displacement at the summer load waterline cannot be certified, the deduction shall be one forty-eighth of summer draft, measured from the top of the keel to the center of the ring of the load line mark.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10066, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969; CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38650, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.25—Special Requirements for Vessels Assigned Timber Freeboards</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application of this subpart.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The provisions of this subpart 42.25 apply only to vessels to which timber load lines are assigned.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions of terms used in this subpart.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Timber deck cargo.</E> The term “timber deck cargo” means a cargo of timber carried on an uncovered part of a freeboard or superstructure deck. The <PRTPAGE P="49"/>term does not include wood pulp or similar cargo.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Timber load line.</E> A timber deck cargo may be regarded as giving a vessel a certain additional buoyancy and a greater degree of protection against the sea. For that reason, vessels carrying a timber deck cargo may be granted a reduction of freeboard calculated according to the provisions of § 42.25-20 and marked on the vessel's side in accordance with the provisions of § 42.13-30(c) and (d). However, in order that such special freeboard may be granted and used, the timber deck cargo shall comply with certain conditions which are laid down in § 42.25-15, and the vessel itself shall also comply with certain conditions relating to its construction which are set out in § 42.25-10.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Construction of vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Superstructure.</E> (1) Vessels, shall have a forecastle of at least standard height and a length of at least 0.07<E T="03">L.</E> In addition, if the vessel is less than 328 feet in length, a poop of at least standard height, or a raised quarter deck with either a deckhouse or a strong steel hood of at least the same total height shall be fitted aft.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Double bottom tanks.</E> (1) Double bottom tanks where fitted within the midship half length of the vessel shall have adequate watertight longitudinal subdivision.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Bulwarks.</E> (1) The vessel shall be fitted either with permanent bulwarks at least 39<FR>1/2</FR> inches in height, specially stiffened on the upper edge and supported by strong bulwark stays attached to the deck and provided with necessary freeing ports, or with efficient rails of the same height and of specially strong construction.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Stowage.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) Openings in the weather deck over which cargo is stowed shall be securely closed and battened down. The ventilators shall be efficiently protected.</P>
            <P>(2) Timber deck cargo shall extend over at least the entire available length which is the total length of the well or wells between superstructures. Where there is no limiting superstructure at the after end, the timber shall extend at least to the after end of the aftermost hatchway. The timber shall be stowed as solidly as possible, to at least the standard height of a superstructure other than a raised quarter deck.</P>
            <P>(3) On a vessel within a seasonal winter zone in winter, the height of the deck cargo above the weather deck shall not exceed one-third of the extreme breadth of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(4) The timber deck cargo shall be compactly stowed, lashed, and secured. It shall not interfere in any way with the navigation and necessary work of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Upright.</E> (1) Uprights, when required by the nature of the timber, shall be of adequate strength considering the breadth of the vessel; the spacing shall be suitable for the length and character of timber carried, but shall not exceed 9.8 feet. Strong angles or metal sockets or equally efficient means shall be provided for securing the uprights.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Lashings.</E> (1) Timber deck cargo shall be efficiently secured throughout its length by independent overall lashings spaced not more than 9.8 feet apart. Eye plates for these lashings shall be efficiently attached to the sheer strake or to the deck stringer plate at intervals of not more than 9.8 feet. The distance from an end bulkhead of a superstructure to the first eye plate shall be not more than 6.6 feet. Eye plates and lashings shall be provided 23<FR>1/2</FR> inches and 4.9 feet from the ends of timber deck cargoes where there is no bulkhead.</P>
            <P>(2) Lashings shall be not less than <FR>3/4</FR>-inch close link chain or flexible wire rope of equivalent strength, fitted with sliphooks and turnbuckles, which shall be accessible at all times. Wire rope lashings shall have a short length of long link chain to permit the length of lashings to be regulated.</P>

            <P>(3) When timber is in lengths less than 11.8 feet the spacing of the lashings shall be reduced or other suitable <PRTPAGE P="50"/>provisions made to suit the length of timber.</P>
            <P>(4) All fittings required for securing the lashings shall be of strength corresponding to the length of the lashings.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Stability.</E> (1) Provision shall be made for a safe margin of stability at all stages of the voyage, regard being given to additions of weight, such as those due to absorption of water and icing and to losses of weight such as those due to consumption of fuel and stores.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Protection of crew, access to machinery spaces, etc.</E> (1) In addition to the requirements of § 42.15-75(e) guardrails or life lines spaced not more than 13 inches apart vertically shall be provided on each side of the deck cargo to a height of at least 39<FR>1/2</FR> inches above the cargo.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Steering arrangements.</E> (1) Steering arrangements shall be effectively protected from damage by cargo and, as far as practicable, shall be accessible. Efficient provision, shall be made for steering in the event of a breakdown in the main steering arrangements.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Computation for freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The minimum summer freeboards must be computed in accordance with §§ 42.20-5 (a) and (b), 42.20-13, 42.20-15, 42.20-20, 42.20-25, 42.20-30, 42.20-35, 42.20-60, and 42.20-65, except that § 42.20-60 is modified by substituting the percentages in Table 42.25-20(a) for those given in § 42.20-60:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4" COLS="12" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 42.25-20(a)—Percentage of Deduction for Superstructure</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>[Total Effective Length of Superstructure]</TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">0</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.1<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.2<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.3<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.4<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.5<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.6<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.7<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.8<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">0.9<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">1.0<E T="03">L</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Percentage of deduction for all types of superstructure <SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>20</ENT>
                <ENT>31</ENT>
                <ENT>42</ENT>
                <ENT>53</ENT>
                <ENT>64</ENT>
                <ENT>70</ENT>
                <ENT>76</ENT>
                <ENT>82</ENT>
                <ENT>88</ENT>
                <ENT>94</ENT>
                <ENT>100</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Percentages at intermediate lengths of superstructures shall be obtained by linear interpolation.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) The winter timber freeboard shall be obtained by adding to the summer timber freeboard one thirty-sixth of the molded summer timber draft.</P>
            <P>(c) The winter North Atlantic timber freeboard shall be the same as the winter North Atlantic freeboard prescribed in § 42.20-75(d)(1).</P>
            <P>(d) The tropical timber freeboard shall be obtained by deducting from the summer timber freeboard one forty-eighth of the molded summer timber draft.</P>
            <P>(e) The fresh water timber freeboard shall be computed in accordance with § 42.20-75(e) (1) or (2) based on the summer timber load waterline.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10067, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969; CGD 79-153, 48 FR 38650, Aug. 25, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.30—Zones, Areas, and Seasonal Periods</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Basis.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The zones and areas in this subpart are, in general, based on the following criteria:</P>
            <P>(1) Summer: not more than 10 percent winds of force 8 Beaufort (34 knots) or more.</P>
            <P>(2) Tropical: not more than 1 percent winds of force 8 Beaufort (34 knots) or more. Not more than one tropical storm in 10 years in an area of 5° square in any 1 separate calendar month.</P>
            <P>(b) In certain special areas, for practical reasons, some degree of relaxation has been found acceptable.</P>
            <P>(c) A chart is attached to the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, which illustrates the zones and areas defined in this Convention and in this subpart.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="51"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Northern Winter Seasonal Zones and area.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zones I and II.</E> (1) The North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone I lies within the meridian of longitude 50° W. from the coast of Greenland to latitude 45° N.; thence the parallel of latitude 45° N. to longitude 15° W.; thence the meridian of longitude 15° W. to latitude 60° N.; thence the parallel of latitude 60° N. to the Greenwich Meridian, thence this meridian northwards.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: October 16 to April 15.</P>
              <P>Summer: April 16 to October 15. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(2) The North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone II lies within the meridian of longitude 68°30′ W. from the coast of the United States to latitude 40° N.; thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 36° N., longitude 73° W.; thence the parallel of latitude 36° N. to longitude 25° W.; and thence the rhumb line to Cape Torinana. Excluded from this zone are the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone I and the Baltic Sea bounded by the parallel of the latitude of The Skaw in the Skagerrak.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: November 1 to March 31.</P>
              <P>Summer: April 1 to October 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(b) <E T="03">North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Area.</E> (1) The boundary of the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Area is the meridian of longitude 68°30′ W. from the coast of the United States to latitude 40° N.; thence the rhumb line to the southernmost intersection of the meridian of longitude 61° W. with the coast of Canada; and thence the east coasts of Canada and the United States.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">a</E>) For vessels over 328 feet in length:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: December 16 to February 15.</P>
              <P>Summer: February 16 to December 15. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(<E T="03">b</E>) For vessels of 328 feet and under in length:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: November 1 to March 31.</P>
              <P>Summer: April 1 to October 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) <E T="03">North Pacific Winter Seasonal Zone.</E> The southern boundary of the North Pacific Winter Seasonal Zone is the parallel of latitude 50° N. from the east coast of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, to the west coast of Sakhalin; thence the west coast of Sakhalin to the southern extremity of Cape Kril'on: thence the rhumb line to Wakkanai, Hokkaido, Japan; thence the east and south coasts of Hokkaido to longitude 145° E., thence the meridian of longitude 145° E. to latitude 35° N., thence the parallel of latitude 35° N. to longitude 150° W. and thence the rhumb line to the southern extremity of Dall Island, Alaska.</P>
            <P>(1) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: October 16 to April 15.</P>
              <P>Summer: April 16 to October 15.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Southern Winter Seasonal Zone.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The northern boundary of the Southern Winter Seasonal Zone is the rhumb line from the east coast of the American continent at Cape Tres Puntas to the point latitude 34° S., longitude 50° W.; thence the parallel of latitude 34° S. to longitude 17° E.; thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 35°10′ S., longitude 20° E.; thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 34° S. longitude 28° E.; thence along the rhumb line to the point latitude 35°30′ S., longitude 118° E.; thence the rhumb line to Cape Grim on the northwest coast of Tasmania; thence along the north and east coasts of Tasmania to the southernmost point of Bruny Island; thence the rhumb line to Black Rock Point on Stewart Island; thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 47° S., longitude 170° E.; thence along the rhumb line to the point latitude 33° S., longitude 170° W.; and thence the parallel of latitude 33° S. to the west coast of the American continent.</P>
            <P>(1) Valparaiso is to be considered as being on the boundary line of the Summer and the Winter Seasonal Zones.</P>
            <P>(2) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: April 16 to October 15.</P>
              <P>Summer: October 16 to April 15.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tropical Zone.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.</E> The northern boundary of the <PRTPAGE P="52"/>Tropical Zone is the parallel of latitude 13° N. from the east coast of the American continent to longitude 60° W.; thence the rhumb line to a point in latitude 10° N., longitude 58° W.; thence the parallel of latitude 10° N. to longitude 20° W.; thence the meridian of longitude 20° W. to latitude 30° N.; thence the parallel of latitude 30° N. to the west coast of Africa; from the east coast of Africa the parallel of latitude 8° N. to longitude 70° E.; thence the meridian of longitude 70° E. to latitude 13° N.; thence the parallel of latitude 13° N. to the west coast of India; thence around the south coast of India to latitude 10°30′ N. on the east coast of India; thence the rhumb line to a point in latitude 9° N., longitude 82° E.; thence the meridian of longitude 82° E. to latitude 8° N.; thence the parallel of latitude 8° N. to the west coast of Malaysia; thence the coast of Southeast Asia to the east coast of Vietnam at latitude 10° N.; thence the parallel of latitude 10° N. to longitude 145° E.; thence the meridian of longitude 145° E. to latitude 13° N.; and thence the parallel of latitude 13° N. to the west coast of the American continent.</P>
            <P>(1) Saigon is to be considered as being on the boundary line of the Tropical Zone and the Seasonal Tropical Area.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Southern boundary of the Tropical Zone.</E> The southern boundary of the Tropical Zone is the rhumb line from the Port of Santos, Brazil, to the point where the meridian of longitude 40° W. intersects the Tropic of Capricorn; thence the Tropic of Capricorn to the west coast of Africa; from the east coast of Africa the parallel of latitude 20° S. to the west coast of Madagascar; thence the west and north coasts of Madagascar to longitude 50° E.; thence the meridian of longitude 50° E. to latitude 10° S.; thence the parallel of latitude 10° S. to longitude 98° E.; thence the rhumb line to Port Darwin, Australia; thence the coasts of Australia and Wessel Island eastwards to Cape Wessel; thence the parallel of latitude 11° S. to the west side of Cape York; from the east side of Cape York the parallel of latitude 11° S. to longitude 150° W.; thence the rhumb line to the point latitude 26° S., longitude 75° W.; and thence the rhumb line to the west coast of the American continent at latitude 30° S.</P>
            <P>(1) Coquimbo and Santos are to be considered as being on the boundary line of the Tropical and Summer Zones.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Areas to be included in the Tropical Zone.</E> The following areas are to be treated as included in the Tropical Zone:</P>
            <P>(1) The Suez Canal, the Red Sea, and the Gulf of Aden, from Port Said to the meridian of longitude 45° E.</P>
            <P>(i) Aden and Berbera are to be considered as being on the boundary line of the Tropical Zone and the Seasonal Tropical Area.</P>
            <P>(2) The Persian Gulf of the meridian of longitude 59° E.</P>
            <P>(3) The area bounded by the parallel of latitude 22° S. from the east coast of Australia to the Great Barrier Reef, thence the Great Barrier Reef to latitude 11° S. The northern boundary of the area is the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal Tropical Areas.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The following are Seasonal Tropical Areas:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">In the North Atlantic.</E> It is an area bounded on the north by the rhumb line from Cape Catoche, Yucatan, to Cape San Antonio, Cuba, the north coast of Cuba to latitude 20° N., thence the parallel of latitude 20° N. to longitude 20° W.; on the west by the coast of the American continent; on the south and east by the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.</P>
            <P>(1) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: November 1 to July 15.</P>
              <P>Summer: July 16 to October 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(b) <E T="03">In the Arabian Sea.</E> An area bounded on the west by the coast of Africa, the meridian of longitude 45° E. in the Gulf of Aden, the coast of South Arabia and the meridian of longitude 59° E. in the Gulf of Oman; on the north and east by the coasts of Pakistan and India; on the south by the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.</P>
            <P>(1) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: September 1 to May 31.</P>
              <P>Summer: June 1 to August 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="53"/>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">In the Bay of Bengal.</E> The Bay of Bengal north of the northern boundary of the Tropical Zone.</P>
            <P>(1) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: December 1 to April 30.</P>
              <P>Summer: May 1 to November 30. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(d) <E T="03">In the South Indian Ocean.</E> (1) An area bounded on the north and west by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone and the east coast of Madagascar; on the south by the parallel of latitude 20° S.; on the east by the rhumb line from a point in latitude 20° S., longitude 50° E., to a point in latitude 15° S., longitude 51°30′ E., and thence by the meridian of longitude 51°30′ E. to latitude 10° S.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: April 1 to November 30.</P>
              <P>Summer: December 1 to March 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(2) An area bounded on the north by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the east by the coast of Australia; on the south by the parallel of latitude 15° S. from longitude 51°30′ E., to longitude 120° E. and thence the meridian of longitude 120° E. to the coast of Australia; on the west by the meridian of longitude 51°30′ E.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: May 1 to November 30.</P>
              <P>Summer: December 1 to April 30. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(e) <E T="03">In the China Sea.</E> An area bounded on the west and north by the coasts of Vietnam and China from latitude 10° N. to Hong Kong; on the east by the rhumb line from Hong Kong to the Port of Sual (Luzon Island), and the west coasts of the Islands of Luzon, Samar, and Leyte to latitude 10° N.; on the south by the parallel of latitude 10° N.</P>
            <P>(1) Hong Kong and Sual are to be considered as being on the boundary of the Seasonal Tropical Area and Summer Zone.</P>
            <P>(2) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: January 21 to April 30.</P>
              <P>Summer: May 1 to January 20. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(f) <E T="03">In the North Pacific.</E> (1) An area bounded on the north by the parallel of latitude 25° N.; on the west by the meridian of longitude 160° E.; on the south by the parallel of latitude 13° N.; on the east by the meridian of longitude 130° W.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: April 1 to October 31.</P>
              <P>Summer: November 1 to March 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(2) An area bounded on the north and east by the west coast of the American continent; on the west by the meridian of longitude 123° W. from the coast of the American continent to latitude 33° N., longitude 123° W.; to the point latitude 13° N., longitude 105° W.; on the south by the parallel of latitude 13° N.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Tropical: March 1 to June 30, and November 1 to November 30.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Summer: July 1 to October 31, and December 1 to February 28/29.</FP>
              
            </EXTRACT>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">In the South Pacific.</E> (1) The Gulf of Carpentaria south of latitude 11° S.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: April 1 to November 30.</P>
              <P>Summer: December 1 to March 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(2) An area bounded on the north and east by the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the south by the Tropic of Capricorn from the east coast of Australia to longitude 150° W.; thence by the meridian of longitude 150° W. to latitude 20° S. and thence by the parallel of latitude 20° S. to the point where it intersects the southern boundary of the Tropical Zone; on the west by the boundaries of the area within the Great Barrier Reef included in the Tropical Zone, and by the east coast of Australia.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Tropical: April 1 to November 30.</P>
              <P>Summer: December 1 to March 31.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10068, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Summer Zones.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The remaining areas constitute the Summer Zones.</P>
            <P>(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet and under in length, the area bounded on the north and west by the east coast of the United States; on the east by the meridian of longitude 68°30′ W. from the coast of the United States to latitude 40° N. and thence by the rhumb line to the point latitude 36° N., longitude 73° W.; on the south by the parallel of latitude 36° N.; is a Winter Seasonal Area.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <PRTPAGE P="54"/>
              <P>Winter: November 1 to March 31.</P>
              <P>Summer: April 1 to October 31.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10069, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Enclosed seas.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Baltic Sea.</E> This sea bounded by the parallel of latitude of The Skaw in the Skagerrak is included in the Summer Zones.</P>
            <P>(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet and under in length, it is a Winter Seasonal Area.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: November 1 to March 31.</P>
              <P>Summer: April 1 to October 31. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Black Sea.</E> This sea is included in the Summer Zones.</P>
            <P>(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet and under in length, the area north of latitude 44° N. is a Winter Seasonal Area.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: December 1 to February 28/29.</P>
              <P>Summer: March 1 to November 30. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Mediterranean.</E> This sea is included in the Summer Zones.</P>
            <P>(1) However, for vessels of 328 feet and under in length, the area bounded on the north and west by the coasts of France and Spain and the meridian of longitude 3° E. from the coast of Spain to latitude 40° N.; on the south by the parallel of latitude 40° N. from longitude 3° E. to the west coast of Sardinia; on the east by the west and north coasts of Sardinia from latitude 40° N. to longitude 9° E., thence by the meridian of longitude 9° E. to the south coast of Corsica, thence by the west and north coasts of Corsica to longitude 9° E. and thence by the rhumb line to Cape Sicie; is a Winter Seasonal Area.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: December 16 to March 15.</P>
              <P>Summer: March 16 to December 15. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Sea of Japan.</E> This sea south of the parallel of latitude 50° N. is included in the Summer Zones.</P>
            <P>(1) However, for vessels of 382 feet and under in length, the area between the parallel of latitude 50° N. and the rhumb line from the east coast of Korea at latitude 38° N. to the west coast of Hokkaido, Japan, at latitude 43°12′ N., is a Winter Seasonal Area.</P>
            <P>(i) Seasonal periods:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Winter: December 1 to February 28/29.</P>
              <P>Summer: March 1 to November 30.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10069, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9016, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.30-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>The Winter North Atlantic Load Line.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The part of the North Atlantic referred to in § 42.20-75(d)(1) comprises:</P>
            <P>(1) That part of the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone II which lies between the meridians of 15° W. and 50° W.; and</P>
            <P>(2) The whole of the North Atlantic Winter Seasonal Zone I, the Shetland Islands to be considered as being on the boundary.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10069, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 42.50—Load Line Certificates—Model Forms</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.50-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The provisions of this subpart set forth the requirements for the text of the various load line certificates issued to vessels complying with the applicable requirements in this part. See §§ 42.07-35 and 42.07-40 for requirements regarding load line assigning and issuing authorities. See § 42.07-45 for requirements regarding load line certificates, their text and arrangement.</P>
            <P>(b) The 1966 international load line certificate and exemption certificate shall be the same as set forth in this subpart in the model Forms A1, A2, A3, and E1, except for the following authorized variations which shall also apply to model Forms B, C1, C2, and C3:</P>
            <P>(1) As indicated in § 42.13-30, the freeboards and load line marks which are not applicable to a specific vessel need not be entered on the certificate issued.</P>

            <P>(2) The provisions of Note 3 on the front of the certificate forms (other than Model E1) may be changed to correctly describe the situation applicable to the vessel concerning information and instructions furnished the master about loading and ballasting the vessel to provide a guide as to stability under <PRTPAGE P="55"/>various conditions and as to avoid unacceptable stresses in the vessel's structure.</P>
            <P>(c) In the load line certificate the assigning and issuing authority shall set forth its full official designation; i.e., its legal name, address of home office, and reference to the authorization from the Commandant where an assigning and issuing authority other than the American Bureau of Shipping is designated.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9017, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.50-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>International load line certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The various forms of certificates certifying to the correctness of the load line marks assigned under the regulations in this subchapter and/or certain exemptions therefrom for U.S.-flag vessels engaged in foreign voyages, or engaged in coastwise or intercoastal voyages (provided such vessels qualify to engage in foreign voyages without restriction), are A1, A2, A3, and E1. The detailed application of these forms is as specified in § 42.07-45 (e), (f), and (h).</P>

            <P>(b) The text and arrangement of the printed portions of Form <E T="03">A1</E> (printed front and back) are as follows:</P>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Load Line Certificate (1966)</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Form <E T="03">A1</E>]</HD>
              <SP>(Official seal of issuing authority.)</SP>
              <SP>(Certificate No. ___)</SP>
              
              <SP>Issued under the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, under the authority of the Government of the United States of America, and the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard:</SP>
              <SP>By</SP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Insert full official designation of issuing authority)</HD>
              
              <RULE/>
              <SP>and duly authorized for assigning purposes under the provisions of the Convention. </SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r30,r60" COLS="4" OPTS="tp0,g1,t1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Name of ship</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Official number or distinctive letters</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Port of registry</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Length (<E T="03">L</E>) as defined in Article 2(8) i.e., 46 CFR 42.13-15</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Freeboard assigned as: <SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>A new ship</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">Type of ship: <SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Type “A”.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>An existing ship</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT>Type “B”.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT>Type “B” with reduced freeboard.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT>Type “B” with increased freeboard.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="03">
                <ENT I="11">FREEBOARD FROM DECK LINE LOAD LINE
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="01">Tropical</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(T)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Summer</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(S)</ENT>
                <ENT>Upper edge of line at level of center of ring.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(W)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter (North Atlantic)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(WNA)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01">Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches).</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(All measurements are to upper edge of the respective horizontal lines)</HD>
              <SP>The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is __  inches above or below the top of the __  deck at side; i.e., freeboard <SU>1</SU> deck.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPH DEEP="82" SPAN="2">
              <PRTPAGE P="56"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.004</GID>
            </GPH>
            
            <WIDE>
              <SP>Date of initial or periodical survey..................................................</SP>
              <SP>This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and that the freeboards have been assigned and load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966.</SP>
              <SP>This certificate is valid until __ __,<SU>2</SU> subject to annual surveys in accordance with Article 14(1)(c) of the Convention, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side of the certificate.</SP>
              <SP>Issued at __ __  (Place of issue of certificate), __, 19_ (Date of issue)</SP>
              
              <RULE/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Signature of official issuing the certificate)</HD>
              <SP>[Seal of issuing authority]</SP>
              
              <SP>The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.</SP>
              
              <SP>(Signature)</SP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">notes</HD>
              <SP>1. When a ship departs from a port situated on a river or inland waters, deeper loading shall be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption between the point of departure and the sea.</SP>
              <SP>2. When a ship is in fresh water of unit density, the appropriate load line may be submerged by the amount of the fresh water allowance shown above. Where the density is other than unity, an allowance shall be made proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual density.</SP>
              <SP>3. It is the owner's responsibility to furnish the master with information and instructions for loading and ballasting this vessel to provide guidance as to stability of the vessel under varying conditions of service and to avoid unacceptable stresses in the vessel's structure.</SP>
              
              <SP>
                <SU>1</SU> The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words whenever it is inapplicable to a specific vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made, which accurately describe the facts.</SP>
              <SP>
                <SU>2</SU> At the expiration of this certificate, applicable reissuance should be obtained in accordance with the Load Line Regulations.</SP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(Reverse Side of Certificate)</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">annual surveys</HD>
              <SP>This is to certify that at an annual survey required by Article 14(1)(c) of the Convention, this ship was found to comply with the relevant provisions of the Convention. </SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,xs25,20" COLS="3" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="57"/>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">
                  <E T="04">extension of load line certificate</E>
                  
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">The provisions of the Convention being fully complied with by this ship, the validity of this certificate is, in accordance with Article 19(2) of the Convention, extended until.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">notes</HD>
              <SP>4. The Winter North Atlantic Load Line applies only to vessels of 328 feet in length or less, which enter any part of the North Atlantic Ocean during the winter months as defined by the Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR 42.30-5 and 42.30-35. The periods during which the other seasonal load lines apply in different parts of the world are as stated in the Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR 42.30-5 to 42.30-30, inclusive.</SP>
              <SP>5. The Load Line Certificate will be canceled by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, if:</SP>
              <SP>(a) The annual surveys have not been carried out within 3 months either way of each anniversary of the certificate date.</SP>
              <SP>(b) The certificate is not endorsed to show that the ship has been surveyed as indicated in (a).</SP>
              <SP>(c) Material alterations have been made to the hull or superstructure of the vessel, such as would necessitate the assignment of an increased freeboard.</SP>
              <SP>(d) The fittings and appliances for the protection of the openings, guardrails, freeing ports, or the means of access to the crew's quarters have not been maintained in as effective a condition as they were when the certificate was issued.</SP>
              <SP>(e) The structural strength of the ship is lowered to such an extent that the ship is unsafe.</SP>
              <SP>6. When this certificate has expired or has been canceled, it must be delivered to the issuing authority.</SP>
              
              <RULE/>
            </WIDE>

            <P>(c) The text and arrangement of the printed portion of Form <E T="03">A2</E> shall be identical with the information on the face and reverse sides of Form <E T="03">A1</E> certificate in paragraph (b) of this section except for the identification of model form, description of the “Freeboard from deck line,” the “Load Line,” and the illustration of load line marks, which shall be as follows: </P>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Load Line Certificate (1966)</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Form <E T="03">A2</E>] </HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">******* </HD>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">FREEBOARD FROM DECK LINE</CHED>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">LOAD LINE</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Tropical</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Summer</ENT>
                <ENT>__  (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>Upper edge of line at level of center of ring.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Winter</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter—North Atlantic</ENT>
                <ENT>__  (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(WNA)</ENT>
                <ENT>Upper edge of line __  (inches) below upper edge at level of center of ring.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="02">Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards</ENT>
                <ENT>__  (inches).</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(All measurements are to upper edge of the respective horizontal lines)</HD>
              <SP>The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is __  inches above or below the top of the __ __  deck at side; i.e., freeboard <SU>1</SU> deck.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPH DEEP="105" SPAN="2">
              <PRTPAGE P="58"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.005</GID>
            </GPH>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              
              <SP>
                <SU>1</SU> The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words whenever it is inapplicable to a specific vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made, which accurately describe the facts.</SP>
              
              <RULE/>
            </WIDE>

            <P>(d) The text and arrangement of the printed portion of Form <E T="03">A3</E> shall be identical with the information on the face and reverse sides of Form <E T="03">A1</E> certificate in paragraph (b) of this section except for the identification of model form, description of the “Freeboard from deck line,” the “Load Line,” and the illustration of load line marks, which shall be as follows:</P>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Load Line Certificate (1966)</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Form <E T="03">A3</E>] </HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <SP>The timber freeboards given in this certificate are applicable only when this ship carries a timber deck cargo and complies with special requirements of the Load Line Regulations regarding timber deck cargoes.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">FREEBOARD FROM DECK LINE</CHED>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">LOAD LINE</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Tropical</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(T)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Summer</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(S)</ENT>
                <ENT>Upper edge of line at level of center of ring.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(W)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter—North Atlantic</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(WNA)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (S)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Timber—tropical</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(LT)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (LS).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Timber—summer</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(LS)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Timber—winter</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(LW)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (LS).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Timber—winter—North Atlantic</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(LWNA)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (LS).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="02">Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Allowance for fresh water for all timber freeboards</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches).</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(All measurements are to upper edge of the respective horizontal lines)</HD>
              <SP>The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is __ inches above or below the top of the __ __ deck at side; i.e., freeboard <SU>1</SU> deck.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPH DEEP="100" SPAN="2">
              <PRTPAGE P="59"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.006</GID>
            </GPH>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <SP>
                <SU>1</SU> The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words whenever it is inapplicable to a specific vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made, which accurately describe the facts.</SP>
              
              <RULE/>
              <P>(e) The text and arrangement of the printed portions of Form E1 are as follows:</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">International Load Line Exemption Certificate</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Form <E T="03">E1</E>]</HD>
              <SP>(Official seal of issuing authority.)</SP>
              <SP>(Certificate No. __ )</SP>
              <SP>Issued under the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, under the authority of the Government of the United States of America, and the Commandant U.S. Coast Guard:</SP>
              <LDRLINE>
                <E T="31">By</E>
              </LDRLINE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Insert full official designation of issuing authority)</HD>
              
              <SP>and duly authorized for assigning and exemption purposes under the provisions of the Convention. </SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,r50" COLS="3" OPTS="tp0,g1,t1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Name of ship</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Official numbers of distinctive letters</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Port of registry</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <SP>This is to certify that the above-mentioned ship is exempted from the provisions of the 1966 Convention, under the authority conferred by Article 6(2),<SU>1</SU> Article 6(4),<SU>1</SU> of the Convention referred to above and that this ship has been surveyed accordingly.</SP>
              <SP>The provisions of the Convention from which the ship is exempted under Article 6(2) are:</SP>
              
              <SP>The voyage for which exemption is granted under Article 6(4) is:</SP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">
                <E T="31">From:</E>
              </FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">
                <E T="31">To:</E>
              </FP>
              <SP>Conditions, if any, on which the exemption is granted under either Article 6(2) or Article 6(4):</SP>
              
              <SP>This certificate is valid until __ __ ,<SU>2</SU> subject, where appropriate, to annual surveys in accordance with Article 14(1)(c) of the Convention, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side of the certificate.</SP>
              
              <PRTPAGE P="60"/>
              <SP>Issued at</SP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Place of issue of certificate)</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Date of issue).</HD>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Signature of official issuing the certificate)</HD>
              
              <SP>[Seal of issuing authority]</SP>
              
              <SP>The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.</SP>
              
              <SP>(Signature)</SP>
              <SP>
                <SU>1</SU> The issuing authority is authorized to delete whichever reference is inapplicable.</SP>
              <SP>
                <SU>2</SU> At the expiration of this certificate, applicable reissuance should be obtained in accordance with the Load Line Regulations, if permitted.</SP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Reverse side of exemption certificate)</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">annual surveys</HD>
              <SP>This is to certify that this ship continues to comply with the conditions under which this exemption was granted. </SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,xs25,20" COLS="3" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">extension of load line certificate</HD>
              <SP>This ship continues to comply with the conditions under which this exemption was granted and the validity of this certificate is, in accordance with Article 19(4)(a) of the Convention, extended until. </SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,xs25,20" COLS="3" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="01"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA TYPE="W">[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10070, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9017, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.50-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line certificates for nonadherent foreign flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The form of load line certificate certifying to the correctness of the load line marks assigned under the regulations in this subchapter to nonadherent foreign flag vessels as specified in § 42.07-45(e)(2) is:</P>
            <P>(1) Form B for general use. The period of validity shall be as expressed in § 42.09-20(c).</P>

            <P>(b) The text and arrangement of the printed portion of Form B shall be identical with the information on the face and reverse sides of Form A1 certificate in § 42.50-5(b) except for title of <PRTPAGE P="61"/>certificate, model form, the first paragraph, and the wording of the certificate for issuance and revalidation, which shall be as follows:</P>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Load Line Certificate</HD>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Form <E T="03">B</E>)</HD>
              
              <SP>(Official seal of issuing authority.)</SP>
              <SP>(Certificate No. __ )</SP>
              <SP>Issued under the authority of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, United States of America, under the provisions of the Load Line Act of March 2, 1929, as amended (46 U.S.C. 85-85g), and the Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR part 42:</SP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">
                <E T="31">By</E>
              </FP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Insert full official designation of issuing authority)</HD>
              <SP>and duly authorized for assigning purposes under the provisions of the Load Line Act of March 2, 1929, as amended.</SP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <SP>This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and the freeboards have been assigned and load lines shown above have been marked upon the vessel in manner and location as required by the Load Line Regulations of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, in 46 CFR part 42.</SP>
              <SP>This certificate remains in force until __ __ ,<SU>2</SU> subject to annual revalidation in accordance with the Load Line Regulations, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side of this certificate.</SP>
              
              <SP>Issued at __ __  (Place of issue of certificate), __, 19_ (Date of issue)</SP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Signature of official issuing the certificate)</HD>
              
              <SP>[Seal of issuing authority]</SP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <SP>
                <SU>2</SU> Expiration date is not to exceed 5 years from original date of issue of this certificate. At expiration applicable reissuance of this certificate should be obtained in accordance with the Load Line Regulations.</SP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Reverse Side of Certificate)</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">annual revalidation of certificate</HD>
              <SP>This is to certify that the provisions of the Load Line Regulations of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, are fully complied with by the condition of this ship on the dates indicated, and in each case this certificate is revalidated for a 1 year interval as follows:</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r25,r100,2" COLS="4" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(1) Until</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(1) Until</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(1) Until</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(1) Until</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl">(Signature and seal of issuing authority)</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA TYPE="W">[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9017, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="62"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 42.50-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coastwise load line certificates for U.S.-flag vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The forms of the coastwise load line certificate, other than for special service which are provided for in part 44 of this subchapter, certifying to the correctness of the load line marks assigned under the regulations in this part are C1, C2 and C3. The detailed application of these forms is as specified in § 42.07-45(e).</P>
            <P>(b) Space shall be provided on the face of each of the coastwise load line certificates so that there may be entered thereon a record of the restrictions applicable to the vessel, if any.</P>

            <P>(c) The text and arrangement of the printed portions of Form <E T="03">C1</E> are as follows:</P>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Coastwise Load Line Certificate</HD>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Form <E T="03">C1</E>]</HD>
              <SP>(Official seal of issuing authority.)</SP>
              <SP>(Certificate No. __ )</SP>
              <SP>Issued under the authority of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, under the provisions of the Coastwise Load Line Act, 1935, as amended (46 U.S.C. 88-88g), and the Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR part 42:</SP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">
                <E T="31">By</E>
              </FP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Insert full official designation of issuing authority)</HD>
              
              <SP>and duly authorized for assigning purposes under the provisions of this law for vessels engaging in coastwise and/or intercoastal voyages.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Name of ship</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Official number or distinctive letters</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Port or registry</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Length (L) as defined in 46 CFR 42.13-15</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Freeboard assigned as: <SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>A new ship.</ENT>
                <ENT>Type of ship: <SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Type “A”.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>An existing ship.</ENT>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT>Type “B”.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT>Type “B” with reduced freeboard.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT>Type “B” with increased freeboard.
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT O="xl"/>
                <ENT O="oi0">
                  <E T="04">freeboard from deck line</E>
                </ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">
                  <E T="04">load line</E>
                  
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Tropical</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(T)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Summer</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(S)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ Upper edge of line at level of center of ring.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(W)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="02">Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(All measurements are to upper edge of the respective horizontal lines)</HD>
              <SP>The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is __  inches above or below the top of the __ __  deck at side; i.e., freeboard <SU>1</SU> deck.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPH DEEP="93" SPAN="2">
              <GID>EC01FE91.007</GID>
            </GPH>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">
                <E T="31">Date of initial or periodical survey</E>
                <PRTPAGE P="63"/>
              </FP>
              <SP>The following is a record of the restrictions applicable to the above named ship:</SP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(List restrictions. If none, insert “None.”)</HD>
              
              <SP>This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and that the freeboards have been assigned and load lines shown above have been marked in accordance with the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Coastwise Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR parts 42 to 46, inclusive as applicable.</SP>
              <SP>This certificate remains in force until __ __ ,<SU>2</SU> subject to annual surveys in accordance with applicable Load Line Regulations, and endorsement thereof on the reverse side of the certificate.</SP>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">
                <E T="31">Issued at</E>
              </FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Place of issue of certificate)(Date of issue)</HD>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">By</HD>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Signature of official issuing the certificate) </HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Seal of issuing authority]</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">notes</HD>
              <SP>1. When a ship departs from a port situated on a river or inland waters, deeper loading shall be permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel and all other materials required for consumption between the point of departure and the sea.</SP>
              <SP>2. When a ship is in fresh water of unit density the appropriate load line may be submerged by the amount of the fresh water allowance shown above. Where the density is other than unity, an allowance shall be made proportional to the difference between 1.025 and the actual density.</SP>
              <SP>3. It is the owner's responsibility to furnish the master with information and instructions for loading and ballasting this vessel to provide guidance as to stability of the vessel under varying conditions of service and to avoid unacceptable stresses in the vessel's structure.</SP>
              
              <SP>
                <SU>1</SU> The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words inapplicable to a specific vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made, which accurately describe the facts.</SP>
              <SP>
                <SU>2</SU> At the expiration of this certificate, applicable reissuance should be obtained in accordance with the Load Line Regulations.</SP>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(Reverse side of Coastwise Load Line Certificate) </HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">annual surveys</HD>
              
              <SP>This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed on the dates indicated to determine in each case whether this certificate should remain in force for an additional 1 year and the survey has been completed to my satisfaction.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,r60,r60,1" COLS="4" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(1)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21" O="oi0">Signature of Surveyor</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Place</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Date</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(2)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21" O="oi0">Signature of Surveyor</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Place</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Date</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(3)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21" O="oi0">Signature of Surveyor</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Place</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Date</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(4)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="21" O="oi0">Signature of Surveyor</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Place</ENT>
                <ENT O="oi0">Date</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">extension of load line certificate</HD>
              
              <SP>The provisions of the Coastwise Load Line Regulations of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, being fully complied with by this ship, this certificate is extended under the authority of 46 CFR 42.07-45 and 42.09-15 until.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s150,xs25,20" COLS="3" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Place</ENT>
                <ENT>Date</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="64"/>
                <ENT I="01"/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">
                  
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">(Name of issuing authority and signature of Surveyor)</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">notes</HD>
              
              <SP>4. The periods and areas during which the seasonal load lines apply are as stated in the Load Line Regulations in 46 CFR Subpart 42.30, as appropriate.</SP>
              <SP>5. This Coastwise Load Line Certificate will be canceled by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, if:</SP>
              <SP>(a) The annual surveys have not been carried out within three months either way of each anniversary of the certificate date.</SP>
              <SP>(b) The certificate is not endorsed to show that the ship has been surveyed as indicated in (a).</SP>
              <SP>(c) Material alterations have been made to the hull or superstructure of the vessel, such as would necessitate the assignment of an increased freeboard.</SP>
              <SP>(d) The fittings and appliances for the protection of the openings, guardrails, freeing ports, or the means of access to the crew's quarters have not been maintained in as effective a condition as they were when the certificate was issued.</SP>
              <SP>(e) The structural strength of the ship is lowered to such an extent that the ship is unsafe.</SP>
              <SP>6. When this certificate has expired or has been canceled, it must be delivered to the issuing authority.</SP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <RULE/>
            </WIDE>

            <P>(d) The text and arrangement of the printed portion of Form <E T="03">C2</E> shall be identical with the information on the face and revese sides of Form <E T="03">C1</E> certificate in paragraph (c) of this section except for the identification of model form, description of the “Freeboard from deck line”, the “Load Line”, and the illustration of load line marks, which shall be as follows:</P>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Coastwise Load Line Certificate</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Form <E T="03">C2</E>] </HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r100,r50" COLS="3" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="04">freeboard from deck line</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="04">load line</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Tropical<LI>Summer</LI>
                  <LI>Winter</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)<LI>......do</LI>
                  <LI>......do</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Upper edge of line at level center of ring.<LI>Do.</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="01">
                <ENT I="02">Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches).</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(All measurements are to upper edge of the respective horizontal lines)</HD>
              <SP>The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is __  inches above or below the top of the __ __  deck at side; i.e., freeboard  <SU>1</SU> deck.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPH DEEP="105" SPAN="2">
              <GID>EC01FE91.008</GID>
            </GPH>
            <WIDE>
              <PRTPAGE P="65"/>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
            </WIDE>

            <P>(e) The text and arrangement of the printed portion of Form <E T="03">C3</E> shall be identical with the information on the face and reverse sides of Form <E T="03">C1</E> certificate in paragraph (c) of this section except for the identification of model form, description of the “Freeboard from deck line,” the “Load Line,” and the illustration of load line marks, which shall be as follows:</P>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Coastwise Load Line Certificate</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">[Form <E T="03">C3</E>] </HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              <SP>The timber freeboards given in this certificate are applicable only when this ship carries a timber deck cargo and complies with the special requirements of the Load Line Regulations regarding timber deck cargoes. </SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r70,r20,r50" COLS="4" OPTS="L0,g1,t1">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="04">freeboard from deck line load line</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="04">load line</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Tropical</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(T)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Summer</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(S)</ENT>
                <ENT>Upper edge of line at level of center of ring.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(W)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Timber—tropical</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(LT)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (LS).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Timber—summer</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(LS)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) above (S).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Timber—winter</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches)</ENT>
                <ENT>(LW)</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches) below (LS).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="02">Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards other than timber</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Allowance for fresh water for all timber freeboards</ENT>
                <ENT>__ (inches).</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <WIDE>
              
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(All measurements are to upper edge of the respective horizontal lines)</HD>
              
              <SP>The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is __  inches above or below the top of the __ __  deck at side; i.e., freeboard <SU>1</SU> deck.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <GPH DEEP="85" SPAN="2">
              <GID>EC01FE91.009</GID>
            </GPH>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">*******</HD>
              
              <SP>
                <SU>1</SU> The issuing authority is authorized to delete or change words inapplicable to a specific vessel and to arrange wording so appropriate word insertions may be made, which accurately describe the facts.</SP>
            </WIDE>
            <CITA TYPE="W">[CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10073, July 12, 1968, as amended by CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9018, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <PRTPAGE P="66"/>
        <RESERVED>PART 43[RESERVED]</RESERVED>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 43</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 44—SPECIAL SERVICE LIMITED DOMESTIC VOYAGES</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Administration</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>44.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Establishment of load lines for special services.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Administration; special service.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval by Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, of special service.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.01-11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assignment and marking load lines; special service.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.01-12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Voyage limits; special service.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.01-13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Heavy weather plan.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special service certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.01-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>New and existing vessels; special service.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Rules for Assigning Special Service Load Lines</HD>
            <SECTNO>44.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line markings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions of assignment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.05-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboards.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.05-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of load line certificate.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Rules for Assigning Working Freeboards to Hopper Dredges</HD>
            <SECTNO>44.300</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.310</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.320</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submission of plans and calculations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.330</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Obtaining working freeboards for hopper dredges.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>44.340</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Operating restrictions.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>46 U.S.C. 5101 -5116; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Administration</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Establishment of load lines for special services.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Load lines are established for steam colliers, tugs, barges, and self-propelled barges engaged in special services in conformity with regulations in this part.</P>
            <P>(b) Load lines for steam colliers, barges, and self-propelled barges engaged on specially limited coastwise voyages as described in § 44.01-12 shall be established pursuant to the regulations in this part.</P>
            <P>(c) Variance for tugs is not permitted.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Administration; special service.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The administrative provisions of §§ 42.01-1 to 42.11-20 inclusive of this subchapter, relating to vessels engaged in foreign and coastwise voyages, where applicable, shall apply to vessels subject to this part except as modified in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) Application for the assignment of load lines under this part for the types of vessels described in § 44.01-1 shall be made in writing to the American Bureau of Shipping unless another society has been specifically approved by the Commandant as a load line assigning authority. In the latter case application shall be made to the society so approved. Applications shall state the following information:</P>
            <P>(1) Name of vessel and official number.</P>
            <P>(2) Type of vessel (steam collier, barge, or self-propelled barge).</P>
            <P>(3) Date keel was laid.</P>
            <P>(4) Normal sea speed of vessel.</P>
            <P>(5) Limits of voyage for which approval is requested.</P>
            <P>(6) Normal maximum distance offshore in course of voyage.</P>
            <P>(7) Length of voyage in days and nautical miles.</P>
            <P>(8) Statement of weather conditions to be expected.</P>
            <P>(9) Cargo to be carried.</P>
            <P>(10) Whether vessel is to be operated manned or unmanned.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10076, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval by Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, of special service.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Subject to the conditions contained in this part, the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, has determined that load lines at variance from the position fixed by the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, but not above the actual line of safety, may be assigned steam colliers, barges, or self-propelled barges (separately by class) for certain specifically limited coastwise voyages <PRTPAGE P="67"/>between ports of the continental United States or between islands of a group over which the United States has jurisdiction.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10076, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assignment and marking load lines; special service.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The assignment and marking of special service load lines and certifications thereof shall be in accordance with this part to the satisfaction of the American Bureau of Shipping. The load line certificate shall define the voyage limits and seasonal restrictions governing the validity of the load lines.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Voyage limits; special service.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Special service load lines may be assigned for operation not more than a specified limited distance offshore which shall not exceed 20 nautical miles. The offshore distance shall be measured from the coastline except where a line of inland waters has been otherwise established.</P>
            <P>(b) For continental United States ports, special service load lines may be issued for operation between but not to exceed the extreme port limits specified below, or for operation between intermediate ports within the extreme limits specified:</P>
            <P>(1) Central and Northern Atlantic Coast—From Norfolk, Virginia, to Eastport, Maine.</P>
            <P>(2) Southeast Atlantic Coast—from Key West, Florida, to Jacksonville, Florida, except that the special service load line is not valid for manned vessels during the hurricane season, i.e., July 1st to November 15th, both dates inclusive, unless the vessel is operated in accordance with a Coast Guard approved heavy weather plan.</P>
            <P>(3) Gulf of Mexico Coast—from the mouth of the Rio Grande River, Texas, to Key West, Florida, except that the special service load line is not valid for manned vessels during the hurricane season, i.e., July 1st to November 15th, both dates inclusive, unless the vessel is operated in accord-ance with a Coast Guard approved heavy weather plan.</P>
            <P>(4) Pacific Coast—From San Francisco, California, to San Diego, California.</P>
            <P>(c) Assignment of special service load lines for voyage limits between the islands of a group over which the United States has jurisdiction shall be made only upon authorization by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, after submittal to him of the information called for by § 44.01-5(b).</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD 79-142, 45 FR 57402, Aug. 28, 1980]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Heavy weather plan.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each heavy weather plan under § 44.01-12(b) must be prepared by the vessel owner or operator and approved by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Approval of a heavy weather plan is limited to the current hurricane season.</P>
            <P>(b) The cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is—</P>
            <P>(1) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, within whose area the work site is located for a vessel that will be operating in a limited geographical area; or</P>
            <P>(2) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, within whose area the point of departure is located for a transiting vessel.</P>
            <P>(c) The required content of the heavy weather plan is determined on a case-by-case basis by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, based on knowledge of the local conditions. The heavy weather plan may contain weather radio frequencies and time schedules for seeking a harbor of safe refuge. A single heavy weather plan may be accepted for more than one vessel operating at a single work site or on a single route.</P>
            <P>(d) The vessel owner or operator must place a copy of the heavy weather plan on each vessel to which it applies and ensure that it remains there throughout the hurricane season.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-142, 45 FR 57402, Aug. 28, 1980]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special service certificate.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The use of the special service load line certificate issued under this part is limited to voyages only as described in the certificate. If the vessel engages on <PRTPAGE P="68"/>any voyage not contemplated by the certificate where a load line is required, the load line prescribed by part 42 of this subchapter shall govern.</P>
            <P>(b) Vessels engaged on special services in the coastwise trade and the interisland trade will be certificated on the form shown in § 44.05-35.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10076, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.01-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>New and existing vessels; special service.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A new vessel marked with load lines for special service on a coastwise or inter-island voyage is a vessel whose keel was laid on or after September 28, 1937. An existing vessel is one whose keel was laid before that date.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Rules for Assigning Special Service Load Lines</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The load line regulations in this part are complementary to those in part 42 or part 45 (Great Lakes load line regulations) of this subchapter, as reference is made thereto.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10076, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A steam collier is a vessel mechanically propelled, and specially designed for the carriage of coal in bulk.</P>
            <P>(b) A towed barge is a vessel without sufficient means of self-propulsion and which requires to be towed.</P>
            <P>(c) A self-propelled barge is a vessel mechanically propelled of the type specially designed for use in limited coastwise and Great Lakes service and capable of transiting interconnecting canals.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line markings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The load line marks on the vessel's sides must be in accordance with § 42.13-25(a) of this subchapter, except seasonal markings such as “Winter North Atlantic” which are not applicable to the voyage are omitted.</P>
            <P>(b) In the case of vessels which engage in special services on coastwise voyages and voyages on the Great Lakes, the marks on the vessel's sides are to be in accordance with Figure 44.05-10(b), except that the lines marked “SW” and “MS” shall be used only where applicable.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="113" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.010</GID>
            </GPH>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">
              <E T="04">Figure</E> 44.05-10(b).</HD>
            <P>(c) The load lines aft of the combined disk and diamond will be applicable for voyages on the Great Lakes and those on the forward side will be applicable to limited coastwise voyages. The summer line on the ocean will correspond to the summer line on the Lakes and the winter line on the ocean will correspond to the intermediate line on the Lakes.</P>
            <P>(d) In the case of vessels which operate both on special service coastwise voyages and no unlimited coastwise voyages, the marks on the ship's sides are to be in accordance with figure 44.05-10 (d). The load lines aft of the disk will be applicable to voyages in special service coastwise or inter-island voyages and those on the forward side will be applicable to unlimited coastwise voyages. (A vessel marked for both special service and unlimited coastwise voyages and furnished with a load line certificate on the international form shall, when entering the foreign trade, arrange that the load line markings are in accord with the vessel's international load line certificate by the elimination of the marks aft of the disk.)</P>
            <GPH DEEP="139" SPAN="1">
              <PRTPAGE P="69"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.011</GID>
            </GPH>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">
              <E T="04">Figure</E> 45.05-10(d)</HD>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) In assigning load lines to an existing vessel the provisions of the regulations in this part shall be complied with in principle and detail insofar as is reasonable and practicable, having regard to the proven efficacy of existing arrangements for a special service voyage, and having particular regard to the provision of sufficient means for the protection and safety of the crew.</P>
            <P>(b) Where it is neither reasonable nor practicable to comply with this part in its entirety, the assigning authority will, in each case, report to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, the specific matters in which the vessel is deficient with such recommendations as may seem desirable. Upon the receipt of this report the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, shall determine such addition to the freeboard as will, in the judgment of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, make the vessel as safe as if it had fully complied with this part.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions of assignment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Steam colliers.</E> The conditions of assignment for steam colliers shall be in accordance with the requirements of part 42 of this subchapter, except that in the case of steam colliers constructed with bulwarks, the freeing port may be of a practically continuous slot type, located as low as possible, the clear area of the slot to be not less than 20 percent of the superficial area of the unpierced bulwarks. If, due to sheer, or other conditions, the assigning authority considers that extra local provision should be made for freeing decks of water, the slots are to be located so as to have maximum efficacy.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Towed barges.</E> The conditions of assignment for towed cargo barges where the cargo is carried under deck shall be in accordance with §§ 45.10-5 to 45.10-100 of this subchapter. In the case of tank barges and cargo barges carrying cargo only on deck, compliance will also be required with the supplementary conditions of §§ 45.20-1 to 45.20-70 of this subchapter. In the case of cargo barges of the open type, assignment will be limited to barges in unmanned operation and the construction of the vessel must be such as to satisfy the assigning authority that no unusual hazards will be experienced.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Self-propelled barges.</E> The conditions of assignment for self-propelled cargo barges carrying cargo under decks shall be in accordance with the provisions of §§ 45.10-5 to 45.10-100 of this subchapter. In the case of self-propelled tank barges and self-propelled cargo barges carrying cargo only on deck, compliance will also be required with the supplementary conditions of §§ 45.20-1 to 45.20-70 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16755, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10076, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboards.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) When the assigning authority is satisfied that the requirements of this part as applicable to the type of vessel under consideration are complied with the freeboards will be computed as described in this section.</P>
            <P>(2) The requirements in §§ 42.09-1 and 42.09-10 that relate to the assignment of freeboards and to stability are applicable to each vessel subject to the requirements in this part.</P>
            <P>(3) The assigning authority that assigns a vessel subject to the requirements in this part a freeboard under part 45 of this chapter shall do so in accordance with the requirements in effect as of October 1, 1972.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Steam colliers.</E> Steam colliers that have constructional features similar to <PRTPAGE P="70"/>those of a tanker which afford extra invulnerability against the sea may be assigned a reduction of freeboard from that determined under part 42 of this subchapter. The amount of such reduction shall be determined by the assigning authority, in relation to the freeboard assigned to tankers, having regard to the degree of compliance with the supplementary conditions of assignment laid down for these ships, but without regard to the degree of subdivision provided. The freeboard assigned to such a vessel shall in no case be less than would be assigned the vessel as a tanker, as determined under part 42 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Towed cargo barges with cargo under deck.</E> The freeboard is to be computed under §§ 45.15-1 to 45.15-97 of this subchapter. The fresh water and seasonal markings where applicable are to be determined under part 42 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Towed cargo barges with cargo only on deck.</E> The freeboard for barges of this type is to be computed in accord-ance with the requirements of §§ 45.20-1 to 45.20-70 of this subchapter. The fresh water and seasonal markings where applicable are to be the same as determined under part 42 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Towed cargo barges of the open type.</E> The load line shall be placed where, in the judgment of the assigning authority, the draft will be such that no unusual hazard will be experienced. In general, drafts assigned will be such that the barge will remain afloat with a reasonable freeboard after flooding of the net available open space.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Towed tank barges.</E> The freeboard is to be computed in accordance with §§ 45.20-1 to 45.20-70 of this subchapter. The fresh water and seasonal markings where applicable are to be determined under part 42 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Self-propelled cargo barges.</E> The freeboard is to be computed under §§ 45.15-1 to 45.20-15 of this subchapter. The fresh water and seasonal markings where applicable are to be determined under part 42 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">Self-propelled tank barges.</E> The freeboard is to be computed in accordance with §§ 45.20-1 to 45.20-70 of this subchapter. The fresh water and seasonal markings where applicable are to be determined under part 42 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17655, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The load line certificates for a special service coastwise or special inter-island voyage shall be issued in addition to any other applicable load line certificates and shall be on the form shown in § 44.05-35.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.05-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of load line certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where no other Load Line certificate is issued:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Load Line Certificate for a Special Service Coastwise or Inter-Island Voyage</HD>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>Issued under the authority of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, United States of America, under the provisions of the Coastwise Load Line Act of August 27, 1935, as amended.</P>
              <P>[<E T="04">Seal</E>]
              </P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Issued by</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Certificate No.</FP>

              <P>This certificate is valid only for coastwise or inter-island voyages that are between the limits of _____ and _____ provided the vessel is engaged solely in the trade stated herein.
              </P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Ship</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Official No.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Port of registry</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Trade of vessel</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Gross tonnage</FP>
              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50" COLS="2" OPTS="L0">
                <BOXHD>
                  <CHED H="1">Freeboard from deck line</CHED>
                  <CHED H="1">Load line</CHED>
                </BOXHD>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Tropical (T) </ENT>
                  <ENT>Above (S).</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Summer (S) </ENT>
                  <ENT>Upper edge of line through center of disk.</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Winter (W) </ENT>
                  <ENT>Below (S).</ENT>
                </ROW>
              </GPOTABLE>
              <P SOURCE="P-DASH">*<FTREF/>Allowance for fresh water for all freeboards (except on the Great Lakes)</P>
              
              <FTNT>
                <P>*Where seagoing steamers navigate a river or inland water, deeper loading is permitted corresponding to the weight of fuel, etc., required for consumption between the point of departure and the open sea.</P>
              </FTNT>
              <P>The upper edge of the deck line from</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">which these freeboards are measured is</FP>
              <FP>inches above the top of the__deck at side.</FP>
              <GPH DEEP="87" SPAN="1">
                <PRTPAGE P="71"/>
                <GID>EC01FE91.012</GID>
              </GPH>

              <P>This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and the freeboards and load lines shown above have been found to be correctly marked upon the vessel in manner and location as provided by the Load Line Regulations of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, applicable to vessels engaged on this special service voyage.
              </P>

              <P>**<FTREF/>This certificate remains in force until _________. Issued at _________on the ____ day of ______, 19__.
              </P>
              <FTNT>
                <P>**Upon the expiration of the certificate renewal must be obtained as provided by the Load Line Regulations and the certificate so endorsed. Endorsement should also be made in the spaces provided on the occasion of each annual inspection required by the Load Line Regulations.</P>
              </FTNT>
              

              <P>(Here follows the signature or seal and description of the assigning authority)
              </P>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Notes:</HD>
                <P>(1) In accordance with the Load Line Regulations, the disk or diamond and the lines must be permanently marked by center punch marks or cutting.</P>
                <P>(2) The load line assignment given by this certificate necessarily assumes that the nature and stowage of cargo, balast, etc., are such as to secure sufficient stability for the vessel. Accordingly, it is the owner's responsibility to furnish the Master of the vessel with stability information and instructions when this is necessary to maintenance of sufficient stability.</P>
                <P>(On the reverse side of the load line certificate, the provision for annual inspection endorsement and for renewal of the certificate is to be the same as for vessels engaged in the foreign trade.)</P>
              </NOTE>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(b) Where the Special Service Load Line Certificate is issued in addition to a Great Lakes Load Line Certificate, the wording of the Special Service Load Line Certificate is to be identical to that given in paragraph (a) of this section, but the markings indicated in the form shall be replaced by the following markings:</P>
            <GPH DEEP="90" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.013</GID>
            </GPH>
            <P>(c) Where the Special Service Load Line Certificate is issued in addition to an Unlimited Coastwise or International Load Line Certificate, the wording of the Special Service Load Line Certificate is to be identical to that given in paragraph (a) of this section, but the markings indicated in the form shall be replaced by the following markings:</P>
            <GPH DEEP="90" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.014</GID>
            </GPH>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Rules for Assigning Working Freeboards to Hopper Dredges</HD>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.300</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart applies to each self-propelled hopper dredge—</P>
            <P>(a) For which a working freeboard assignment is desired after January 1, 1990; and</P>
            <P>(b) That operates with a working freeboard assigned under this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.310</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Hopper dredge</E> means a self-propelled dredge with an open hold or hopper in the hull of the dredge that receives dredged material.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Working freeboard</E> means one-half the distance between the mark of the load line assigned under this subchapter and the freeboard deck.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="72"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.320</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submission of plans and calculations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>To request a working freeboard, calculations, plans, and stability information necessary to demonstrate compliance with this subpart must be submitted to the:</P>
            <P>(a) Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center (G-MSC), 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington, DC 20590-0001; or</P>
            <P>(b) American Bureau of Shipping, Two World Trade Center, 106th Floor, New York, NY 10048.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.330</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Obtaining working freeboards for hopper dredges.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A hopper dredge may be issued a working freeboard on a limited service domestic voyage load line certificate or a Great Lakes load line certificate if the following are met:</P>
            <P>(a) The hopper dredge structure must have adequate strength for any draft up to the working freeboard draft. Dredges built and maintained in conformity with the requirements of a classification society recognized by the Commandant usually meet this requirement.</P>
            <P>(b) The hopper dredge must—</P>
            <P>(1) Meet subpart I of part 174 of this chapter; and</P>
            <P>(2) Have on its bridge remote draft indicators that:</P>
            <P>(i) Show the fore, aft, and mean draft of the dredge at all times while the dredge is operating; and</P>
            <P>(ii) Have each indicator marked with the assigned freeboard and the working freeboard.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 44.340</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Operating restrictions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each hopper dredge assigned a working freeboard may be operated at drafts from the normal freeboard to the working freeboard if the—</P>
            <P>(1) Seas are not more than 10 feet;</P>
            <P>(2) Winds are not more than 35 knots;</P>
            <P>(3) Area of operation is not more than 20 nautical miles (37 kilometers) from the mouth of a harbor of safe refuge; and</P>
            <P>(4) Specific gravity of the spoil carried is not more than the highest specific gravity of spoil used in the stability calculations required by subchapter S of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(b) The Assigning Authority designates on the face of the dredge's load line certificate—</P>
            <P>(1) Each restriction contained in paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(2) The maximum specific gravity of the spoils allowed to be carried.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 45</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 45—GREAT LAKES LOAD LINES</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>45.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal application of load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal application of load lines for vessels not marked under this part.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Issue of load line certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Load Line Marks</HD>
            <SECTNO>45.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deck line.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Diamond.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.37</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Salt water load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.39</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marking.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Freeboards</HD>
            <SECTNO>45.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Types of ships.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.53</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Summer freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard coefficient.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.57</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction: Position of deckline.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.58</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction: Short superstructure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.59</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions for superstructure corrections.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.61</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for superstructures and trunks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for sheer.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Excess sheer limitations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.67</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sheer measurement.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.69</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for bow height.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.71</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Midsummer freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.73</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Winter freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Intermediate freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.77</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Salt water freeboard.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Conditions of Assignment</HD>
            <SECTNO>45.101</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.103</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Structural stress and stability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.105</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Information supplied to the master.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.107</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of hull.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.109</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of superstructures and deckhouses.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.111</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of bulkheads at ends of superstructures.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.113</SECTNO>

            <SUBJECT>Access openings in bulkheads at ends of enclosed superstructures.<PRTPAGE P="73"/>
            </SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.115</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bulwarks and guardrails.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.117</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area: General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.119</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area; Changes from standard sheer.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.121</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area: Changes for trunks and side coamings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.123</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area: Changes for bulwark height.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.125</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Crew passageways.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.127</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Position of structures, openings, and fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.129</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hull fittings: General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.131</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ventilators.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.133</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Air pipes.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.135</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hull openings at or below freeboard deck.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.137</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cargo ports.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.139</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Side scuttles.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.141</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manholes and flush scuttles.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.143</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hull openings above freeboard deck.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.145</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchway covers.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.147</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchway coamings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.149</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Machinery space openings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.151</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Other openings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.153</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Through-hull piping: General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.155</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inlets and discharge piping: Valves.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.157</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scuppers and gravity drains.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.159</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special conditions of assignment for type A vessels.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Unmanned River Service Dry Cargo Barges</HD>
            <SECTNO>45.171</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.173</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vessels subject to this subpart.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.175</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>45.177</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special operation requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <APP>Appendix A to Part 45—Load Line Certificate Form</APP>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>46 U.S.C. 5115; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This part prescribes requirements for assignment of freeboards, issuance of loadline certificates, and marking of loadlines for service on the Great Lakes of North America.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as amended by USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this part:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Length </E>(<E T="03">L</E>) means 96 percent of the total length on a waterline at 85 percent of the least moulded depth measured from the top of the keel or the length from the foreside of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline, if that is greater. In ships designed with a rake of keel the waterline on which this length is measured must be parallel to the designed waterline.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Perpendiculars</E> means the forward and after perpendiculars at the forward and after ends of the length (L). The forward perpendicular coincides with the foreside of the stem on the waterline on which the length is measured.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Amidships</E> means the middle of the length (L).</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Breadth</E> unless expressly provided otherwise, means the maximum breadth of the ship, measured amidships to the moulded line of the frame in a ship with a metal shell and to the outer surface of the hull in a ship with a shell of any other material.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Moulded Depth</E> means the vertical distance measured amidships from the top of the keel to the top of the freeboard deck beam at side except that—</P>
            <P>(1) In vessels of other than metal construction, the distance is measured from the lower edge of the keel rabbet;</P>
            <P>(2) Where the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel;</P>
            <P>(3) In ships having rounded gunwales, this distance is measured to the point of intersection of the moulded lines of the deck and side, the lines extending as though the gunwale were of angular design; and</P>
            <P>(4) Where the freeboard deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends over the point at which the moulded depth is to be determined, the distance is measured to a line of reference extending from the lower part of the deck along a line parallel with the raised part.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Depth for Freeboard </E>(<E T="03">D</E>) means—</P>
            <P>(1) Moulded depth amidships plus the thickness of the stringer plate with no allowance for sheathing; and</P>

            <P>(2) In a vessel having a rounded gunwale with a radius greater than 4 percent of the breadth (B) or having topsides of unsual form, the depth for <PRTPAGE P="74"/>freeboard (D) of a vessel having a midship section with vertical topsides and with the same round of beam and area of topside section equal to that provided by the actual midship section.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Freeboard</E> means the distance measured vertically downwards amidships from the upper edge of the deck line to the upper edge of the related load line.</P>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">Freeboard Deck</E> means, normally, the uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea that has permanent means of closing all openings in the weather part thereof and below which all openings in the sides of the ship are fitted with permanent means of watertight closings except that—</P>
            <P>(1) In a ship having a discontinuous freeboard deck, the lowest line of the exposed deck and the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck is the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(2) At the option of the owner and subject to the approval of the Commandant a lower deck may be designated as the freeboard deck, if it is a complete and permanent deck continuous in a fore and aft direction at least between the machinery space and peak bulkheads and continuous ath-wart-ships;</P>
            <P>(3) When this lower deck is stepped the lowest line of the deck and the continuation of that line parallel to the upper part of the deck is taken as the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Superstructure</E> means a deck structure on the freeboard deck, extending from side to side of the ship or with the side plating not being inboard of the shell plating more than 4 percent of the breadth (B). A raised quarterdeck is a superstructure.</P>
            <P>(j) <E T="03">Enclosed superstructure</E> means a superstructure with enclosing bulkheads.</P>
            <P>(k) <E T="03">Height</E> of a superstructure means the least vertical height measured at side from the top of the superstructure deck beams to the top of the freeboard deck beams.</P>
            <P>(l) <E T="03">Length of a superstructure </E>(<E T="03">S</E>) means the mean length of the part of the superstructure which extends to the sides of the vessel and lies within the length (L).</P>
            <P>(m) <E T="03">Flush deck ship</E> means a ship that has no superstructure on the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(n) <E T="03">Weathertight</E> means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship.</P>
            <P>(o) <E T="03">Watertight</E> means designed to withstand a static head of water.</P>
            <P>(p) <E T="03">Exposed positions</E> means exposed to weather and sea.</P>
            <P>(q) <E T="03">Intact bulkhead</E> with respect to superstructure means a bulkhead with no openings.</P>
            <P>(r) <E T="03">Steel</E> means steel and materials with which structures can be made equivalent to steel with respect to such parameters as yield strength, total deflection, flexural life, or resistance to galvanic or stress corrosion.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal application of load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <P>For the purposes of the law and regulations prohibiting submergence of load lines (46 U.S.C. 88c; 46 CFR 42.07-10), the fresh water and salt water load lines marked under this part apply during the following seasons:</P>
            <P>(a) Summer load lines apply April 16 through April 30 and September 16 through September 30.</P>
            <P>(b) Except for hopper dredges operating at working freeboards in accordance with subpart C of part 44 of this chapter, the Assigning Authority may not allow for lesser freeboards.</P>
            <P>(c) Intermediate load lines apply October 1 through October 31 and April 1 through April 15.</P>
            <P>(d) Winter load lines apply November 1 through March 31.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal application of load lines for vessels not marked under this part.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For the purposes of the law and regulations prohibiting submergence of load lines (46 U.S.C. 88c; 46 CFR 42.07-10) the marks assigned to vessels holding international load line certificates apply during the following seasons:</P>
            <P>(1) Vessels assigned freeboards as new vessels under the International Load Line Convention, 1966—</P>
            <P>(i) Winter—November 1 through March 31.</P>
            <P>(ii) Summer—April 1 through April 30 and October 1 through October 31.</P>
            <P>(iii) Tropical—May 1 through September 30;<PRTPAGE P="75"/>
            </P>
            <P>(2) Vessels assigned freeboards as existing vessels under the International Load Line Convention, 1966—</P>
            <P>(i) Winter—November 1 through March 31;</P>
            <P>(ii) Summer—April 1 through April 30 and October 1 through October 31;</P>
            <P>(iii) Tropical—September 16 through September 30;</P>
            <P>(iv) Tropical Fresh—May 1 through September 15.</P>
            <P>(b) Except for hopper dredges operating at working freeboards in accordance with subpart C of part 44 of this chapter, the Assigning Authority may not allow for lesser freeboards.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as amended by CGD 76-080, 54 FR 36977, Sept. 6, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Issue of load line certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A vessel 79 feet in length and more, and 150 gross tons or over, the keel of which is laid or which has reached a similar stage of construction after April 14, 1973, must meet the requirements of this part.</P>
            <P>(b) Except as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section, any vessel that meets the requirements in subparts C and D of this part and the survey requirements in §§ 42.09-15 through 42.09-50 of this subchapter is entitled to assignment of freeboards and issue of a load line certificate under this part by the Commandant or his authorized representative.</P>
            <P>(c) A vessel, the keel of which was laid or was at a similar stage of construction before April 14, 1973, that meets the requirements of this part that were in effect before April 14, 1973, and the survey requirements in §§ 42.09-15 through 42.09-50 of this subchapter is entitled to the assignment of freeboards calculated under the provisions of this part in effect before April 14, 1973, and to a load line certificate issued under this part by the Commandant or his authorized representative.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The form of a load line certificate issued under this part is specified in appendix A to this part.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Commandant may exempt a ship from any of the requirements in this part if the chairman of the board of Steamship Inspections, Department of Transport, Canada, and the Commandant agree that the sheltered nature or the condition of that voyage make it unreasonable or impracticable to apply requirements of this part.</P>
            <P>(b) The Commandant may exempt a vessel that embodies features of a novel kind from any of the requirements of this part if those requirements might seriously impede research into the development of such features and their incorporation in ships. Any such vessel must comply with the safety requirements that, in the opinion of the Commandant, are adequate for the service for which the vessel is intended and will insure the overall safety of the vessel. If the Commandant grants an exemption pursuant to this paragraph he communicates the details of the exemption and the reasons therefor to the chairman of the board of Steamship Inspections.</P>
            <P>(c) A vessel that is not normally engaged on voyages to which this part applies but that, in exceptional circumstances, is required to undertake a single such voyage between two specific ports may be exempted by the Commandant from any of the requirements of this part, if the ship complies with safety requirements that, in the opinion of the Commandant are adequate for the voyage that is to be undertaken by the vessel.</P>
            <P>(d) Any unmanned river service dry cargo barge that is operated between Calumet Harbor, Chicago, Illinois and Burns Harbor, Indiana and intermediate ports in Lake Michigan that meets the definition in subpart E of this part is exempt from load line and marking requirements but is subject to the certification and special operating requirements listed in subpart E.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as amended by CGD 84-058, 50 FR 19533, May 9, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="76"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Load Line Marks</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deck line.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each vessel must be marked with a deck line on the outer surface of the shell on each side of the vessel with the upper edge of the line passing through the point where the upper surface of the freeboard deck intersects the outer surface of the shell or if the summer freeboard is correspondingly adjusted under § 45.57, the deck line may be placed above or below the freeboard deck. Figure 1 illustrates the deck line markings.</P>
            <P>(b) Each deck line must be at least 12-inches long and 1-inch wide.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="141" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.015</GID>
            </GPH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Diamond.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each vessel must be marked with the diamond mark described in figure 2 of § 45.35 amidships below the upper edge of the deck line on each side with the center of the loadline mark at a distance below the deck line equal to the summer freeboard assigned under this part.</P>
            <P>(b) The width of each line in the loadline mark must be 1 inch.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Seasonal load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Each vessel must have the summer (S), midsummer (MS), intermediate (I), and winter (W) loadlines for fresh water freeboards calculated under §§ 45.71 through 45.75 marked in accordance with § 45.39.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="204" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.016</GID>
            </GPH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.37</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Salt water load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Each vessel that operates in the salt water of the St. Lawrence River must—</P>
            <P>(a) Be marked with the summer (S), midsummer (MS), intermediate (I) and winter (W) load line marks under § 45.77 for salt water; and</P>
            <P>(b) Be marked with the letters “FW” above the fresh water marks and the letters “SW” above the salt water marks as described in figure 2.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.39</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marking.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The diamond, lines, and letters must be painted in white or yellow on a dark ground or in black on a light ground and permanently marked on the sides of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) The upper edge of the line that passes through the center of the diamond must indicate summer freeboard assigned under § 45.53.</P>
            <P>(c) Unless otherwise authorized the seasonal load lines must be horizontal lines extending forward of, and at right angles to, a vertical line marked at a distance 26 inches forward of the vertical centerline of the diamond as described in figure 2.</P>

            <P>(d) The salt water load lines must be horizontal lines extending abaft the vertical line required by paragraph (b) of this section as described in figure 2.<PRTPAGE P="77"/>
            </P>
            <P>(e) The upper edge of each seasonal and salt water load line mark must indicate the minimum freeboard for that mark.</P>
            <P>(f) When two freeboards assigned under this part differ by 2 inches or less, the line for the lesser freeboard must be omitted and the line for the greater freeboard must be identified with the seasonal letters for both freeboards.</P>
            <P>(g) Seasonal freeboards that are limited by a summer freeboard assigned under § 45.53(c) must not be marked but the identifying letter must be marked adjacent to the summer mark.</P>
            <P>(h) The identity of the authority that assigns the freeboard must be indicated alongside the load line diamond above the horizontal line that passes through the center of the diamond with two initials approximately 4<FR>1/2</FR> inches high and 3 inches wide.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Freeboards</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Types of ships.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For the purpose of this subpart, a type A vessel has—</P>
            <P>(1) No cargo ports or similar sideshell openings below the freeboard deck;</P>
            <P>(2) Only small freeboard deck openings fitted with watertight gasketed hatch covers of steel;</P>

            <P>(3) No dimension of a freeboard deck cargo opening greater than 6 feet and the total area not exceeding 18 ft<E T="21"> 2</E>; and</P>
            <P>(4) No more than two freeboard deck cargo openings to a single cargo space.</P>
            <P>(b) For the purposes of this subpart a type B vessel is a vessel that does not meet the requirements in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.53</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Summer freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except as required in paragraph (c) of this section, the minimum freeboard in summer for a type A vessel is F in the following formula modified by the corrections in this subpart:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">F (inches)=10.2×<E T="03">P</E>
                <E T="22">1</E>×<E T="03">D</E>
              </HD>
              
              <FP>where <E T="03">P</E>
                <E T="22">1</E> is defined in § 45.55 and <E T="03">D</E> is the depth for freeboard in feet. </FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(b) Except as required in paragraph (c) of this section, the minimum freeboard in summer for a type B vessel is F in the formula modified by the corrections in this subpart:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">F (inches)=12×<E T="03">P</E>
                <E T="22">1</E>×<E T="03">D</E>
              </HD>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">where <E T="03">P</E>
                <E T="22">1</E> is defined by § 45.55 and <E T="03">D</E> is the depth for freeboard in feet.</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) Seasonal freeboards assigned under §§ 45.71 through 45.75 must be calculated on the basis of the summer freeboard calculated under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) If a minimum freeboard is required for a vessel under this part which is greater than that required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section because of scantling or subdivision requirements, the summer freeboard and the seasonal freeboards assigned under this subpart must be no less than that minimum freeboard, except the midsummer seasonal freeboard may be calculated on the basis of the summer freeboard assigned under this paragraph.</P>
            <P>(e) If a greater than the calculated minimum freeboard is requested by the applicant for the load line certificate, that greater freeboard may be assigned as the summer freeboard and—</P>
            <P>(1) The intermediate and winter seasonal freeboards assigned must be calculated under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(2) The midsummer seasonal freeboard must be calculated on the basis of the summer freeboard assigned under this paragraph.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeboard coefficient.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For ships less than 350 feet in length (<E T="03">L</E>), the freeboard coefficient is <E T="03">P</E>
              <E T="22">1</E> in the formula:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">P</E>
                <E T="22">1</E>=<E T="03">P</E>+<E T="03">A</E>[(<E T="03">L</E>/<E T="03">D</E>)-(<E T="03">L</E>/<E T="03">D</E>
                <E T="22">s</E>)]</HD>
              <FP>where <E T="03">P</E> is a factor, which is a function of the length from table 1 and “A” is a coefficient, which is a function of length (L), from table 2; <E T="03">L</E>/<E T="03">D</E> is the ratio of the length (<E T="03">L</E>) to the depth for freeboard (<E T="03">D</E>); <E T="03">L</E>/<E T="03">D</E>
                <E T="22">s</E> is the ratio of the length (<E T="03">L</E>) to a standard depth (<E T="03">D</E>
                <E T="22">s</E>) from table 3.</FP>
              <P>
                <E T="03">D</E> is not to be used as less than that which will give a ration of <E T="03">L</E> to <E T="03">D</E> that is:</P>
              <P>(a) More than 15 when <E T="03">L</E>=400 feet or less, or</P>
              <P>(b) More than 21 when <E T="03">L</E>=700 feet or more, with the ratio for intermediate lengths being calculated proportionately. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="78"/>
            <P>(b) For ships 350 feet or more in length (<E T="03">L)</E>, the coefficient “A” is zero and the formula is:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">P</E>
                <E T="22">1</E>=<E T="03">P</E>
              </HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">where <E T="03">P</E> is a factor, which is a function of length from table (1). </FP>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.57</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction: Position of deck-line.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where the depth to the upper edge of the deckline is greater or less than D, the difference between the depths must be added to or deducted from the freeboard.</P>
            <P>(b) When the Commandant or the approved assigning authority approves a location for the deckline that is above or below the freeboard deck, the minimum summer freeboard must be corrected by—</P>
            <P>(1) Adding the difference between the depth and D if the depth is greater than D; and</P>
            <P>(2) Subtracting the difference between the depth and D, if the depth is less than D.</P>
            <P>(c) Except for the adjustment allowed in paragraph (b) of this section, no freeboard of less than 2 in. may be assigned.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.58</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction: Short superstruc-ture.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The minimum freeboard in summer for a type B vessel that is 79 ft. or more but less than 500 ft. in length and has enclosed superstructures with an effective length of 25 percent or less of the length of the vessel must be increased by—</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">0.03 (500—L) (0.25—E/L) inches</HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">(L)=length of vessel in feet;</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">(E)=effective length of superstructure in feet as defined in § 45.59. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.59</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions for superstructure corrections.</SUBJECT>
            <P>For the purpose of §§ 45.58 through 45.61—</P>
            <P>(a) The standard height of a superstructure (<E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="23">s</E>) other than a raised quarter deck and the standard height of a trunk (<E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="23">s</E>) is determined by the formula:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">H</E>
                <E T="23">s</E>=[6.0+(<E T="03">L</E>/300)] ft</HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <P>(b) The length of superstructure (<E T="03">S)</E> is the length of those parts of the superstructure which extends to the sides of the vessel and that lie within the length (<E T="03">L</E>).</P>
            <P>(c) The effective length (<E T="03">E</E>) of a trunk is its length in the ratio of its mean breadth to <E T="03">B</E>.</P>
            <P>(d) The effective length (<E T="03">E</E>) of an enclosed superstructure of standard height or greater is its length “<E T="03">S</E>”.</P>

            <P>(e) Where the height of an enclosed superstructure or trunk is less than the standard height (<E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="24">s</E>),the effective length (<E T="03">E</E>) is its length reduced in the ratio of its height to <E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="24">s</E>.</P>
            <P>(f) The effective length (<E T="03">E</E>) of a raised quarter deck of <FR>2/3</FR>
              <E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="24">s</E> or greater that has no openings in the front bulkhead is its length up to a maximum of 0.6<E T="03">L</E>.</P>
            <P>(g) The effective length (<E T="03">E</E>) of a raised quarter deck of less than <FR>2/3</FR>
              <E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="22">s</E> or that does not have an intact front bulkhead is its length reduced by the ratio of its height to <E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="24">s</E>.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,8" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 12(1)</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>
                <E T="04">tables of p values</E>
              </TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length of Ship (feet)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Value of P</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">80</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1100</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">90</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1136</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1172</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">110</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1208</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">120</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1244</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">130</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1281</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">140</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1318</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">150</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1355</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">160</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1393</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">170</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1430</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">180</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1468</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">190</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1506</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1545</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">210</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1583</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">220</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1622</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">230</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1661</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">240</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1700</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">250</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1740</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">260</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1780</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">270</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1820</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">280</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1860</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">290</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1900</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">300</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1941</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">310</ENT>
                <ENT>0.1982</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">320</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2023</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">330</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2065</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">340</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2106</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">350</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2148</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">360</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2190</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">370</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2233</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">380</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2275</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">390</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2318</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">400</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2361</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">410</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2400</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">420</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2437</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="79"/>
                <ENT I="01">430</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2472</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">440</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2506</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">450</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2537</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">460</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2567</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">470</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2595</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">480</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2621</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">490</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2645</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">500</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2667</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">510</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2688</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">520</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2706</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">530</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2723</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">540</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2738</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">550</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2751</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">560</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2762</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">570</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2772</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">580</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2779</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">590</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2785</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">600</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2788</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">610</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2790</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">620</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2790</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">630</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2789</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">640</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2785</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">650</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2779</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">660</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2772</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">670</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2768</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">680</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2760</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">690</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2751</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">700</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2740</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">710</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2728</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">720</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2715</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">730</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2700</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">740</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2684</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">750</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2667</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">760</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2648</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">770</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2628</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">780</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2607</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">790</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2584</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">800</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2560</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">810</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2532</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">820</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2504</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">830</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2476</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">840</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2448</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">850</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2420</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">860</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2392</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">870</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2364</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">880</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2336</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">890</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2308</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">900</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2280</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">910</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2252</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">920</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2224</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">930</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2196</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">940</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2168</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">950</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2140</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">960</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2112</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">970</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2084</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">980</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2056</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">990</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2028</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1000</ENT>
                <ENT>0.2000</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,10" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 12(2)</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>
                <E T="04">values of “a” for use in the expression</E>
              </TDESC>
              <TDESC>
                <E T="03">P</E>
                <E T="22">1</E>=<E T="03">P</E>+“<E T="03">A</E>” (<E T="03">L</E>/<E T="03">D</E>—<E T="03">L</E>/<E T="03">D</E>
                <E T="22">s</E>)</TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length of Ship (feet)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Value of “A”</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">80</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00864</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">90</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00806</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00750</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">110</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00696</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">120</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00644</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">130</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00594</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">140</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00546</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">150</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00500</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">160</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00456</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">170</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00414</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">180</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00374</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">190</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00336</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00300</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">210</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00266</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">220</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00234</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">230</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00204</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">240</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00176</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">250</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00150</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">260</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00126</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">270</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00104</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">280</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00084</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">290</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00066</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">300</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00050</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">310</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00036</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">320</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00024</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">330</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00014</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">340</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00006</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">350</ENT>
                <ENT>0.00000</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,12" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 12(3)</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>
                <E T="04">values of l/ds</E>
              </TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Length of Ship (feet)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Value of L<E T="01">/</E>
                  <E T="03">D</E>
                  <E T="22">5</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">80</ENT>
                <ENT>6.50000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">90</ENT>
                <ENT>6.76563</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
                <ENT>7.03125</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">110</ENT>
                <ENT>7.29688</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">120</ENT>
                <ENT>7.56250</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">130</ENT>
                <ENT>7.82813</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">140</ENT>
                <ENT>8.09375</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">150</ENT>
                <ENT>8.35938</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">160</ENT>
                <ENT>8.62500</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">170</ENT>
                <ENT>8.89063</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">180</ENT>
                <ENT>9.19625</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">190</ENT>
                <ENT>9.42188</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
                <ENT>9.68750</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">210</ENT>
                <ENT>9.95313</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">220</ENT>
                <ENT>10.21875</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">230</ENT>
                <ENT>10.48438</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">240</ENT>
                <ENT>10.75000</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">250</ENT>
                <ENT>11.01563</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">260</ENT>
                <ENT>11.28125</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">270</ENT>
                <ENT>11.54688</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">280</ENT>
                <ENT>11.81250</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">290</ENT>
                <ENT>12.07813</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">300</ENT>
                <ENT>12.34375</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">310</ENT>
                <ENT>12.60938</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">320</ENT>
                <ENT>12.87500</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">330</ENT>
                <ENT>13.14063</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">340</ENT>
                <ENT>13.40625</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">350</ENT>
                <ENT>13.67188</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">360</ENT>
                <ENT>13.93750</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">370</ENT>
                <ENT>14.20313</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">380</ENT>
                <ENT>14.46875</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">390</ENT>
                <ENT>14.73438</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">400</ENT>
                <ENT>15.00000</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>

            <P>(h) Superstructures which are not enclosed have no effective length.<PRTPAGE P="80"/>
            </P>
            <P>(i) When a lower deck is designated as the freeboard deck, that part of the hull which extends above the freeboard deck is treated as a superstructure so far as concerns the application of the conditions of assignment and the calculation of freeboard.</P>
            <P>(j) A bridge or poop is enclosed only when access is provided whereby the crew may reach accommodations, machinery, or other working spaces inside the superstructure by alternative means that are available at all times when bulkhead openings are closed.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.61</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for superstructures and trunks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where the effective length <E T="03">E</E> of superstructures and trunks that meet the requirements of subpart D of this part is 1.0<E T="03">L</E>, the minimum summer freeboard may be corrected by subtracting <FR>1/2</FR>H<E T="24">s</E>.</P>

            <P>(b) Where the effective length of superstructures and trunks is less than 1.0<E T="03">L</E> the minimum summer freeboard may be corrected by subtracting a percentage of one-half of the standard superstructure height (<E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="24">s</E>) determined by the formula:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">Percentage=(<E T="03">E</E>/2<E T="03">L</E>) (1+<E T="03">E</E>/<E T="03">L</E>)×100</HD>
              
            </EXTRACT>
            <P>(c) To be eligible for the correction a trunk must—</P>
            <P>(1) Be at least as strong and as stiff as a superstructure;</P>
            <P>(2) Have no opening in the freeboard deck in way of the trunk, except small access openings;</P>
            <P>(3) Have hatchway coamings and covers that meet §§ 45.143 through 45.147;</P>
            <P>(4) Provide a permanent working platform fore and aft with guardrails;</P>
            <P>(5) Provide fore and aft access between detached trunks and superstructures by permanent gangways;</P>
            <P>(6) Be at least 60 percent of the breadth of the ship in way of the trunk; and</P>
            <P>(7) Be at least 0.6 <E T="03">L</E> in length, if no superstructure, is provided.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for sheer.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The minimum summer freeboard must be increased by the deficiency, or may be decreased by the excess as limited by § 45.65, of sheer calculated from table 4, multiplied by:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">0.75—(<E T="03">S</E>/2<E T="03">L</E>)</HD>
              <FP>where <E T="03">S</E> is the total length of enclosed superstructures. Trunks are not included.</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Excess sheer limitations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The decrease in freeboard allowed in § 45.63 is limited as follows:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s110,r20,6,r100" COLS="4">
              <TTITLE>Sheer Calculation—Table 4</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Station</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Actual ordinate</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">S. M.</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Product</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">After Half:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">AP</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">L/6-AP</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">L/3-AP</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Midship</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT>_______
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="21">Sum of Aft Products
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">After Standard Sheer  .2665L+26.65<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>_______</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Difference: Sum-STD</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>_______ +Excess/−Deficiency</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">AFT Sheer: Diff÷8</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>_______Excess/Deficiency</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Fwd. Half:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">FP</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">L/6-FP</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">L/3-FP</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Midships</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT>_______
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="02">
                <ENT I="21">Sum of Fwd Products
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                <ENT I="02">Fwd Standard Sheer .5330L+53.30<SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>_______</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">Difference: Sum-STD</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>_______ +Excess/−Deficiency</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">FWD Sheer: Diff÷8</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>_______Excess/Deficiency</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> L in Standard Sheer=L or 500 whichever is less.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="81"/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s180,r100" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,tp6,6/7">
              <TTITLE>
                <E T="03">Sheer Summation</E>
              </TTITLE>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Aft Sheer+/−</ENT>
                <ENT>_______</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Fwd Sheer+/−</ENT>
                <ENT>_______</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Net Sheer+/−</ENT>
                <ENT>_______</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Mean: Net−2</ENT>
                <ENT>_______ Excess/Deficiency</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>

            <P>(a) In vessels having no enclosed superstructure from 0.1 <E T="03">L</E> abaft amidships to 0.1 <E T="03">L</E> forward of amidships, no decrease is allowed.</P>

            <P>(b) In vessels having enclosed superstructures amidships less than 0.1 <E T="03">L</E> before and abaft amidships, the decrease must be reduced by linear interpolation.</P>
            <P>(c) If excess sheer exists in the forward half, and the after half is at least 75 percent of standard sheer, the full decrease is allowed. If the after sheer is between 50 percent and 75 percent of standard sheer an intermediate decrease, determined by linear interpolation, is allowed for the excess sheer forward. If the after sheer is 50 percent of standard or less, no decrease is allowed for the excess sheer forward.</P>

            <P>(d) Where an enclosed poop or forecastle is of standard height with greater sheer than that of the freeboard deck, or is greater than standard height, an addition to the sheer of the freeboard deck may be made using the following formula:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">S=<E T="03">vL</E>′/3<E T="03">L</E>
              </HD>
              
              <P>Where <E T="03">s</E>=sheer credit, to be deducted from the deficiency or added to the excess of sheer.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">v</E>=difference between actual and standard height of superstructure at the end ordinate.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">L</E>′=mean enclosed length of poop or forecastle up to a maximum length of 0.5 <E T="03">L</E>. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <FP>The superstructure deck must not be less than standard height above this curve at any point. This curve must be used in determining the sheer profile for forward and after halves of the vessel.</FP>
            <P>(e) The maximum decreased for excess sheer must be no more than 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches per 100 feet of length.</P>
            <P>(f) Where the deck of an enclosed superstructure has at least the same sheer as the exposed freeboard deck, the sheer of the enclosed portion of the freeboard deck cannot be taken into account.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.67</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sheer measurement.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The sheer is measured from the freeboard deck at side to a line of reference drawn parallel to the keel through the sheer line at amidships;</P>
            <P>(b) In ships designed with a rake of keel or designed to trim by the stern, the sheer must be measured in reference to a line drawn through the sheer line at amidships parallel to the design load waterline.</P>
            <P>(c) In flush deck ships and in ships with detached superstructures, the sheer must be measured at the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(d) In ships with a step or break in the topsides, the sheer must be measured from the equivalent depth amidships.</P>
            <P>(e) In vessels with a superstructure of standard height that extends over the whole length of the freeboard deck, the sheer must be measured on the superstructure deck. Where the height of superstructure exceeds the standard, the least difference (Z) between the actual and standard heights must be added to each end ordinate. Similarly, the intermediate ordinates at distance of <FR>1/6</FR>
              <E T="03">L</E> and <FR>1/3</FR>
              <E T="03">L</E> from each perpendicular must be increased by 0.444 Z and 0.111 Z respectively.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.69</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction for bow height.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The minimum summer freeboard of all manned vessels must be increased by the same amount in inches as any deficiency which may be shown by the following formulas:</P>
            <P>(1) For vessels having a length of not less than 79 feet and not greater than 550 feet,</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">0.593 <E T="03">L</E> (1.0-<E T="03">L</E>/1640) inches—actual bow height</HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <P>(2) For vessels having a length greater than 550 feet,</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(341.6—0.227 L) inches—actual bow height</HD>
            </EXTRACT>

            <P>(b) Where the bow height is obtained by sheer, the sheer must extend for at least 15 percent of the length of the vessel measured from the forward perpendicular.<PRTPAGE P="82"/>
            </P>

            <P>(c) Where the bow height is obtained by a superstructure, the superstructure must be enclosed and extend from the stem to a point at least 0.06 <E T="03">L</E> abaft the forward perpendicular.</P>
            <P>(d) Vessels which, to suit exceptional operational requirements, cannot meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section may be given special consideration by the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(e) The bow height is defined as the vertical distance at the forward perpendicular between the waterline corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard at the designed trim and the top of the exposed deck at side.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.71</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Midsummer freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The minimum midsummer freeboard (fms) in inches is obtained by the formula:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">fms</E>=<E T="03">f</E>(<E T="03">s</E>)−0.3Ts</HD>
              
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="03">f</E>(<E T="03">s</E>)=summer freeboard in inches</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">Ts=distance in feet between top of keel and the summer load line. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.73</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Winter freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The minimum winter freeboard (fw) in inches is obtained by the formula:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">fw</E>=<E T="03">f</E>(<E T="03">s</E>)+<E T="03">T</E> s (200)/<E T="03">L</E>
              </HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">L=length L in feet but not less than 400 feet. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Intermediate freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The minimum intermediate freeboard (f<E T="22">I</E>) in inches is obtained by the formula:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">f</E>
                <E T="22">I</E>=<E T="03">f</E>(<E T="03">s</E>)+<E T="03">T</E> s(100)/<E T="03">L</E>
              </HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">L=length L in feet but not less than 400 feet. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.77</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Salt water freeboard.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The salt water addition in inches to freeboard applicable to each fresh water mark is obtained by the formula:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">Addition=<E T="21">Δ</E>/41T</HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">
                <E T="21">Δ</E>=displacement in fresh water, in tons of 2,240 pounds, at the summer load waterline.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">T=tons per inch immersion, of 2,240 pounds, in fresh water at the summer load waterline. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(b) When the displacement at the summer load waterline cannot be certified, the addition in inches to the minimum freeboard in fresh water may be obtained by multiplying 0.25 by the summer draught in feet measured from the top of the keel to the center of the load line diamond.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Conditions of Assignment</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.101</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart prescribes conditions that a vessel must meet to be eligible for assignment of a loadline under this part.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.103</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Structural stress and stability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The nature and stowage of the cargo, ballast, and other variable weights must be such as to make the vessel stable and avoid unacceptable structural stress.</P>
            <P>(b) The vessel must meet all applicable stability and subdivision requirements of this chapter.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.105</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Information supplied to the master.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Unless otherwise authorized by the Commandant, the vessel must have onboard, in a form approved by the Commandant, sufficient information.</P>
            <P>(a) To enable the master to load and ballast the vessel in a manner that avoids unacceptable stresses in the vessel's structure; and</P>
            <P>(b) To guide the master as to the stability of the ship under varying conditions of service.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.107</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of hull.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The general structural strength of the hull must be sufficient for the draught corresponding to the freeboard assigned and must be approved by the Commandant. Ships built and maintained in conformity with the requirements of a classification society may be recognized by the Commandant as possessing adequate strength.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.109</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of superstructures and deckhouses.</SUBJECT>

            <P>Each superstructure or deckhouse used for accommodations of the crew must be approved by the Commandant or the approved assigning authority <PRTPAGE P="83"/>with regard to general strength and weathertightness. The Commandant may use the requirements of the assigning authority as a guide.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.111</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Strength of bulkheads at ends of superstructures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Bulkheads at ends of enclosed superstructures must have sufficient strength to withstand impact of boarding seas.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.113</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Access openings in bulkheads at ends of enclosed superstructures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Access openings in bulkheads at ends of enclosed superstructures must have doors of steel or material as strong as steel that are permanently attached to the bulkhead and framed, stiffened, and fitted so that the bulkhead and door are as strong as the bulkhead and weather tight when closed.</P>
            <P>(b) The means for securing the doors weathertight must be permanently attached to the doors or bulkheads and arranged so that the doors can be secured weathertight from both sides of the bulkhead.</P>
            <P>(c) Access openings in bulkheads at ends of enclosed superstructures must have sills that are at least 12 inches above the deck.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.115</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bulwarks and guardrails.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The exposed parts of freeboard and superstructures decks and deckhouses on the freeboard deck must have guardrails or bulwarks that are at least 36 inches high above the deck.</P>
            <P>(b) Guardrails must have at least three courses with no more than a 9-inch opening below the lowest course and no more than 15 inches between other courses. If the sheer strake projection is at least 8 inches above the deck, a guardrail may have two courses with no more than 15 inches between courses.</P>
            <P>(c) In way of trunks at least half the protection required by paragraph (a) of this section must be in the form of open rails.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.117</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area: General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where bulwarks on the weather portins of freeboard or superstructure decks form wells, the bulwarks must have the area prescribed in this section and §§ 45.119 and 45.121 for rapidly freeing and draining the decks of water.</P>

            <P>(b) Except as required in §§ 45.119 and 45.121 the minimum freeing port area in square feet on each side of the ship for each well on the freeboard deck and on the raised quarterdeck must be at least as great as A in the following formulas:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(1) Where the length of bulwark (<E T="03">l</E>) in the well is 66 feet or less,</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">A=7.6+0.115 (<E T="03">l</E>)</HD>
              <P>(2) Where (<E T="03">l</E>) exceeds 66 feet,</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">A=0.23 (<E T="03">l</E>)</HD>
              <FP>but (<E T="03">l</E>) need in no case be taken as greater than 0.7L. </FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) In ships having erections on deck that are open at either or both ends, provision for freeing the space within such erections must be approved by the Commandant or the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(d) The lower edges of the freeing ports must be as near the deck as practicable. Two-thirds of the freeing port area required must be provided in the half of the well nearest the lowest point of the sheer curve.</P>
            <P>(e) All freeing port openings in the bulwarks must be protected by rails or bars spaced approximately 9 inches. If shutters are fitted to freeing ports, ample clearance must be provided to prevent jamming. Hinges must have pins or bearings of noncorrodible material. If shutters are fitted with securing appliances, these appliances must be of approved construction.</P>
            <P>(f) The minimum freeing port area for each well on superstructure decks must be one-half of the area required by paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.119</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area: Changes from standard sheer.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The freeing port area required by § 45.117(b) must be multiplied by the factor in the following table 5 if the sheer differs from the standard sheer defined in § 45.63. Table 4.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,8" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 5</TTITLE>
              <TDESC>Freeing port area: Sheer correction.</TDESC>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Ratio of sums of actual sheer ord./std. sheer ord. Greater than:</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Multiplier for area required by § 45.117(b)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.0</ENT>
                <ENT>1.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="84"/>
                <ENT I="01">1.0</ENT>
                <ENT>1.00</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.9</ENT>
                <ENT>1.05</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.8</ENT>
                <ENT>1.10</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.7</ENT>
                <ENT>1.15</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.6</ENT>
                <ENT>1.20</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.5</ENT>
                <ENT>1.25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.4</ENT>
                <ENT>1.30</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.3</ENT>
                <ENT>1.35</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.2</ENT>
                <ENT>1.40</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">0.1</ENT>
                <ENT>1.45</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">No sheer</ENT>
                <ENT>1.50</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.121</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area: Changes for trunks and side coamings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If a vessel has a trunk and does not meet the requirements of § 45.61 or has continuous or substantially continuous hatchway side coamings between detached superstructures, the minimum area of the freeing port openings must be obtained from the following table:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,8" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Breadth of hatchway or trunk in relation to the breadth of ship</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Area of freeing ports in relation to the total area of the bulwarks (percent)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">40 percent or less</ENT>
                <ENT>20</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">75 percent or more</ENT>
                <ENT>10</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <FP>The area of freeing ports at intermediate breadths must be obtained by linear interpolation.</FP>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.123</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Freeing port area: Changes for bulwark height.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For the purposes of freeing port area only, bulwark height is considered standard at 24 in for ships 240 ft in length and less; and 48 in for ships 480 ft in length or greater. The standard bulwark height for ships of intermediate length is obtained by direct interpolation.</P>

            <P>(b) If the bulwark is more than standard height, the area required by § 45.117 must be increased by 0.04 square feet per foot (ft<E T="21"> 2</E>/ft) of length of well for each foot difference in height.</P>

            <P>(c) For ships greater than 480 ft in length that have an average bulwark height less than 3 ft, the area required by § 45.117 may be decreased by 0.04 ft<E T="21"> 2</E>/ftof length for each foot difference in height.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.125</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Crew passageways.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The vessel must have means for protection of the crew from boarding seas such as life lines, gangways, and underdeck passages to facilitate passing between their quarters and machinery spaces and other spaces essential to the operation of the ship.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.127</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Position of structures, openings, and fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>For the purposes of this part—</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Position 1</E> means in an exposed position on—</P>
            <P>(1) The freeboard deck or a raised quarter deck;</P>
            <P>(2) A superstructure deck or a trunk deck and forward of a point <FR>1/4</FR>
              <E T="03">L</E> from the forward perpendicular; or</P>
            <P>(3) A trunk deck whose height is less than <E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="22">s</E>.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Position 2</E> means—</P>
            <P>(1) On a superstructure deck aft of a point <FR>1/4</FR>
              <E T="03">L</E> abaft the forward perpendicular; or</P>
            <P>(2) On a superstructure and trunk combination, that is <E T="03">H</E>
              <E T="22">s</E> or more n height, aft or a point <FR>1/4</FR>
              <E T="03">L</E> abaft the forward perpendicular.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.129</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hull fittings: General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Hull fittings must be securely mounted in the hull so as to avoid increases in hull stresses and must be protected from local damage caused by movement of equipment or cargo.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.131</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ventilators.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Ventilators passing through superstructures other than enclosed superstructures must have coamings of steel or equivalent material at the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(b) Ventilators in position 1 must have coamings at least 30 in. above the deck and ventilators in position 2 must have coamings at least 24 in. above the deck. The Commandant or the assigning authority may also require coamings in other exposed positions.</P>

            <P>(c) Ventilators in position 1 or 2 to spaces below freeboard decks or decks of enclosed superstructures or trunks must have coamings of steel permanently connected to the deck and any <PRTPAGE P="85"/>ventilator coaming that is more than 36 in. high must be specially supported.</P>
            <P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section ventilator openings must have weathertight closing appliances that are permanently attached or, where approved by the Commandant or the assigning authority conveniently stowed near the ventilators to which they are to be fitted.</P>
            <P>(e) Ventilators in position 1, the coamings of which extend to more than 12.5 ft above the deck, and in position 2, the coamings of which extend to more than 6 ft above the deck, need not have closing appliances unless specifically required by the Commandant.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.133</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Air pipes.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where an air pipe to any tank extends above the freeboard or superstructure deck—</P>
            <P>(1) The exposed part of the air pipe must be made of steel and of sufficient thickness to avoid breaking from impact of boarding seas.</P>
            <P>(2) The air pipe must have a permanently attached means of closing its opening; and</P>
            <P>(3) The height from the deck to any point where water may obtain access below deck must be at least 30 in above the freeboard deck, 24 in above raised quarter decks, and 12 in above other superstructure decks.</P>
            <P>(b) If the height required in paragraph (a) of this section interferes with working the ship, the Commandant may approve a lower height after considering the closing arrangements.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.135</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hull openings at or below freeboard deck.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Closures for hull openings at or below the freeboard deck must be as strong as the structure to which they are attached and must be watertight.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.137</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cargo ports.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Unless otherwise authorized by the Commandant, the lower edge of any opening for cargo, personnel, machinery access, or similar opening in the side of a ship must be above a line that is drawn parallel to the freeboard deck at side and has as its lowest point the upper edge of the uppermost loadline.</P>
            <P>(b) The number of cargo ports in the sides of a ship must be—</P>
            <P>(1) No more than the minimum necessary for working the ship; and</P>
            <P>(2) Approved by the Commandant.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.139</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Side scuttles.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The sill of each side scuttle must be above a line that is drawn parallel to the freeboard deck at side having its lowest point 2.5 percent of the breadth or 20 in above the summer load waterline, whichever is higher.</P>
            <P>(b) Except as provided for in paragraph (c) of this section, each side scuttle to a space below the freeboard deck, or to a space within an enclosed superstructure, must have a hinged inside deadlight which is designed so that it can be secured watertight over the side scuttle.</P>
            <P>(c) A side scuttle of a superstructure end bulkhead door, companionway door, or deckhouse door may have a portable inside deadlight which is designed so that it can be:</P>
            <P>(1) Secured watertight over the side scuttle; and</P>
            <P>(2) Stowed inside the superstructure, companionway, or deckhouse when not in use, in a readily accessible location on or adjacent to the door.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 73-49R, 38 FR 12290, May 10, 1973, as amended by CCGD 80-116, 46 FR 56788, Nov. 19, 1981]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.141</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manholes and flush scuttles.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Manholes and flush scuttles in position 1 or 2 or within any superstructure other than an enclosed superstructure must have permanently attached covers, unless the cover is secured by closely spaced bolts around its entire perimeter.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.143</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hull openings above freeboard deck.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Closures for openings above the freeboard deck must be as strong as the structure to which they are attached and must be weathertight.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.145</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchway covers.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Hatchways in position 1 and 2 must have weathertight hatch covers with gaskets and clamping devices.</P>

            <P>(b) The maximum ultimate strength of the hatchway cover material must be at least 4.25 times the maximum <PRTPAGE P="86"/>stress in the structure calculated with the following assumed loads:</P>

            <P>(1) For ships 350 ft or more in length, at least 250 lb/ft<E T="21"> 2</E> in position 1 and 200 lb/ft<E T="21"> 2</E> in position 2.</P>
            <P>(2) For ships less than 350 ft in length, at least <E T="03">AL</E> in the following formula:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(i) Position 1:</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">AL</E>=200+<E T="03">C</E>
              </HD>
              <FP>where <E T="03">C</E>=50</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">(<E T="03">L</E>−79)/271</HD>
              <P>(ii) Position 2:</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="03">Al</E>=150+<E T="03">C</E>
              </HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) Hatchway covers must be so designed as to limit the deflection to not more than 0.0028 times the span under the loads described in paragraph (b) of this section and the thickness of mild steel plating forming the tops of covers must be at least 1 percent of the spacing of stiffeners or 0.24 in, whichever is greater.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.147</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hatchway coamings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except where the Commandant determines that the safety of the vessel will not be impaired in any sea condition, each hatchway must have a coaming that is at least—</P>
            <P>(1) 18 inches in position 1; and</P>
            <P>(2) 12 inches in position 2.</P>
            <P>(b) Each hatchway coaming required by this section must be made of steel or equivalent material.</P>
            <P>(c) The height of these coamings may be reduced or omitted if the Commandant is satisfied that safety of the ship is not thereby impaired in any sea conditions.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.149</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Machinery space openings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Machinery space openings in position 1 or 2 must be framed and enclosed by steel casings, and where the casings are not protected by other structures that meet the requirements of § 45.109, their strength must be approved by the Commandant or the assigning authority.</P>
            <P>(b) Access openings in casings required by paragraph (a) of this section must have doors complying with the requirements of § 45.113. Other openings in such casings shall be fitted with equivalent covers, permanently attached.</P>
            <P>(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, coamings of any funnel or machinery space ventilator that must be kept open for the essential operations of the ship must—</P>
            <P>(1) In position 1, extend at least 12.5 ft above the deck; and</P>
            <P>(2) In position 2, extend at least 6 ft above the deck.</P>
            <P>(d) The Commandant may approve a lesser height for protected coamings.</P>
            <P>(e) Coamings of any fiddley or skylight over a machinery space opening in the freeboard or superstructure deck or the top of a deckhouse on the freeboard deck, must have covers of steel permanently attached and capable of being secured weathertight.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.151</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Other openings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Each opening other than hatchways, machinery space openings, manholes, or flush scuttles—</P>
            <P>(a) In freeboard decks, must be protected by an enclosed superstructure or by a deckhouse or companionway that is equal in strength and weath-er-tight-ness to an en-closed su-per-struc-ture; or</P>
            <P>(b) In exposed superstructure decks or in the top of a deckhouse on freeboard decks that gives access to a space below the freeboard deck or a space within an enclosed superstructure, must be protected by a deckhouse or companionway.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.153</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Through-hull piping: General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All through-hull pipes required by this subpart must be made of steel or material equivalent to the hull in strength and fatigue resistance.</P>
            <P>(b) All valves used as shell fittings and all shell fittings on which such valves are mounted must be made of steel, or bronze or other ductile material approved by the Commandant.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.155</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inlets and discharge piping: Valves.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section each pipe that discharges overboard through the hull of the ship must have—</P>

            <P>(1) An automatic nonreturn valve with a positive means for closing; or<PRTPAGE P="87"/>
            </P>
            <P>(2) Two automatic nonreturn valves with the inboard valve accessible for examination in service.</P>
            <P>(b) The means for operating a valve described by paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be readily accessible and have indicators that show when the valve is not closed.</P>
            <P>(c) If the pipe discharges from a space that is not manned or does not have continuous bilge water monitoring, a valve described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be operable above the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(d) Each pipe that discharges from a space within an enclosed superstructure or deckhouse may have at least one accessible automatic non-re-turn valve if the space is reg-u-lar-ly vis-it-ed by the crew.</P>
            <P>(e) Through-hull piping systems in machinery spaces may have valves with positive means for closing at the shell if the controls are readily accessible and have indicators showing when the valves are not closed (nonreturn valves are not required).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.157</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scuppers and gravity drains.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Scuppers and gravity deck drains from spaces above the freeboard deck that penetrate the shell below a line 24″ or .05B above the summer loadline, whichever is greater, must have an automatic nonreturn valve. This valve may be omitted if the piping is of thickness not less than extra heavy pipe.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.159</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special conditions of assignment for type A vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The lower freeboards allowed for type A vessels allow water on deck for greater percentages of time. Therefore the following additional requirements must be met to qualify for type A freeboards:</P>
            <P>(a) Machinery casings must be protected by an enclosed superstructure or deckhouse unless intact bulkheads are used on all sides on the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(b) Exposed machinery casings may be fitted with weathertight doors providing they lead to a space or passageway as strong as an enclosed superstructure from which a second interior weathertight door is provided for access to the engine room.</P>
            <P>(c) Hatchways on the exposed freeboard or forecastle decks must be provided with watertight covers of steel.</P>
            <P>(d) Unless a separate fore and aft access is provided below the freeboard deck, a permanent fore and aft gangway must be fitted at the superstructure deck level between poop and all other deckhouses used in the essential operation of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(e) Type “A” vessels must be fitted with open rails for at least half the length of the exposed parts of the weather deck. Where superstructures are connected by trunks, open rails must be fitted for the whole length of the exposed parts of the freeboard deck.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Unmanned River Service Dry Cargo Barges</HD>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>CGD 84-58, 50 FR 19533, May 9, 1985, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.171</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart prescribes conditions under which certain unmanned river service dry cargo barges may be exempt from the load line and marking requirements. In lieu of these requirements, they are subject to special certification and operating requirements.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.173</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vessels subject to this subpart.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This subpart applies to a vessel that is—</P>
            <P>(1) An unmanned river service dry cargo barge with a length to depth ratio not to exceed 22 and built to at least the minimum scantlings of the American Bureau of Shipping River Rules;</P>
            <P>(2) Operated on the Great Lakes on a voyage between Calumet Harbor, Chicago, Illinois and Burns Harbor, Indiana and intermediate ports on Lake Michigan;</P>
            <P>(3) Operated during fair weather condition only; and</P>
            <P>(4) Carrying only dry cargoes that have not been designated as hazardous under 46 CFR part 148 or 49 CFR subchapter C.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="88"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.175</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) In order to be exempt from the load line and marking requirements of this part, the owner of a vessel must apply for exemption in writing to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, Chicago, Illinois. The application may be in any form and must be signed by the owner or an officer authorized to represent the barge's owner. The mailing address is Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Office, 610 S. Canal Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60607. No form or certificate will be returned, however, the owner's certification will be kept on file at the Marine Safety Office, Chicago. The owner of a barge for which a load line exemption is in effect shall notify the OCMI, Chicago of the transfer of ownership, change of service, or other disposition of the barge.</P>
            <P>(b) The owner and operator of a vessel for which a load line exemption has been requested are responsible for maintaining the vessel and complying with the special operating requirements.</P>
            <P>(c) The application for exemption from the load line requirements must include the following general information:</P>
            <P>(1) Barge name.</P>
            <P>(2) Type.</P>
            <P>(3) External dimensions.</P>
            <P>(4) Types of Cargo.</P>
            <P>(5) Official Number or other classification numbers.</P>
            <P>(6) Owner and operator addresses and telephone numbers.</P>
            <P>(7) Place and date built.</P>
            <P>(d) The application must state and certify compliance with the following:</P>
            <P>(1) The vessel has been designed and built to at least the minimum scantlings of the American Bureau of Shipping River Rules which were in effect at the time of construction.</P>
            <P>(2) The provisions of 46 CFR 45.177 will be complied with before and during all voyages between Calumet Harbor, Chicago, Illinois and Burns Harbor, Indiana and intermediate ports on Lake Michigan.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 45.177</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special operation requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Before commencement of any voyage on Lake Michigan, the towboat operator shall ensure the following:</P>
            <P>(1) Deck and side shell plating must be free of visible holes, fractures or serious indentations as well as damage that would be considered in excess of normal wear and tear.</P>
            <P>(2) Cargo box side and end coamings must be watertight.</P>
            <P>(3) All manholes must remain covered and secured watertight.</P>
            <P>(b) During the voyage, all vessels subject to this subpart must meet the following minimum operating requirements in all seasons:</P>
            <P>(1) The vessel must be operated during fair weather conditions only.</P>
            <P>(2) The freeboard of the vessel must not be less than 24 inches.</P>
            <P>(3) The combined operating freeboard plus the height of cargo box coamings must be at least 54 inches.</P>
            <P>(4) The voyage must not be farther than 5 miles from a harbor of safe refuge between Calumet Harbor, Chicago Illinois and Burns Harbor, Indiana.</P>
            <P>(5) All void tanks must be kept free of excess water.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <APPENDIX>
            <EAR>Pt. 45, App. A</EAR>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 45—Load Line Certificate Form</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">great lakes load line certificate</HD>
            <FP>No. ___</FP>

            <P>Issued under the authority of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, United States of America, under the provisions of the Act of August 27, 1935, as amended to establish load lines on the Great Lakes of North America and the Load Line regulations in force on _____, 19__, By ____________, duly authorized by the Commandant to issue said load line certificate.
            </P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Ship</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Certificate No.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Official No</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Length (LBP)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Gross tonnage</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Port of registry</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Type of Ship:</HD>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">TYPE “A”</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">TYPE “B”</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">TYPE “B” with increased freeboard</FP>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,7" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,6/7">
              <TTITLE>freeboard from deck line</TTITLE>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Midsummer</ENT>
                <ENT>MS</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="89"/>
                <ENT I="01">Summer</ENT>
                <ENT>S</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Intermediate</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Winter</ENT>
                <ENT>W</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">
                  <E T="04">load line</E>
                  
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01"/>
                <ENT>above S</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Upper edge of line through center of diamond</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>below S</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>below S</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>Increase for salt water for all freeboards __ inches.</P>
            <P>The upper edge of the deck line from which these freeboards are measured is __ inches above or below the top of the ____ deck at side.</P>
            <P>This is to certify that this ship has been surveyed and the freeboards and load lines shown above have been found to be correctly marked upon the vessel in manner and location as provided by the load line regulations of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, applicable to the Great Lakes.</P>
            <P>This certificate<E T="21"> 1</E>
              <FTREF/> remains in force until _______. Issued at _____ on the __ day of _____, 19__. (Here follows the signature, seal, if any, and the name of the authority issuing the certificate.)</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <E T="21">1 </E> Upon the expiration of the certificate, renewal must be obtained as provided by the Great Lakes Load Line Regulations and the certificate so endorsed.</P>
            </FTNT>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">notes</HD>
            
            <P>(1) In accordance with the Great Lakes Load Line Regulations the diamond and lines must be permanently marked. The “MS” loadline shall be assigned only to those particular vessels that qualify under the regulations.</P>
            <P>(2) The “SW” marks need only be assigned to Great Lakes vessels loading in salt water of the St. Lawrence River west of a straight line from Cap de Rosiers to West Point Anticosti Island, and west of a line along longitude 63 degrees west from Anticosti Island to the north shore of the St. Lawrence River. In such cases these limits shall be indicated on the certificate.</P>
            <P>(3) The load line assignment given by this certificate necessarily assumes that the nature and stowage of cargo, ballast, etc., are such as to secure sufficient stability for the vessel. Accordingly, it is the owner's responsibility to furnish the Master of the vessel with stability information and instructions when this is necessary to maintenance of sufficient stability.</P>
            <P>(On the reverse side of the load line certificate, or on a separate sheet, attached and forming part of the certificate, provision is to be made for annual inspection and renewal endorsements.)</P>
          </APPENDIX>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 46</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 46—SUBDIVISION LOAD LINES FOR PASSENGER VESSELS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.01—Purpose</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>46.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application of regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.01-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Penalties for violations.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.05—Definitions Used in This Part</HD>
            <SECTNO>46.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Passenger vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Foreign voyage.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coastwise voyages.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Great Lakes voyage.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.05-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>New passenger vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing passenger vessel.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.10—Administration</HD>
            <SECTNO>46.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relaxation from regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line requirements for subdivision.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marks to indicate subdivision load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Survey for the establishment and renewal of subdivision load line marks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for the assignment and renewal of subdivision load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Equivalents.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Subdivision load line certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Validity of subdivision load line certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonsubmergence subdivision load line (Great Lakes).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonsubmergence subdivision load lines in salt water.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Drills and inspections.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Logbook entries.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Control.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Construction.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.10-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plans and inspections of new and converted vessels.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.15—Subdivision Load Lines for Passenger Vessels Engaged in Foreign, Coastwise, and Great Lakes Voyages</HD>
            <SECTNO>46.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedure for determination of subdivision load line.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Engineering requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>46.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Subdivision load lines.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>46 U.S.C. 3306; 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116; E.O. 12234, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="90"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.01—Purpose</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The purpose of the regulations in this part is to set forth uniform minimum requirements applicable to passenger vessels required to have subdivision load lines. These requirements deal with the following:</P>
            <P>(1) Load line requirements applicable before a passenger vessel will be marked with and certificated as to subdivision load lines.</P>
            <P>(2) Assigning, marking, and recording of subdivision load lines.</P>
            <P>(3) Administration of subdivision load lines.</P>
            <P>(4) Application of requirements to passenger vessels.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application of regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The regulations in this part establish subdivision load lines required on passenger vessels engaged in foreign voyages, as well as on passenger vessels of 150 gross tons or over engaged in coastwise or Great Lakes voyages.</P>
            <P>(b) When engaged in voyages subject to this part, no passenger vessel required to be marked with subdivision load lines shall depart from or arrive at any port or place under the jurisdiction of the United States, nor shall such United States vessel operate on the high seas nor the Great Lakes, unless such vessel has been marked with subdivision load lines in accordance with the regulations in this part, has on board a valid certificate certifying to the correctness of the location of such subdivision load line marks, and is otherwise in compliance with the applicable requirements of law and regulations in this part.</P>
            <P>(c) No passenger vessel of the United States of 150 gross tons or over and subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, shall engage in coastwise voyages or voyages on the Great Lakes unless such vessel has been marked with subdivision load lines in accordance with the regulations in this part and has on board a valid certificate certifying to the correctness of the location of such subdivision load line marks.</P>
            <P>(d) No foreign passenger vessel belonging to a country that has ratified or acceded to the applicable International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea shall arrive or depart from any port or place under the jurisdiction of the United States, and no foreign passenger vessel subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, shall arrive or depart from any port or place under the jurisdiction of the United States, including ports on the Great Lakes, unless that vessel has been marked with subdivision load lines in accordance with the regulations in this part and has on board a valid certificate certifying to the correctness of the location of such subdivision load line marks.</P>
            <P>(e) Subdivision load lines shall be marked on both sides of passenger vessels where determined and in a manner described in subpart 46.15 as applicable to the vessel's service. The subdivision load line certificates shall be in accordance with §§ 46.10-30 and 46.10-35.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965 as amended by CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.01-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Penalties for violations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Penalties for violations of the regulations in this part by passenger vessels of the United States engaged in foreign voyages shall be in accordance with those laws which require the inspection and certification of the vessel. In addition, for passenger vessels subject to 46 U.S.C. 5101-5116, which engage in voyages described in § 42.03-5, § 42.03-10, or § 45.01-1, the penalties for violations of the regulations in this part shall be those set forth in the load line act applicable to the vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) For a further description of the actions which may be taken see § 42.07-50, of this subchapter. The procedures governing the assessment, collection, remission and mitigation of any monetary penalty imposed for a violation of a law or the regulations prescribed thereunder in this part, as well as the appeal procedures followed, are in subpart 2.50 of part 2 of subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="91"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.05—Definitions Used in This Part</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Passenger vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For the purpose of the regulations in this part, a vessel is a passenger vessel if:</P>
            <P>(1) Engaged on an international voyage by sea, it carries or is authorized to carry more than 12 passengers; or,</P>
            <P>(2) Engaged on a coastwise voyage by sea or a voyage on the Great Lakes, it carries or is authorized to carry more than 16 persons in addition to the crew.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Foreign voyage.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A foreign voyage for the purpose of marking passenger vessels with subdivision load lines is a voyage by sea between a port under the jurisdiction of the United States and a port of a foreign country, its colonies, territories, or protectorates, or conversely (a voyage exclusively on the Great Lakes excepted).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coastwise voyages.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A coastwise voyage by sea, for the purpose of marking passenger vessels with subdivision load lines, is a voyage in which a vessel in the usual course of her employment proceeds from one port or place in the United States to another port or place in the United States or from a port or place in a possession to another port or place in the same possession, and passes outside the line dividing inland waters from the high seas (a voyage exclusively on the Great Lakes excepted), as well as a voyage in which a vessel proceeds from a port or place in the United States or her possessions and passes outside the line dividing inland waters from the high seas and navigates on the high seas, and then returns to the same port or place.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Great Lakes voyage.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A Great Lakes voyage is any voyage from a United States port or place on the Great Lakes to another United States port or place on the Great Lakes or to a Canadian port or place on the Great Lakes, or conversely.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.05-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>New passenger vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A new passenger vessel is a vessel whose keel was laid or was a vessel converted into a passenger vessel on or after May 26, 1965.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing passenger vessel.</SUBJECT>
            <P>An existing passenger vessel in respect to its voyage is any passenger vessel that is not a new passenger vessel as defined in § 46.05-25.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.10—Administration</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relaxation from regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) New passenger vessels making foreign voyages by sea shall comply with the requirements in this part. An existing passenger vessel engaged in foreign voyages by sea may be permitted relaxation from the requirements of this part if, in the opinion of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, such requirements are unreasonable or impracticable.</P>
            <P>(b) A new passenger vessel making coastwise voyages by sea or making Great Lakes voyages shall comply with the requirements in this part. An existing passenger vessel making coastwise voyages by sea or Great Lakes voyages may be permitted relaxation from the requirements of this part if, in the opinion of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, such requirements are unreasonable or impracticable.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line requirements for subdivision.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The load line requirements of parts 42, 44, 45 of this subchapter as applicable to the passenger vessel and her service, shall be complied with before a passenger vessel will be marked with and certificated as to subdivision load lines.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marks to indicate subdivision load lines.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Marks to indicate the maximum mean draft to which a passenger vessel may be lawfully submerged shall be <PRTPAGE P="92"/>permanently marked on each side of the passenger vessel in the form, manner, and location provided in this part.</P>
            <P>(b) The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, will determine the position of the subdivision load lines by the application of the requirements contained in this part and parts 170 and 171 of this chapter. The correct marking of subdivision load lines will be certified by the American Bureau of Shipping or a classification society approved by the Commandant for that purpose.</P>
            <P>(c) Certificates certifying to the correctness of subdivision load line marks shall not be furnished until it is determined that the marks have been correctly placed upon the passenger vessel.</P>
            <P>(d) In the case of passenger vessels that are required by the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea to have on board a safety certificate, the certification of subdivision, load line marks shall be made by letter to the Commandant (G-M), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Survey for the establishment and renewal of subdivision load line marks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Every passenger vessel to be marked with and certificated for subdivision load lines must comply with the requirements as set forth in subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter for ocean, coastwise, and Great Lakes service as applicable to the particular vessel and the service in which she is to be employed.</P>
            <P>(b) Every passenger vessel marked with a subdivision load line shall be subjected to the surveys specified in this paragraph. The details of the surveys or inspections indicated in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section shall be as set forth in the applicable sections of part 71 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(1) A survey before the vessel is put in service.</P>
            <P>(2) A periodical survey once every 12 months.</P>
            <P>(3) Additional surveys as occasion arises.</P>
            <P>(4) Surveys required by part 42, part 44, or part 45 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for the assignment and renewal of subdivision load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Application for assignment and renewal of subdivision load lines and certification thereof shall be made in writing to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, D.C. 20593-0001.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Equivalents.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where in the regulations in this part it is provided that a particular fitting, appliance, apparatus, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a vessel engaged on foreign voyages by sea or that any particular arrangement shall be adopted, there may be substituted any other fitting or appliance or type thereof or any other arrangement provided that the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, shall have been satisfied by suitable trials that the fitting, appliance, or apparatus, or type thereof, or that the arrangement substituted is at least as effective as that specified in this part.</P>
            <P>(b) Where, in the application of the regulations in this part to passenger vessels engaged in coastwise voyages by sea and on Great Lakes voyages, it is desired to substitute other construction, arrangement, fitting, or appliance, or type thereof, such substitution may be made if approved by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, provided the degree of safety provided by this part is obtained.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Subdivision load line certificates.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Passenger vessels engaged in foreign voyages by sea shall have their subdivision load lines certified on the safety certificate required by the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1960. Safety certificates shall be issued by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, for a period not to exceed one <PRTPAGE P="93"/>year. These vessels will also be provided with the load line certificate required by part 42 of this subchapter, the minimum freeboard shown thereon to be not less than the minimum freeboard corresponding to the principal passenger condition. The fact that they are subdivision load lines is to be noted on the load line certificate.</P>
            <P>(b) Passenger vessels engaged on coastwise voyages by sea or Great Lakes voyages shall have the position of their subdivision load lines recorded on a load line certificate in the form required by part 42 or part 45 of this subchapter. The fact that they are subdivision load lines is to be noted on the load line certificate.</P>

            <P>(c) A note shall be added to the load line certificate below the signature of the assigning—authority in the following form:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>The bulkhead deck used for determining the position of the subdivision load lines certified above is _____________ (here described bulkhead deck). </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(d) Annual inspections of passenger vessels shall be as required by §§ 42.09-40 and 46.10-15 of this subchapter and renewal of passenger vessels’ load line certificates shall be as required by §§ 42.09-15 and 42.09-20.</P>
            <P>(e) Each new passenger vessel which receives its first load line certificate shall also be provided with a copy of the load line survey report as required by § 42.09-1(c) or § 45.01-30 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968; CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9019, June 5, 1969; CGD 80-120, 47 FR 5723, Feb. 8, 1982; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Validity of subdivision load line certificates.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Subdivision load line certificates issued to passenger vessels shall only be valid during the time for which the certificates are issued.</P>

            <P>(b) If, due to any cause, the conditions as required by this part are changed, or the regulations in this part are not carried out, the load line certificate may be cancelled and the load lines considered nonexistent<E T="03">: Provided,</E> That if the conditions causing the cancellation of the certificate are satisfactorily corrected, the load line certificate shall be reinstated for the remainder of its term.</P>
            <P>(c) A valid subdivision load line certificate for foreign voyages by sea shall be valid for coastwise voyages by sea and Great Lakes voyages. A valid subdivision load line certificate for coastwise voyages by sea shall be valid for Great Lakes voyages but not for foreign voyages by sea. A valid subdivision load line certificate for Great Lakes voyages shall not be valid for foreign or coastwise voyages by sea.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonsubmergence subdivision load line (Great Lakes).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Passenger vessels on the Great Lakes of 150 gross tons or over shall not submerge the subdivision load line applicable to the voyage.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonsubmergence subdivision load lines in salt water.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Passenger vessels required to be marked with subdivision load lines, engaged on foreign and coastwise voyages other than the Great Lakes voyages, shall not submerge in salt water the subdivision load line applicable to the voyage. Passenger vessels engaged on ocean, foreign or coastwise voyages may be marked with fresh water load lines. A passenger vessel on foreign or coastwise voyages (except Great Lakes voyages) may have an allowance made for the degree of brackishness of the water in which the vessel is floating but not for the weight of fuel, water, etc., required for consumption between the point of departure and the open sea, and no allowance is to be made for bilge or ballast water that may be in the passenger vessel at the time of departure.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Drills and inspections.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For the required drills and inspections to be conducted on passenger vessels, see subpart 78.17 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Logbook entries.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For required logbook entries to be made on passenger vessels, see subpart 78.17 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="94"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Control.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The District Director of Customs or the Coast Guard District Commander may detain a passenger vessel for a survey if there is reason to believe that such a vessel is proceeding on her journey in excess of the draft allowed by the regulations in this part as indicated by the vessel's load lines certified on the safety certificate, load line certificate, or otherwise. The Coast Guard District Commander may detain a passenger vessel if it is so loaded as to be manifestly unsafe to proceed to sea. Except as otherwise required by this section, § 42.07-60 if this subchapter applies to all passenger vessels assigned load lines under the load line acts and the regulations of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-126, 34 FR 9019, June 5, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Construction.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The watertight subdivision of every passenger vessel must be as efficient as possible, having regard to its intended service. This principle is given effect by applying the requirements in part 171 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Passenger vessels engaged in foreign voyages by sea or coastwise voyages by sea or voyages on the Great Lakes, to be marked with subdivision load lines shall comply with the requirements in this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.10-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plans and inspections of new and converted vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Plans for a new passenger vessel or a vessel to be converted to a passenger vessel shall be submitted to the Commandant as required by subpart 71.65 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Inspections shall be made during the construction or conversion of the vessel as required by subpart 71.20 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(c) Upon completion of construction or conversion of a passenger vessel, a stability test must be performed and stability information must be supplied to the operator as required by part 170 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 46.15—Subdivision Load Lines for Passenger Vessels Engaged in Foreign, Coastwise, and Great Lakes Voyages</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedure for determination of subdivision load line.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The procedure for determining the subdivision load line as well as special construction features of the vessel must be as set forth in subpart 72.01 and parts 170 and 171 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Engineering requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Bilge and ballast systems, piping, inlets and discharges, ash chutes, astern power, and auxiliary steering shall be in accordance with the provisions of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 46.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Subdivision load lines.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Subdivision load lines shall be located by measuring vertically down from the deck line required by part 42 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) The length, width, and manner of marking the lines shall be as provided in subpart 42.13 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) No subdivision load line is to be placed so that the freeboard is reduced from that determined by the highest seasonal mark permitted by part 42.</P>
            <P>(d) When the highest subdivision load line is located on a vessel used as a passenger vessel in a position between the highest and lowest seasonal load line marks, the seasonal load line marks above the subdivision load line will be omitted and those below will be marked.</P>

            <P>(e) When the freeboard from the highest subdivision load line on a vessel used as a passenger vessel is greater than the freeboard from the lowest load line permitted by part 42 of this subchapter, the load lines required by part 42 of this subchapter shall be <PRTPAGE P="95"/>omitted and the disk with its horizontal line located in line with the highest subdivision load line.</P>

            <P>(f) One fresh water line shall be marked. When a subdivision and a normal load line are combined, the normal fresh water line only shall be used unless the position of the subdivision load line is such that confusion will result, in which case a subdivision fresh water line may be used, marked FC<E T="22">1</E> and the normal fresh water line omitted.</P>
            <P>(g) Subdivision load lines shall be aft of the vertical line. The vertical line shall be extended as necessary to connect the lowest and highest load lines marked on the vessel.</P>

            <P>(h) When a vessel has spaces used for cargo and passengers alternatively so that the position of the subdivision load line varies with the service, subdivision load lines for the principal passenger condition shall be marked and denoted by C<E T="22">1</E> and the alternative conditions marked and denoted by C<E T="22">2</E>, C<E T="22">3</E>, etc. The position of each load line and the conditions under which a particular load line is applicable shall be noted in the certificate.</P>
            <P>(i) The principal passenger condition for a vessel having spaces used for passengers and cargo alternatively is the condition where only those spaces appropriated exclusively to passengers are taken into consideration for determination of the subdivision load line.</P>
            <P>(j) For Great Lakes vessels, references to part 42 shall read part 45 and a “diamond” shall be substituted for the “disk”. No “fresh water” line will be marked.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 16769, Dec. 30, 1965, as amended by CGFR 68-60, 33 FR 10077, July 12, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 47</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 47—COMBINATION LOAD LINES</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
            <SECTNO>47.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>47.110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions used in this part.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subparts B—E[Reserved]</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—International and Great Lakes Service; Stability Limited Deck Cargo Barges</HD>
            <SECTNO>47.600</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Description of service.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>47.610</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions of assignment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>47.620</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line marks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>47.630</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Restrictions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>47.640</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of certificate.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G[Reserved]</HD>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>46 U.S.C. 5115; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGD 86-016, 51 FR 9962, Mar. 24, 1986, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 47.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The purpose of the regulations in this part is to set forth simplified alternative marking schemes for those vessels operating in more than one service. Operating requirements for a given vessel could vary depending on the service, the season of the year, stability requirements, manning requirements and tonnage requirements. The conditions of assignment, restrictions applicable, form of the certificate and the load line marks are described.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 47.110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions used in this part.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">International service</E> means:</P>
            <P>(1) A voyage by sea between a port under the jurisdiction of the United States and a port of a foreign country, its colonies, territories, or protectorates, or conversely (a voyage exclusively on the Great Lakes is excepted); or</P>
            <P>(2) A voyage that proceeds beyond 20 nautical miles from the territorial sea baseline.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Great Lakes service</E> means a voyage from a United States port or place on the Great Lakes to another United States port or place on the Great Lakes or to a Canadian port or place on the Great Lakes, or conversely. In concurrence with related Canadian regulations, the waters of the St. Lawrence River west of a rhumb line drawn from Cap de Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island, and west of a line along 63° W. Longitude from Anticosti Island to the north shore of the St. Lawrence River shall be considered as part of the Great Lakes. In addition, the Victoria Bridge, Montreal, Canada, is the dividing line between fresh water and salt water in the St. Lawrence River.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="96"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subparts B—E[Reserved]</HD>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—International and Great Lakes Service; Stability Limited Deck Cargo Barges</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 47.600</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Description of service.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart applies to deck cargo barges operating in International and Great Lakes service and meeting the conditions of assignment in § 47.610 of this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 47.610</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions of assignment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Owners or operators of deck cargo barges which are draft limited by the intact stability requirements of 46 CFR 174.015 (a)(1) and (a)(2) may elect to be assigned load lines under this subpart in order to load to a draft corresponding to the intact stability requirement of 10 foot-degrees (46 CFR 174.015(a)(2)) while engaging in Great Lakes service during the summer season.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 47.620</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Load line marks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A plimsoll mark (disc and line through center) applicable to International service must be placed at the draft corresponding to 15-degrees of righting energy as calculated in fulfilling the requirements of 46 CFR 174.015(a)(1).</P>
            <P>(b) The seasonal ladder representing summer, winter, and winter North Atlantic seasons must be as shown in Figure 1 below.</P>
            <P>(c) An equivalent Great Lakes summer seasonal line must be placed on the seasonal ladder at the draft corresponding to 10 foot-degrees of righting energy as calculated in fulfilling the requirements of 46 CFR 174.015(a)(2) and be marked with a (T).</P>
            <P>(d) The fresh water mark may be omitted by request of the owner or operator.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 47.630</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Restrictions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The mark (T) applies only to Great Lakes service from May 1 through September 30.</P>
            <P>(b) Notations are to be placed on the face of the load line certificate to the effect that:</P>
            <P>(1) The barge must be operated in compliance with the draft vs. cargo vertical center of gravity tables in the U.S. Coast Guard approved stability letter, and</P>
            <P>(2) The mark (T) is applicable only for Great Lakes service from May 1 through September 30 as per 46 CFR 45.9</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 47.640</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of certificate.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The form of the certificate is as specified in § 42.50-5(b) of this subchapter with the exception that the illustrated load line marks are as shown in Figure 1 below.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="150" SPAN="2">
              <GID>EC01FE91.017</GID>
            </GPH>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G[Reserved]</HD>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
    </SUBCHAP>
    <SUBCHAP TYPE="P">
      <PRTPAGE P="97"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER F—MARINE ENGINEERING</HD>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 50</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 50—GENERAL PROVISIONS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.01—Basis and Purpose of Regulations</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>50.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose of regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope of regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.01-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.05—Application</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing boilers, pressure vessels or piping systems.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Alterations or repairs.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vessels subject to regulations in this subchapter.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steam-propelled motorboats.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.10—Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Commandant.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, (OCMI).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspector or inspector.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Headquarters.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine Safety Center.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard Symbol.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard number.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.10-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Constructed.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.20—Plan Submittal and Approval</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures for submittal of plans.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Number of copies of plans required.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Previously approved plans.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Calculations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Alternative materials or methods of construction.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correspondence regarding approved plans.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspector's decisions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.20-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Right of appeal.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.25—Acceptance of Material and Piping Components</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.25-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturer or mill certification.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Products requiring manufacturer or mill certification.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Testing of products required to be certified in presence of marine inspector.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Acceptance of piping components by specific letter or approved plan.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.30—Fabrication Inspection</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Class I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Class II pressure vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.30-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Class III pressure vessels.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.46; Section 50.01-20 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.01—Basis and Purpose of Regulations</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose of regulations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The purpose of the regulations in this subchapter is to set forth minimum requirements for marine engineering details for various types of vessels in accordance with the intent of title 52 of the Revised Statutes and acts amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto as well as to implement various international conventions for safety of life at sea and other treaties, which contain requirements affecting marine engineering. The regulations in this subchapter have the force of law.</P>
            <P>(b) All marine engineering details, such as boilers, pressure vessels, main and auxiliary machinery, piping, valves, and fittings, shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the provisions of this subchapter, except when specifically modified by the regulations in another subchapter in this chapter for a particular type of vessel or where a specific installation may be required or permitted.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope of regulations.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) This subchapter provides the specifications, standards and requirements for strength and adequacy of design, construction, installation, inspection, and choice of materials for machinery, boilers, pressure vessels, safety valves, and piping systems upon which safety of life is dependent.<PRTPAGE P="98"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) Since this subchapter contains the marine engineering details, it implements the requirements for inspection and certification of vessels as set forth in other subchapters for specific types of vessels.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.01-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This section collects and displays the control numbers assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency information collection requirement.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Display.</E>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,12" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">46 CFR Part or Section where Identified or Described</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Current OMB Control No.</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Parts 50 through 64 </ENT>
                <ENT>2115-0142</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA>[49 FR 38120, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by CGD 88-072, 53 FR 34297, Sept. 6, 1988]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.05—Application</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The regulations in this subchapter shall apply to the marine engineering details of installations on vessels required to be inspected and certificated under other subchapters in this chapter as described in § 50.01-1.</P>
            <P>(b) The regulations in this subchapter are not retroactive in effect, except as provided in § 50.05-5 or § 50.05-10, or if specifically so provided for at the time specific regulations are amended or added.</P>
            <P>(c) The requirements in this subchapter revised or added subsequent to July 1, 1969, shall be applicable to the installations contracted for after the effective dates of such requirements. Normally, materials, items of equipment, or installations in vessels which have been accepted and passed as satisfactory and meeting the applicable requirements in this subchapter then in effect and which are maintained in good and serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may be continued in use until replacement is deemed necessary by such officer or as specified in the regulations.</P>
            <P>(d) Items of equipment, which are in use on vessels, previously approved by the Commandant but not complying with the latest specification requirements may be continued in use so long as they are maintained in good and serviceable condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, until replacement is deemed necessary by such officer or as specified in the regulations.</P>
            <P>(e) Industrial systems and components on mobile offshore drilling units must meet subpart 58.60 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Existing boilers, pressure vessels or piping systems.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Whenever doubt exists as to the safety of an existing boiler, pressure vessel, or piping system, the marine inspector may require that it be gaged or checked to determine the extent of deterioration, and if necessary for safety may require the recalculation and reduction of the maximum allowable working pressure.</P>

            <P>(b) For the purpose of recalculating the maximum allowable working pressure of boilers, pressure vessels, or piping which have deteriorated in service, the applicable design formulas in effect at the time it was contracted for or built or the currently effective design formulas in this subchapter shall be used: <E T="03">Provided,</E> That such recalculation based on currently effective design formulas in this subchapter does not permit a higher pressure than that originally allowed by the regulations in effect at the time such work was contracted for or built.</P>

            <P>(c) When existing vessels are re-boil-ered, the mountings and attachments shall be renewed in accordance with the regulations in this sub-chap-ter in effect at the time such re-boil-er-ing work is contracted for. The existing steam piping shall be examined. Those <PRTPAGE P="99"/>portions which are in good condition and comply with minimum thick-ness requirements in effect at the time such re-boil-er-ing work is contracted for may be continued in service. The steam piping replaced shall be in accordance with the regulations in this sub-chap-ter in effect for new construction.</P>
            <P>(d) For the purpose of this section, existing equipment includes only items which have previously met all Coast Guard requirements for installation aboard a vessel certificated by the Coast Guard, including requirements for design, fabrication, testing, and inspection at the time the equipment was new.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9430, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Alterations or repairs.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) When alteration or repair of boilers, pressure vessels, machinery, safety valves or piping systems becomes necessary, the work shall be done under the cognizance of the Officer in Charge Marine Inspection. It shall be done in accordance with the regulations in effect at the time such vessel or installation was contracted for or built (whichever is latest), or in accordance with the regulations in effect for new construction.</P>
            <P>(b) When alterations or repairs are made to a U.S. flag vessel in a port or place not in the United States, a notice containing details of the proposed alterations or repairs must be submitted to the appropriate Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vessels subject to regulations in this subchapter.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Passenger vessels, tank vessels, cargo and miscellaneous vessels, nautical schoolships, mobile offshore drilling units, and oceanographic vessels are subject to the regulations in this subchapter to the extent prescribed by various laws and regulations as described in § 50.01-1. The applicable provisions in this subchapter shall apply to all such U.S. flag vessels, and to all such foreign vessels which carry passengers from any port in the United States except as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) Any vessel of a foreign nation signatory to the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and which has on board a current, valid Convention certificate attesting to the sufficiency of the marine engineering details as prescribed by applicable regulations in this chapter.</P>
            <P>(2) Any vessel of a foreign nation having inspection laws approximating those of the United States together with reciprocal inspection arrangements with the United States, and which has on board a current, valid certificate of inspection issued by its government under such arrangements.</P>
            <P>(3) Any vessel operating exclusively on inland waters which are not navigable waters of the United States.</P>
            <P>(4) Any vessel laid up and dismantled and out of commission.</P>
            <P>(5) With the exception of vessels of the U.S. Maritime Administration, any vessel with the title vested in the United States and which is used for public purposes.</P>
            <P>(b) Notwithstanding the exceptions previously noted in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this section, foreign vessels of novel design or construction or whose operation involves potential unusual risks shall be subject to inspection to the extent necessary to safeguard life and property in U.S. ports, as further provided by § 2.01-13 in subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978; CGD 80-161, 48 FR 15472, Apr. 11, l983; CGD 90-008, 55 FR 30660, July 26, 1990; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steam-propelled motorboats.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The requirements covering design of the propelling engine, boiler, and the auxiliary machinery, and the inspection thereof on all motor boats which are more than 40 feet in length and which are propelled by machinery driven by steam shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of this subchapter.</P>

            <P>(b) If the engines, boilers, and auxiliary machinery are found to be in safe operating condition at the initial or subsequent periodical inspection, the <PRTPAGE P="100"/>Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall issue a letter to that effect. Such letter shall be posted on the vessel under glass. The letter will be valid for a specified period of time, as determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner, within 30 days prior to its expiration, shall make application to the nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection for a renewal thereof.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.10—Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Commandant.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">Commandant</E> means the Commandant U.S. Coast Guard.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard District Commander or District Commander.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">Coast Guard District Commander</E> or <E T="03">District Commander</E> means an officer of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant to command all Coast Guard activities within his district, which include the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II, Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations under these statutes.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, (OCMI).</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection,</E> (OCMI) means any person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard designated as such by the Commandant and who, under the superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is in charge of an inspection zone for the performance of duties with respect to the inspections, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II, Title 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regulations under these statutes.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspector or inspector.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">marine inspector</E> or <E T="03">inspector</E> means any person from the civilian or military branch of the Coast Guard assigned under the superintendence and direction of an Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, or any other person as may be designated for the performance of duties with respect to the inspections, enforcement and the administration ofSubtitle II, Title, 46, U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33, U.S. Code, and regulations under these statutes.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Headquarters.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">Headquarters</E> means the Office of the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, D.C. 20593-0001.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine Safety Center.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">Marine Safety Center</E> refers to the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard, Marine Safety Center, 400 7th St., SW., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40597, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard Symbol.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The term <E T="03">Coast Guard Symbol</E> means that impression stamped on the nameplates of boilers, pressure vessels, and safety valves by a marine inspector upon the satisfactory completion of the tests and inspection of the product. It may also be used by a marine inspector to identify workmanship test plates and welding samples.<PRTPAGE P="101"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) The impression of the Coast Guard Symbol for stamping nameplates and specimens is shown in Figure 50.10-25(b).</P>
            <GPH DEEP="106" SPAN="1">
              <GID>EC01FE91.018</GID>
              <BCAP>
                <E T="04">Figure</E> 50.10-25(b)—Coast Guard Symbol.</BCAP>
            </GPH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coast Guard number.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Coast Guard number means that number assigned to boilers and pressure vessels by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, who makes the final tests and inspections.</P>
            <P>(b) The Coast Guard number shall be stamped on the nameplates of boilers and pressure vessels.</P>
            <P>(c) The Coast Guard number is comprised of the following:</P>
            <P>(1) Three capital letters which identify the office of the issuing Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (see Table 50.10-30); followed by,</P>
            <P>(2) An OCMI serial number, by which the particular boiler or pressure vessel can be identified; the first two digits of which will identify the calendar year the number was assigned.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,r50" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 50.10-30—Marine Inspection Office Identification Letters in Coast Guard Numbers for Boilers and Pressure Vessels</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Identification</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Marine Inspection Office</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">ALB</ENT>
                <ENT>Albany.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">ANC</ENT>
                <ENT>Anchorage.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">BAL</ENT>
                <ENT>Baltimore.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">BOS</ENT>
                <ENT>Boston.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">BUF</ENT>
                <ENT>Buffalo.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CHA</ENT>
                <ENT>Charleston.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CHI</ENT>
                <ENT>Chicago.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CIN</ENT>
                <ENT>Cincinnati.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">CLE</ENT>
                <ENT>Cleveland.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">COR</ENT>
                <ENT>Corpus Christi.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">DET</ENT>
                <ENT>Detroit.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">DUL</ENT>
                <ENT>Duluth.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GAL</ENT>
                <ENT>Galveston.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">GUA</ENT>
                <ENT>Guam.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HON</ENT>
                <ENT>Honolulu.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HOU</ENT>
                <ENT>Houston.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HRV</ENT>
                <ENT>Hampton Roads, Va.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HUN</ENT>
                <ENT>Huntington.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">JAC</ENT>
                <ENT>Jacksonville.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">JUN</ENT>
                <ENT>Juneau.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">LOS</ENT>
                <ENT>Los Angeles.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">LOU</ENT>
                <ENT>Louisville.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">MEM</ENT>
                <ENT>Memphis.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">MIA</ENT>
                <ENT>Miami.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">MIL</ENT>
                <ENT>Milwaukee.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">MIN</ENT>
                <ENT>Minneapolis.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">MOB</ENT>
                <ENT>Mobile.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NAS</ENT>
                <ENT>Nashville.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NEW</ENT>
                <ENT>New Orleans.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">NYC</ENT>
                <ENT>New York.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PAD</ENT>
                <ENT>Paducah.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PAT</ENT>
                <ENT>Port Arthur.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PHI</ENT>
                <ENT>Philadelphia.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PIT</ENT>
                <ENT>Pittsburgh.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">POM</ENT>
                <ENT>Portland, Maine.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">POR</ENT>
                <ENT>Portland, Oreg.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PRO</ENT>
                <ENT>Providence.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">ROT</ENT>
                <ENT>Rotterdam.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SAV</ENT>
                <ENT>Savannah.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SDC</ENT>
                <ENT>San Diego.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SEA</ENT>
                <ENT>Seattle.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SFC</ENT>
                <ENT>San Francisco.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SIM</ENT>
                <ENT>Saint Ignace.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SJP</ENT>
                <ENT>San Juan.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">SLM</ENT>
                <ENT>St. Louis.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">STB</ENT>
                <ENT>Sturgeon Bay.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">TAM</ENT>
                <ENT>Tampa.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">TOL</ENT>
                <ENT>Toledo.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">VAL</ENT>
                <ENT>Valdez.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">WNC</ENT>
                <ENT>Wilmington, N.C.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9975, June 17, 1970; CGD 74-219, 39 FR 40158, Nov. 14, 1974; CGD 78-161, 44 FR 13492, Mar. 12, 1979]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Constructed.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The term <E T="03">constructed</E> means the keel has been laid or, for vessels with no keel, assembly of at least 50 tons or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is less, has been completed.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.20—Plan Submittal and Approval</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The required vessel, equipment, or installation plans, as listed in this subchapter, are general in character, but include all plans which normally show the intended construction and safety <PRTPAGE P="102"/>features coming under the cognizance of the Coast Guard. In a particular case, however, not all of the plans enumerated may be applicable, and in such cases the Coast Guard will so notify the submitter.</P>
            <P>(b) Manufacturers of pressure vessels and other components, which require specific fabrication inspection in accordance with the requirements of this subchapter, shall submit and obtain approval of the applicable construction plans prior to the commencement of such fabrication. Manufacturers of automatically controlled boilers shall submit and obtain approval of the applicable control system plans prior to installation of the boiler. Manufacturers of boilers which must meet the requirements of part 52 of this subchapter shall submit the applicable construction plans for review prior to installation.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures for submittal of plans.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) As the relative locations of shipyards, design offices, and Coast Guard offices vary throughout the country, no specific routing will be required in the submittal of plans. In general, one of the procedures outlined in this section apply, but if a more expeditious procedure can be used, there will normally be no objection to it.</P>
            <P>(b) The plans may be submitted in duplicate to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, at or nearest the place where the vessel is to be built. Alternatively, the plans may be submitted in triplicate to the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(c) In the case of classed vessels, upon specific request by the submitter, the American Bureau of Shipping will arrange to forward the necessary plans to the Coast Guard indicating its action thereon. In this case, the plans will be returned directly to the submitter as noted in paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Number of copies of plans required.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Three copies of each plan are normally required so that one copy can be returned to the submitter. If the submitter desires additional copies of approved plans, a suitable number should be submitted to permit the required distribution.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Previously approved plans.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A manufacturer wishing to fabricate equipment in accordance with a plan previously approved (including work accomplished under a different contract) shall not be required to resubmit such plans provided:</P>
            <P>(1) Certification is submitted that the proposed equipment conforms in every respect to the plan previously approved, and such certification contains the drawing number, title, date, and last revision or change date, and date of previous approval;</P>
            <P>(2) The current regulations, including adopted specifications, standards or codes, pertaining to the proposed equipment are the same as those current when the original plan was approved; and</P>
            <P>(3) A copy of the approved plan is available for review by the approving office.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Calculations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Calculations shall be forwarded with plans submitted for approval and shall clearly substantiate compliance with the regulations in this subchapter. Care shall be taken to identify sources of equations, factors and other information upon which the calculations are based.</P>
            <P>(b) The results of the calculations, such as the maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP), test pressure, and safety device settings, shall be clearly identified.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Alternative materials or methods of construction.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) When new or alternative procedures, designs, or methods of construction are submitted for approval and for <PRTPAGE P="103"/>which no regulations have been provided, the Commandant will act regarding the approval or disapproval thereof.</P>
            <P>(b) If, in the development of industrial arts, improved materials or methods of construction are developed, their use in lieu of those specified will be given consideration upon formal application to the Commandant, with full information as to their characteristics, together with such scientific data and evidence as may be necessary to establish the suitability of such materials or methods of construction for the purpose intended.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correspondence regarding approved plans.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Coast Guard maintains records concerning plans, calculations, etc., of equipment approved in accordance with the regulations in this subchapter for 5 years. After 5 years from the date of original approval of a drawing, plan or calculation and related correspondence, any submittal or correspondence which refers to such documents shall be accompanied by copies of the documents, including pertinent correspondence.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspector's decisions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) When it becomes necessary for a marine inspector to make decisions on matters covered by the regulations in this subchapter or by requirements in referenced specifications, standards or codes, the inspector shall inform the owner or his representative of the requirement, which will be identified by source, section and paragraph number, on which the decisions are based. Whenever it is necessary to make decisions in matters not specifically covered by the regulations in this subchapter or by referenced requirements, the marine inspector shall clearly state the reasons which caused him to arrive at such decisions.</P>
            <P>(b) If the owner or his representative disagrees with a decision made by the marine inspector, he shall take up the matter with the local Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner or his representative may appeal the decision of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in accordance with § 50.20-40.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.20-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Right of appeal.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in accordance with subpart 1.03 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 88-033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.25—Acceptance of Material and Piping Components</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Materials and piping components used in the construction of boilers, pressure vessels, pressure piping systems, and related components are accepted by review of manufacturer or mill certificates under § 50.25-3 of this part, product marking in accordance with an adopted industry standard, or technical information indicating their compliance with the requirements of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Plate, bar stock, pipe, tube, pipe joining fittings (tees, elbows, reducers, etc.), bolting, castings, forgings, and flanges, are accepted by review of manufacturer or mill certificates under §§ 50.25-3, 50.25-5, and 50.25-7 of this part.</P>
            <P>(c) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings, and special purpose fittings complying with an adopted industry standard and marked in accordance with the standard are accepted through review of the marking indicating compliance with the adopted industry standard.</P>

            <P>(d) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings, special purpose fittings, and pipe joining fittings not complying with an adopted industry standard are accepted for use on a case-by-case basis. Acceptance is granted by the Marine Safety Center or the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having cognizance over the installation of the product. To obtain acceptance of a product, the manufacturer must submit, via the vessel owner or representative, the information described in § 50.25-10 of this part to the Marine Safety Center or the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.<PRTPAGE P="104"/>
            </P>
            <P>(e) Components designed for hydraulic service which require shock testing under § 58.30-15(f) of this chapter and nonmetallic flexible hose assemblies must be accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE). Manufacturers desiring acceptance of these products must submit information necessary to show compliance with §§ 56.60-25(c) or 58.30-17 of this chapter, as applicable. Acceptance of specific installations of acceptable nonmetallic flexible hose assemblies and shock tested hydraulic components is granted by the Marine Safety Center or the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, as described in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
            <P>(f) The vessel owner or representative shall make available to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the manufacturer or mill certificates, specific letters of acceptance, or approved plans necessary to verify that piping components comply with the requirements of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.25-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturer or mill certification.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A manufacturer or mill producing materials used in certain products for installation on inspected vessels, shall issue a certificate or mill test report which shall report the results of chemical analysis and mechanical properties required by the ASTM specification.</P>
            <P>(b) This certificate shall be made available to the marine inspector and Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon request to the fabricator. (For exception refer to § 50.25-5(d).)</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Products requiring manufacturer or mill certification.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Products required to be certified by a manufacturer or by mill certificate shall be fabricated and tested in accordance with the applicable specifications. Such products will not normally be subject to mill inspection by the Coast Guard except as required by § 50.25-7.</P>
            <P>(b) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having cognizance over the installation of the products required to be certified shall ensure that adequate control has been exercised to identify the product with its manufacturer or mill certificate.</P>
            <P>(c) In the event that the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, determines that handling of a product has been such that proper identification is not possible, he may:</P>
            <P>(1) Require testing in his presence based on the applicable material or fabrication specification; or</P>
            <P>(2) Reject the product on the basis that it cannot be properly identified.</P>
            <P>(d) A product conforming to an acceptable material specification may, at the discretion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, be accepted without referring to its manufacturer or mill certification, if:</P>
            <P>(1) The product is marked in accordance with the identification marking requirements of the specification;</P>
            <P>(2) The marking alone is sufficient to identify that specification; and</P>
            <P>(3) In the opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the application of the product does not require knowledge of the exact chemical analysis or mechanical properties enumerated on the manufacturer or mill certificate.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Testing of products required to be certified in presence of marine inspector.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Certified products are not normally tested in the presence of a marine inspector. The Commandant may, however, assign a marine inspector to witness tests required by the applicable specifications to satisfy himself that the requirements are met.</P>
            <P>(b) Marine inspectors shall have free entry at all times to those parts of the plant where material subject to the regulations in this subchapter is being manufactured. The manufacturer shall provide marine inspectors all reasonable facilities to satisfy them that the material is being manufactured in accordance with the requirements of the Commandant.</P>

            <P>(c) Unless otherwise authorized, required tests and inspections described <PRTPAGE P="105"/>in applicable specifications shall be made at the place of manufacture prior to shipment. Unless otherwise specified, tests shall be performed at room temperature. These tests when performed in the presence of a marine inspector will be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the plant.</P>
            <P>(d) Marine inspectors shall assure themselves that test specimens are marked for positive identification with the materials which they represent.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Acceptance of piping components by specific letter or approved plan.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A manufacturer of a piping component which does not comply with an adopted industry standard and requires acceptance by specific letter or approved plan must do the following:</P>
            <P>(1) Submit an engineering type catalog or representative drawings of the component which includes the pressure and temperature ratings of the component and identify the service for which it is intended.</P>
            <P>(2) Identify materials used to fabricate the component. Materials must meet the requirements of subpart 56.60 of this chapter. If the component is not manufactured to accepted material specifications, the manufacturer must prove equivalency to accepted material specifications by comparing details of the materials’ chemical composition, mechanical properties, method of manufacture, and complete chemical and mechanical test results with an accepted material specification.</P>
            <P>(3) Identify the industry standard, if any, to which the component is manufactured.</P>
            <P>(4) Submit a description of nondestructive testing performed on the component.</P>
            <P>(5) Submit a description of the marking applied to the component.</P>
            <P>(6) Submit information showing compliance with the requirements of part 56, subparts 56.15, 56.20, 56.25, 56.30, or 56.35 of this chapter, as applicable.</P>
            <P>(7) Submit any additional information necessary to evaluate the component's acceptability for its intended application.</P>
            <P>(b) If the component is found to comply with the requirements of this subchapter, the component is designated as acceptable for its intended installation. This acceptance is in the form of a specific letter relating directly to the particular component or in the form of an approved piping system plan in which the component is identified as an integral part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 50.30—Fabrication Inspection</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The manufacturer shall notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, of the intended fabrication of pressure vessels that will require Coast Guard inspection.</P>
            <P>(b) For exemption of certain pressure vessels from shop inspection see § 54.01-15 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) For a classification delineation of boilers and pressure vessels refer to Tables 54.01-5(a) and 54.01-5(b) of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Class I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Classes I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels shall be subject to shop inspection at the plant where they are being fabricated, or when determined necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</P>
            <P>(b) The manufacturer shall submit Class I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels, as defined in Parts 54 and 56 of this subchapter for shop inspection at such stages of fabrication as may be requested by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Class II pressure vessels.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Class II pressure vessels shall be subject to shop inspections at the plant where they are being fabricated, as or when determined necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The inspections described in this section <PRTPAGE P="106"/>are required, unless specifically exempted by other regulations in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) The first inspection of Class II welded pressure vessels shall be performed during the welding of the longitudinal joint. At this time the marine inspector shall check the material and fit-up of the work, and ascertain that only welders who have passed the required tests are employed.</P>
            <P>(c) A second inspection of Class II welded pressure vessels shall be made during the welding of the circumferential joints. At this time the marine inspector shall check any new material being used which may not have been examined at the time of the first inspection, also the fit-up of the vessel at this stage of fabrication, and in addition, observe the welding and ascertain that only welders who have passed the required tests are employed.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.30-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Class III pressure vessels.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Class III pressure vessels shall be subject to shop inspection at the plant where they are being fabricated, as or when determined necessary by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The inspection described in this section is required, unless specifically exempted by other regulations in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) For Class III welded pressure vessels, one inspection shall be made during the welding of the longitudinal joint. If there is no longitudinal joint, the inspection shall be made during the welding of a circumferential joint. At this time the marine inspector shall check the material and fit-up of the work and see that only welders who have passed the required tests are employed.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <RESERVED>PART 51[RESERVED]</RESERVED>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 52</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 52—POWER BOILERS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.01—General Requirements</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>52.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of section I of the ASME Code.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions of terms used in this part.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plans.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Automatic controls.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Auxiliary, donkey, fired thermal fluid heater, and heating boilers.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Materials and workmanship.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fusible plugs (modifies A-19 through A-21).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-90</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Materials (modifies PG-5 through PG-13).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-95</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Design (modifies PG-16 through PG-31 and PG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Openings and compensation (modifies PG-32 through PG-39, PG-42 through PG-55).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-105</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Piping, valves and fittings (modifies PG-58 and PG-59).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Water-level indicators, water columns, gauge-glass connections, gauge cocks, and pressure gauges (modifies PG-60).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-115</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Feedwater supply (modifies PG-61).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-120</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety valves and safety relief valves (modifies PG-67 through PG-73).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-130</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Installation.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-135</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inspection and tests (modifies PG-90 through PG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-140</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification by stamping (modifies PG-104 through PG-113).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.01-145</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturers’ data report forms (modifies PG-112 and PG-113).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.05—Requirements for Boilers Fabricated by Welding</HD>
            <SECTNO>52.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies PW-1 through PW-54).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Heat treatment (modifies PW-10).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Radiographic and ultrasonic examination (modifies PW-11 and PW-41.1).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum requirements for attachment welds (modifies PW-16).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.05-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Circumferential joints in pipes, tubes and headers (modifies PW-41).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.15—Requirements for Watertube Boilers</HD>
            <SECTNO>52.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies PWT-1 through PWT-15).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tube connections (modifies PWT-9 and PWT-11).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.20—Requirements for Firetube Boilers</HD>
            <SECTNO>52.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies PFT-1 through PFT-49).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.20-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Opening between boiler and safety valve (modifies PFT-44).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.20-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Setting (modifies PFT-46).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.25—Other Boiler Types</HD>
            <SECTNO>52.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.25-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Feedwater heaters (modifies PFH-1).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.25-5</SECTNO>

            <SUBJECT>Miniature boiler (modifies PMB-1 through PMB-21).<PRTPAGE P="107"/>
            </SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Electric boilers (modifies PEB-1 through PEB-19).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Organic fluid vaporizer generators (modifies PVG-1 through PVG-12).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fired thermal fluid heaters.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>52.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exhaust gas boilers.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.01—General Requirements</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and make the material available to the public. All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001 and is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part and the sections affected are:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017</FP>
              <LDRWK>
                <FL-2>Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers, July 1989 with 1989 addenda </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>52.01-2; 52.01-5; 52.01-50; 52.01-90; 52.01-95; 52.01-100; 52.01-105; 52.01-110; 52.01-115; 52.01-120; 52.01-135; 52.01-140; 52.01-145; 52.05-1; 52.05-15; 52.05-20; 52.05-30; 52.05-45; 52.15-1; 52.15-5; 52.20-1; 52.20-17; 52.20-25; 52.25-3; 52.25-5; 52.25-7; 52.25-10</LDRFIG>
              </LDRWK>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of section I of the ASME Code.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Main power boilers and auxiliary boilers shall be designed, constructed, inspected, tested, and stamped in accordance with section I of the ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code, as limited, modified, or replaced by specific requirements in this part. The provisions in the appendix to section I of the ASME Code are adopted and shall be followed when the requirements in section I make them mandatory. For general information Table 52.01-1(a) lists the various paragraphs in section I of the ASME Code which are limited, modified, or replaced by regulations in this part.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s20,xs48" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Table 52.01-1(a)—Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of Section I of the ASME Code</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Paragraphs in section I, ASME Code<SU>1</SU> and disposition</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Unit of this part</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-1 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-5(a)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-5 through PG-13 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-90</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-16 through PG-31 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-95</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-32 through PG-39 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-100</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-42 through PG-55 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-100</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-58 and PG-59 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-60 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-110</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-61 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-115</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>(56.50-30)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-67 through PG-73 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-120</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-90 through PG-100 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-135</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>(52.01-95)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-91 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-135(b)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-99 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-135(c)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-100 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-95(e)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-104 through PG-113 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-140(a)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PG-112 and PG-113 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-145</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PW-1 through PW-54 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.05-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PW-10 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.05-15</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PW-11.1 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.05-20</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PW-16 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.05-30</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PW-41 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.05-20, 52.05-45</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PWT-1 through PWT-15 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.15-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PWT-9 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.15-5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PWT-9.2 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.15-5(b)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PWT-11 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.15-5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PWT-11.3 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.15-5(b)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PFT-1 through PFT-49 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.20-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PFT-44 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.20-17</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PFT-46. modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.20-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PFH-1 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.25-3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PMB-1 through PMB-21 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.25-5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PEB-1 through PEB-19 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.25-7</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">PVG-1 through PVG-12 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.25-10</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-19 through A-21 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-50</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code are coded. The first letter “P” refers to section I, while the letter “A” refers to the appendix to section I. The letter or letters following “P” refer to a specific subsection of section I. The number following the letter or letters refers to the paragraph so numbered in the text.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>

            <P>(b) References to the ASME Code, such as paragraph PG-1, indicate:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>P=Section I, Power Boilers ASME Code.</P>
              <P>G=Subsection—General.</P>
              <P>1=Paragraph 1. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="108"/>
            <P>(c) When a section or paragraph of the regulations in this part relates to material in section I of the ASME Code, the relationship with the code will be shown immediately following the heading of the section or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) (Modifies P ___.) This indicates that the material in P ___ is generally applicable but is being altered, amplified or augmented.</P>
            <P>(2) (Replaces P ___.) This indicates that P ___ does not apply.</P>
            <P>(3) (Reproduces P ___.) This indicates that P ___ is being identically reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9975, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985. Redesignated and amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions of terms used in this part.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Types of boilers—</E>(1) <E T="03">Main power boiler.</E> A main power boiler is a steam boiler used for generating steam for main propulsion.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Auxiliary or donkey boiler.</E> An auxiliary or donkey boiler is a steam boiler used for all purposes, including emergency propulsion, for which steam may be required other than main propulsion.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Watertube boiler.</E> A watertube boiler is a steam boiler in which the boiler tubes contain water and steam. The heat is applied to the outside surface of the tubes.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Internally fired firetube boiler (scotch boiler).</E> An internally fired firetube boiler is a steam boiler containing furnaces, one or more combustion chambers and tubes or flues, which are surrounded by water and through which the products of combustion pass from the furnace to the uptake. In such boilers no part of the shell is in contact with the fire or products of combustion.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Externally fired firetube or flue boiler (horizontal return tubular</E>). An externally fired firetube or flue boiler is a steam boiler, part of the outer shell of which is exposed to fire or to the products of combustion, and containing flues through which such products pass from the furnace to the uptake.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">High temperature water boiler.</E> A high temperature water boiler is a boiler containing water at a temperature exceeding 250 °F.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Packaged boiler.</E> A packaged boiler is a steam boiler equipped, and shipped complete with fuel burning equipment, mechanical draft equipment, feed water apparatus and all necessary controls for manual or automatic operation, all completely mounted on a common base and requiring only to be connected to fuel, water and electric supplies to be ready for use.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Fired steam boiler.</E> A pressure vessel in which steam is generated by the application of heat resulting from the combustion of fuel is classed as a fired steam boiler.</P>
            <P>(9) <E T="03">Unfired steam boiler.</E> A pressure vessel in which steam is generated by means other than fuel combustion is classed as an unfired steam boiler. (See § 54.01-10 of this subchapter.)</P>
            <P>(10) <E T="03">Hybrid boiler.</E> A hybrid boiler is a steam boiler whose design employs features from both watertube and firetube boilers.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Parts of boilers—</E>(1) <E T="03">Shell.</E> The shell is the structure forming the outer envelope of a boiler drum, or pressure vessel consisting of one or more plates properly joined (or of seamless construction) as specified in this part. This does not include tube sheets or heads.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Heads.</E> The heads are the ends of a boiler or pressure vessel. They may be flat or dished, stayed or unstayed.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Dished heads.</E> Dished heads are heads formed to a segment of a sphere or to a hemispherical or elliptical section and may be attached to the shell so that the pressure will be either on the concave or on the convex side.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Stayed heads.</E> Stayed heads are heads supported in whole or in part by stays, furnaces, flues, tubes, etc.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Water wall.</E> A water wall is a series of tubes or elements spaced along or integral with a wall of a furnace to protect the wall and provide additional heating surface.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Header.</E> A header is a hollow forging, pipe, or welded plate of cylindrical, square, or rectangular cross section, serving as a manifold to which tubes are connected.<PRTPAGE P="109"/>
            </P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Superheater.</E> A superheater is an appliance for the purpose of increasing the temperature of steam.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Economizer.</E> An economizer is a feed-water heater usually located in the uptake or casing of a boiler to absorb heat from the waste gases.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Domes.</E> Domes are superstructures of shells, attached by riveting, bolting, or welding. They generally consist of a cylindrical shell with one end flanged for attachment to the main shell and the other end closed by a head which may be integral with, riveted, or welded to the shell.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Steam chimneys.</E> Steam chimneys are superstructures of steam boilers which are fitted with a lining inside of which the products of combustion pass to the smokestack. They may be constructed in the form of a dome integral with the boiler or as independent steam vessels connected by piping to the boiler.</P>
            <P>(9) <E T="03">Furnace.</E> A furnace is a firebox or a large flue in which the fuel is burned.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Corrugated furnace.</E> A corrugated furnace is a cylindrical shell wherein corrugations are formed circumferentially for additional strength and to provide for expansion.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Plain furnace.</E> A plain furnace is a cylindrical shell usually made in sections joined by means of riveting or welding.</P>
            <P>(10) <E T="03">Combustion chamber.</E> A combustion chamber is that part of an internally fired boiler in which combustible gases may be burned after leaving the furnace.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Separate combustion chamber.</E> A separate combustion chamber is a combustion chamber which is connected to one furnace only.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Common combustion chamber.</E> A common combustion chamber is a combustion chamber connected to two or more furnaces in a bolier.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Crown or top plate.</E> A crown or top plate is the top of a combustion chamber and is usually supported by girder stays or by sling stays or braces.</P>
            <P>(iv) <E T="03">Curved bottom plate.</E> A curved bottom plate is the bottom of a separate combustion chamber formed to an arc of a circle and usually designed to be self-supporting.</P>
            <P>(v) <E T="03">Combustion chamber tube sheet.</E> A combustion chamber tube sheet is the plate forming the end of a combustion chamber in which the tubes are secured.</P>
            <P>(vi) <E T="03">Combustion chamber back sheet.</E> A combustion chamber back sheet is the plate opposite the tube sheet forming the back of the combustion chamber. It is usually stayed to the back head of the boiler by means of screw staybolts, or, in the case of double-ended boilers, to the back of the combustion chamber of the other end of the boiler.</P>
            <P>(11) <E T="03">Flues.</E> Flues are cylindrical shells made of seamless or welded tubing, or with a riveted longitudinal joint, the ends being attached by riveting or welding. Their purpose is to provide additional heating surface and to form a path for the products of combustion.</P>
            <P>(12) <E T="03">Tubes.</E> Tubes are cylindrical shells of comparatively small diameter constituting the main part of the heating surface of a boiler or superheater.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Seamless tube.</E> A seamless tube is a tube without any longitudinal joint.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Electric-resistance-welded tube.</E> An electric-resistance-welded tube is a tube the longitudinal joint of which is made by the electric-resistance butt welding process.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Stay tube.</E> A stay tube is a thickwalled tube, the end of which is usually thickened by upsetting to compensate for threading. Such tubes are used for staying tube sheets into which they are screwed and expanded.</P>
            <P>(13) <E T="03">Tube sheet.</E> A tube sheet is a portion of a boiler drum, or header perforated for the insertion of tubes.</P>
            <P>(14) <E T="03">Ligament.</E> The ligament is the section of metal between the holes in a tube sheet.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Longitudinal ligament.</E> A longitudinal ligament is the minimum section of metal between two tube holes on a line parallel with the axis of the drum.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Circumferential ligament.</E> A circumferential ligament is the minimum section of metal between two tube holes on a line around the circumference of the drum.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Diagonal ligament.</E> A diagonal ligament is the minimum section of metal between two tube holes in adjacent rows, measured diagonally from one row to the other.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Stays and supports.</E> (1) <E T="03">Surfaces to be stayed.</E> Surfaces to be stayed or reinforced include flat plates, heads, or <PRTPAGE P="110"/>areas thereof, such as segments of heads, wrapper sheets, furnace plates, side sheets, combustion chamber tops, etc., which are not self-supporting; and curved plates, constituting the whole or parts of a cylinder subject to external pressure, which are not entirely self-supporting.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Through stay.</E> A through stay is a solid bar extending through both heads of a boiler and threaded at the ends for attachment by means of nuts. With this type of stay the ends are usually upset to compensate for the threading. (See Figure 52.01-3(a).)</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Solid screw staybolt.</E> A solid screw staybolt is a threaded bar screwed through the plates, the ends being riveted over or fitted with nuts or welded collars. (See Figure 52.01-3(b).)</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Welded collar.</E> A welded collar is a beveled ring formed around the end of a screw stay by means of arc- or gas-welding. It is used in lieu of a nut. (See Figure 52.01-3(1).)</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Hollow screw staybolt.</E> A hollow screw staybolt is a hollow threaded bar screwed through the plate, the ends being riveted over or fitted with nuts or welded collars. (See Figure 52.01-3(c).)</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Flexible staybolt.</E> A flexible stay-bolt is a bar made with ball-and-socket joint on one end, the cup of the socket being screwed into the outside sheet and covered with a removable cap, the plain end of the stay-bolt being threaded, screwed through the inside sheet and riveted over. (See Figure 52.01-3(d).)</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Sling stay.</E> A sling stay is a flexible stay consisting of a solid bar having one or both ends forged for a pin connection to a crowfoot or other structural fitting secured to the stayed plate. (See Figure 52.01-3(e).)</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Crowfoot.</E> A crowfoot is a forged fitting with palms or lugs secured to the head to form a proper connection with a sling stay. (See Figure 52.01-3(f).)</P>
            <P>(9) <E T="03">Crowfoot stay.</E> A crowfoot stay is a solid bar stay terminating in a forged fork with palms or lugs for attachment to the plate. (See Figure 52.01-3(g).)</P>
            <P>(10) <E T="03">Diagonal stay.</E> A diagonal stay is a bar or formed plate forged with palms or lugs for staying the head of the boiler to the shell diagonally. (See Figure 52.01-3(h).)</P>
            <P>(11) <E T="03">Gusset stay.</E> A gusset stay is a triangular plate used for the same purpose as a diagonal stay and attached to the head and the shell by angles, flanges, or other suitable means of attachment. (See Figure 52.01-3(i).)</P>
            <P>(12) <E T="03">Dog stay.</E> A dog stay is a staybolt, one end of which extends through a girder, dog, or bridge, and is secured by a nut, the other end being screwed through the plate which it is supporting and riveted over or fitted with a nut or welded collar. (See Figure 52.01-3(j).)</P>
            <P>(13) <E T="03">Girder.</E> A girder is a bridge, built up of plates of structural shapes separated by distance pieces, a forging, or a formed plate, which spans an area requiring support, abutting thereon and supporting the girder stays or staybolts. (See Figure 52.01-3(k).)</P>
            <P>(14) <E T="03">Structural stiffeners.</E> Structural stiffeners are rolled shapes or flanged plates which are used to stiffen a surface which is not entirely self-supporting.</P>
            <P>(15) <E T="03">Reinforcement.</E> A reinforcement is a doubling plate, washer, structural shape, or other form for stiffening or strengthing a plate.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Pressure relief devices.</E> For boilers, pressure vessels, and pressure piping, a pressure relief device is designed to open to prevent a rise of internal fluid pressure in excess of a specified value due to exposure to emergency or abnormal conditions. It may also be designed to prevent excessive internal vacuum. It may be a pressure relief valve, a nonreclosing pressure relief device or a vacuum relief valve.</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Pressure relief valve.</E> A pressure relief valve is a pressure relief device which is designed to reclose and prevent the further flow of fluid after normal conditions have been restored.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Safety valve.</E> A safety valve is a pressure relief valve actuated by inlet static pressure and characterized by rapid opening or pop action. Examples of types used on boilers include:</P>
            <P>(A) <E T="03">Spring-loaded safety valve.</E> A spring-loaded safety valve is a safety valve fitted with a spring which normally holds the valve disk in a closed position against the seat and allows it <PRTPAGE P="111"/>to open or close at predetermined pressures. Spring-loaded safety valves are characterized by pop action.</P>
            <P>(B) <E T="03">Pressure loaded pilot actuated safety valve.</E> A pressure loaded pilot actuated safety valve is one which is held in a closed position by steam pressure and controlled in operation by a pilot actuator valve.</P>
            <P>(C) <E T="03">Spring loaded pilot actuated safety valve.</E> A spring loaded, pilot actuated safety valve is one in which a spring is used in the conventional way to hold the disk against the seat, but which has a piston attached to the spindle and enclosed within a cylinder, which when subjected to a limiting or set pressure, unbalances the spring load thereby opening the valve.</P>
            <P>(D) <E T="03">Spring loaded pilot valve.</E> A spring loaded pilot valve is a conventional safety valve designed to actuate another spring loaded safety valve through a pressure transmitting line led from the body of the pilot valve.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Relief valve.</E> A relief valve is a pressure relief valve actuated by inlet static pressure which opens in proportion to the increase in pressure over the opening pressure.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Safety relief valve.</E> A safety relief valve is a pressure relief valve characterized by rapid opening or pop action, or by opening in proportion to the increase in pressure over the opening pressure, depending on application.</P>
            <P>(A) <E T="03">Conventional safety relief valve.</E> A conventional safety relief valve has its spring housing vented to the discharge side of the valve. The performance characteristics (opening pressure, closing pressure, lift and relieving capacity) are directly affected by changes of the back pressure on the valve.</P>
            <P>(B) <E T="03">Balanced safety relief valve.</E> A balanced safety relief valve incorporates means of minimizing the effect of back pressure on the operational characteristics (opening pressure, closing pressure, lift and relieving capacity).</P>
            <P>(C) <E T="03">Internal spring safety relief valve.</E> An internal spring safety relief valve incorporates the spring and all or part of the operating mechanism within the pressure vessel.</P>
            <P>(iv) <E T="03">Pilot operated pressure relief valve.</E> A pilot operated pressure relief valve is a pressure relief valve in which the major relieving device is combined with and is controlled by a self-actuated auxiliary pressure relief valve.</P>
            <P>(v) <E T="03">Power actuated relief valve.</E> A power actuated pressure relief valve is a pressure relief valve in which the major relieving device is combined with and controlled by a device requiring an external source of energy.</P>
            <P>(vi) <E T="03">Temperature actuated pressure relief valve.</E> A temperature actuated pressure relief valve is a pressure relief valve. A spring loaded, pilot actuated internal temperature.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Nonreclosing pressure relief device.</E> A nonreclosing pressure relief device is a pressure relief device not designed to reclose after operation.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Rupture disk device.</E> A rupture disk device is a device actuated by inlet static pressure and designed to function by the bursting of a pressure retaining disk.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Explosion rupture disk device.</E> An explosion rupture disk device is a rupture disk device designed for use at high rates of pressure rise.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Breaking pin device.</E> A breaking pin device is a device actuated by inlet static pressure and designed to function by the breakage of a load carrying section of a pin which supports a pressure retaining member.</P>
            <P>(iv) <E T="03">Shear pin device.</E> A shear pin device is a device actuated by inlet static pressure and designed to function by the shearing of a load carrying pin which supports the pressure retaining member.</P>
            <P>(v) <E T="03">Fusible plug device.</E> A fusible plug device is a device designed to function by the yielding or melting of a plug of suitable melting temperature.</P>
            <P>(vi) <E T="03">Frangible disk device.</E> A frangible disk device is the same as a rupture disk device.</P>
            <P>(vii) <E T="03">Bursting disk device.</E> A bursting disk device is the same as a rupture disk device.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Vacuum relief valve.</E> A vacuum relief valve is a valve designed to admit fluid to prevent an excessive internal vacuum.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Other boiler attachments.</E> (1) <E T="03">Mountings.</E> Mountings are nozzle connections, distance pieces, valves, or fittings attached directly to the boiler.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Main steam stop valve.</E> A main steam stop valve is a valve usually connected directly to the boiler for the <PRTPAGE P="112"/>purpose of shutting off the steam from the main steam line.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Auxiliary steam stop valve.</E> An auxiliary steam stop valve is a valve usually connected directly to the boiler for the purpose of shutting off the steam from the auxiliary lines (including the whistle lines).</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Manifold.</E> A manifold is a fitting with two or more branches having valves either attached by bolting or integral with the fitting.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Feed valve.</E> A feed valve is a valve in the feed-water line which controls the boiler feed.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Blowoff valve.</E> A blowoff valve is a valve connected directly to the boiler for the purpose of blowing out water, scum or sediment.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Dry pipe.</E> A dry pipe is a perforated or slotted pipe placed in the highest part of the steam space of a boiler to prevent priming.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Water column.</E> A water column is a fitting or tube equipped with a water glass attached to a boiler for the purpose of indicating the water level.</P>
            <P>(9) <E T="03">Test cocks.</E> Test cocks are small cocks on a boiler for indicating the water level.</P>
            <P>(10) <E T="03">Salinometer cocks.</E> Salinometer cocks are cocks attached to a boiler for the purpose of drawing off a sample of water for salinity tests.</P>
            <P>(11) <E T="03">Fusible plugs.</E> Fusible plugs are plugs made with a bronze casing and a tin filling which melts at a temperature of 445° to 450 °F. They are intended to melt in the event of low water and thus warn the engineer on watch.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Boiler fabrication.</E> (1) <E T="03">Repair.</E> Repair is the restoration of any damaged or impaired part to an effective and safe condition.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Alteration.</E> Alteration is a structural modification to or departure from an approved design or existing construction.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Expanding.</E> Expanding is the process of enlarging the end of a tube to make it fit tightly in the tube sheet.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Beading.</E> Beading is the process of turning over the protruding end of a tube after expanding to form a supporting collar for the tube sheet.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Bell-mouthing.</E> Bell-mouthing is the process of flaring the end of a tube beyond where it is expanded in the tube sheet.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Telltale hole.</E> A telltale hole is a small hole having a diameter not less than three-sixteenths inch drilled in the center of a solid stay, and extending to at least one-half inch beyond the inside surface of the sheet.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Access or inspection openings.</E> Access or inspection openings are holes cut in the shells or heads of boilers or boiler pressure part for the purpose of inspection and cleaning.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Openings.</E> Openings are holes cut in shells or heads of boilers or boiler pressure parts for the purpose of connecting nozzles, domes, steam chimneys, or mountings.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Pressure.</E> The term pressure is an abbreviation of the more explicit expression “difference in pressure intensity.” It is measured in terms such as pounds per square inch (p.s.i.).</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Gage (or gauge) pressure.</E> Gage pressure is the difference between the pressure at the point being measured and the ambient pressure for the gage. It is measured in units such as pounds per square inch gage (p.s.i.g.).</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Absolute pressure.</E> Absolute pressure is the difference between the pressure at the point being measured and that of a perfect vacuum. It is measured in units such as pounds per square inch absolute (p.s.i.a.).</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Internal pressure.</E> Internal pressure refers to a situation where the pressure inside exceeds that outside the volume being described.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">External pressure.</E> External pressure refers to a situation where the pressure outside exceeds that inside the volume being described.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Maximum allowable working pressure.</E> For a definition of maximum allowable working pressure, see § 54.10-5 of this subchapter.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="345" SPAN="2">
              <PRTPAGE P="113"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.019</GID>
              <BCAP>
                <E T="04">Figure</E> 52.01-3—Acceptable Types of Boiler Stays.</BCAP>
            </GPH>
            <CITA TYPE="W">[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plans.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Manufacturers intending to fabricate boilers to be installed on vessels shall submit detailed plans as required by subpart 50.20 of this subchapter. The plans, including design calculations, must be certified by a registered professional engineer as meeting the design requirements in this part and in section I of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(b) The following information must be included:</P>
            <P>(1) Calculations for all pressure containment components including the maximum allowable working pressure and temperature, the hydrostatic or pneumatic test pressure, the maximum steam generating capacity and the intended safety valve settings.</P>
            <P>(2) Joint design and methods of attachment of all pressure containment components.</P>

            <P>(3) A bill of material meeting the requirements of section I of the ASME Code, as modified by this subpart.<PRTPAGE P="114"/>
            </P>
            <P>(4) A diagrammatic arrangement drawing of the assembled unit indicating the location of internal and external components including any interconnecting piping.</P>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2115-0142)</APPRO>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Automatic controls.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each main boiler must meet the special requirements for automatic safety controls in § 62.35-20(a)(1) of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Each automatically controlled auxiliary boiler having a heat input rating of less than 12,500,000 Btu/hr. (3.66 megawatts) must meet the requirements of part 63 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(c) Each automatically controlled auxiliary boiler with a heat input rating of 12,500,000 Btu/hr. (3.66 megawatts) or above, must meet the requirements for automatic safety controls in part 62 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988; CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Auxiliary, donkey, fired thermal fluid heater, and heating boilers.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) To determine the appropriate part of the regulations where requirements for miscellaneous boiler types, such as donkey, fired thermal fluid heater, heating boiler, etc., may be found, refer to Table 54.01-5(a) of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Fired vessels in which steam is generated at pressures exceeding 103 kPa gage (15 psig) shall meet the requirements of this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Materials and workmanship.</SUBJECT>
            <P>All materials to be used in any of the work specified in the various sections of this part shall be free from injurious defects and shall have a workmanlike finish. The construction work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner with proper tools or equipment and shall be free from defects which would impair strength or durability.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fusible plugs (modifies A-19 through A-21).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All boilers, except watertube boilers, with a maximum allowable working pressure in excess of 206 kPa gage (30 psig), if fired with solid fuel not in suspension, or if not equipped for unattended waterbed operation, must be fitted with fusible plugs. Fusible plugs must comply with only the requirements of A19 and A20 of the ASME Code and be stamped on the casing with the name of the manufacturer, and on the water end of the fusible metal “ASME Std.”. Fusible plugs are not permitted where the maximum steam temperature to which they are exposed exceeds 218 °C (425 °F).</P>
            <P>(b) Vertical boilers shall be fitted with one fusible plug located in a tube not more than 2 inches below the lowest gage cock.</P>
            <P>(c) Externally fired cylindrical boilers with flues shall have one plug fitted to the shell immediately below the fire line not less than 4 feet from the front end.</P>
            <P>(d) Firebox, Scotch, and other types of shell boilers not specifically provided for, having a combustion chamber common to all furnaces, shall have one plug fitted at or near the center of the crown sheet of the combustion chamber.</P>
            <P>(e) Double-ended boilers, having individual combustion chambers for each end, in which combustion chambers are common to all the furnaces in one end of the boiler, shall have one plug fitted at or near the center of the crown sheet of each combustion chamber.</P>
            <P>(f) Boilers constructed with a separate combustion chamber for each individual furnace shall be fitted with a fusible plug in the center of the crown sheet of each combustion chamber.</P>
            <P>(g) Boilers of types not provided for in this section shall be fitted with at least one fusible plug of such dimensions and located in a part of the boiler as will best meet the purposes for which it is intended.</P>

            <P>(h) Fusible plugs shall be so fitted that the smaller end of the filling is in direct contact with the radiant heat of the fire, and shall be at least 1 inch higher on the water side than the plate or flue in which they are fitted, and in <PRTPAGE P="115"/>no case more than 1 inch below the lowest permissible water level.</P>
            <P>(i) The lowest permissible water level shall be determined as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) Vertical firetube boilers, one-half of the length of the tubes above the lower tube sheets.</P>
            <P>(2) Vertical submerged tube boilers 1 inch above the upper tube sheet.</P>
            <P>(3) Internally fired firetube boilers with combustion chambers integral with the boiler, 2 inches above the highest part of the combustion chamber.</P>
            <P>(4) Horizontal-return tubular and dry back Scotch boilers, 2 inches above the top row of tubes.</P>
            <P>(j) [Reserved]</P>
            <P>(k)(1) Fusible plugs shall be cleaned and will be examined by the marine inspector at each inspection for certification, and oftener if necessary. If in the marine inspector's opinion the condition of any plug is satisfactory, it may be continued in use.</P>
            <P>(2) When fusible plugs are renewed at other than the inspection for certification and no marine inspector is in attendance, the Chief Engineer shall submit a written report to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, who issued the certificate of inspection informing him of the renewal. This letter report shall contain the following information:</P>
            <P>(i) Name and official number of vessel.</P>
            <P>(ii) Date of renewal of fusible plugs.</P>
            <P>(iii) Number and location of fusible plugs renewed in each boiler.</P>
            <P>(iv) Manufacturer and heat number of each plug.</P>
            <P>(v) Reason for renewal.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) When the maximum allowable working pressure of a boiler has been established, an increase in the pressure settings of its safety valves shall not be granted unless the boiler design meets the requirements of this subchapter in effect at the time the boiler was contracted for or built; but in no case will a pressure increase be authorized for boilers constructed prior to the effective date of the regulations dated November 19, 1952, if the minimum thickness found by measurement shows that the boiler will have a factor of safety of less than 4<FR>1/2</FR>. The piping system, machinery, and appurtenances shall meet the present requirements of this subchapter for the maximum allowable working pressure requested. An increase in pressure shall be granted only by the Commandant upon presentation of data or plans proving that the requested increase in pressure is justified.</P>
            <P>(b) When an existing boiler is replaced by a new boiler designed to operate at pressures in excess of the pressure indicated on the certificate of inspection for the previous boiler, an analysis of the complete system shall be made, including machinery and piping, to insure its compatibility with the increased steam pressure. The maximum allowable working pressure on the certificate of inspection shall be based on the results of this analysis.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-90</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Materials (modifies PG-5 through PG-13).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Materials subject to stress due to pressure shall conform to specifications as indicated in paragraph PG-5 through PG-13 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) Material not fully identified with an ASME Code approved specification may be accepted as meeting Coast Guard requirements provided it satisfies the conditions indicated in paragraph PG-10 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(c) (Modifies PG-5.5) When the maximum allowable working pressure (See PG-21) exceeds 15 pounds per square inch, cross pipes connecting the steam and water drums of water tube boilers, headers, cross boxes and all pressure parts of the boiler proper shall be made of a wrought or cast steel listed in Table PG-23.1 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(d) (Modifies PG-8.2.2.) The use of cast iron for mountings, fittings, valves, or cocks attached directly to boilers operating at pressures exceeding 15 pounds per square inch is prohibited.</P>

            <P>(e) (Modifies PG-11.1.1.) The material, design, construction and workmanship of pumps shall be at least equivalent to the standards established <PRTPAGE P="116"/>by the American Bureau of Shipping or other recognized classification society. See part 58 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-95</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Design (modifies PG-16 through PG-31 and PG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> Boilers required to be designed to this part shall meet the requirements of PG-16 through PG-31 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Superheater.</E> (1) The design pressure of a superheater integral with the boiler shall not be less than the lowest setting of the drum safety valve.</P>
            <P>(2) Controls shall be provided to insure that the maximum temperature at the superheater outlets does not exceed the allowable temperature limit of the material used in the superheater outlet, in the steam piping, and in the associated machinery under all operating conditions including boiler overload. Controls need not be provided if the operating superheater characteristic is demonstrated to be such that the temperature limits of the material will not be exceeded. Visible and audible alarms indicating excessive superheat shall be provided in any installation in which the superheater outlet temperature exceeds 454 °C (850 °F). The setting of the excessive superheat alarms must not exceed the maximum allowable temperature of the superheater outlet, which may be limited by the boiler design, the main steam piping design, or the temperature limits of other equipment subjected to the temperature of the steam.</P>
            <P>(3) Arrangement shall be made for venting and draining the superheater in order to permit steam circulation through the superheater when starting the boiler.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Economizer.</E> The design pressure of an economizer integral with the boiler and connected to the boiler drum without intervening stop valves shall be at least equal to 110 percent of the highest setting of the safety valves on the drum.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Brazed boiler steam air heaters.</E> Boiler steam air heaters utilizing brazed construction are permitted at temperature not exceeding 525 °F. Refer to § 56.30-30(b)(1) of this subchapter for applicable requirements.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Stresses. (Modifies PG-22).</E> The stresses due to hydrostatic head shall be taken into account in determining the minimum thickness of the shell or head of any boiler pressure part unless noted otherwise. Additional stresses, imposed by effects other than internal pressure or static head, which increase the average stress over substantial sections of the shell or head by more than 10 percent of the allowable stress shall be taken into account. These effects include the weight of the vessel and its contents, method of support, impact loads, superimposed loads, localized stresses due to the reactions of supports, stresses due to temperature gradients and dynamic effects.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Cylindrical components under internal pressure. (Modifies PG-27.)</E> The minimum required thickness and maximum allowable working pressure of boiler piping, tubes, drums and headers shall be as required by the formula in PG-27 of the ASME Code except that threaded boiler tubes are not permitted.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Openings and compensation (modifies PG-32 through PG-39, PG-42 through PG-55).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The rules for openings and compensation shall be as indicated in PG-32 through PG-55 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) (Modifies PG-39.) Pipe and nozzle necks shall be attached to vessel walls as indicated in PG-39 except that threaded connections shall not be used under any of the following conditions:</P>
            <P>(1) Pressures greater than 4137 kPa (600 psig);</P>
            <P>(2) Nominal diameters greater than 51mm (2 in.); or</P>
            <P>(3) Nominal diameters greater than 19mm (0.75 in.) and pressures above 1034 kPa (150 psig).</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">(Modifies PG-42).</E> Butt welding flanges and fittings must be used when full radiography is required by § 56.95-10.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="117"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-105</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Piping, valves and fittings (modifies PG-58 and PG-59).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Boiler external piping within the jurisdiction of the ASME Code must be as indicated in PG-58 and PG-59 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section. Piping outside the jurisdiction of the ASME Code must meet the appropriate requirements of part 56 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) In addition to the requirements in PG-58 and PG-59 of the ASME Code, boiler external piping must:</P>
            <P>(1) Meet the design conditions and criteria in § 56.07-10 of this subchapter, except § 56.07-10(b);</P>
            <P>(2) Be included in the pipe stress calculations required by § 56.31-1 of this subchapter;</P>
            <P>(3) Meet the nondestructive examination requirements in § 56.95-10 of this subchapter;</P>
            <P>(4) Have butt welding flanges and fittings when full radiography is required; and</P>
            <P>(5) Meet the requirements for threaded joints in § 56.30-20 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) Steam stop valves, in sizes exceeding 152mm (6 inch) NPS, must be fitted with bypasses for heating the line and equalizing the pressure before the valve is opened.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Feed connections.</E> (1) Feed water shall not be discharged into a boiler against surfaces exposed to hot gases or radiant heat of the fire.</P>
            <P>(2) Feed water nozzles of boilers designed for pressures of 2758 kPa (400 psi), or over, shall be fitted with sleeves or other suitable means employed to reduce the effects of metal temperature differentials.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Blowoff connections.</E> (1) Firetube and drum type boilers shall be fitted with a surface and a bottom blowoff valve or cock attached directly to the boiler or to a short distance piece. The surface blowoff valve shall be located within the permissible range of the water level, or fitted with a scum pan or pipe at this level. The bottom blowoff valve shall be attached to the lowest part of the boiler or fitted with an internal pipe leading to the lowest point inside the boiler. Watertube boilers designed for pressures of 2413 kPa (350 psig) or over are not required to be fitted with a surface blowoff valve. Boilers equipped with a continuous blowdown valve on the steam drum are not required to be fitted with an additional surface blowoff connection.</P>
            <P>(2) Where blowoff pipes are exposed to radiant heat of the fire, they must be protected by fire brick or other suitable heat-resisting material.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Dry pipes.</E> Internal dry pipes may be fitted to the steam drum outlet provided the dry pipes have a diameter equal to the steam drum outlet and a wall thickness at least equal to standard commercial pipe of the same diameter. Openings in dry pipes must be as near as practicable to the drum outlet and must be slotted or drilled. The width of the slots must not be less than 6mm (0.25 in.). The diameter of the holes must not be less than 10mm (0.375 in.). Where dry pipes are used, they must be provided with drains at each end to prevent an accumulation of water.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Water-level indicators, water columns, gauge-glass connections, gauge cocks, and pressure gauges (modifies PG-60).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Boiler water level devices.</E> Boiler water level devices shall be as indicated in PG-60 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Water level indicators (modifies PG-60.1).</E> (1) Each boiler, except those of the forced circulation type with no fixed water line and steam line, shall have two independent means of indicating the water level in the boiler connected directly to the head or shell. One shall be a gage lighted by the emergency electrical system (See Subpart 112.15 of Subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter) which will insure illumination of the gages under all normal and emergency conditions. The secondary indicator may consist of a gage glass, or other acceptable device. Where the allowance pressure exceeds 1724 kPa (250 psi), the gage glasses shall be of the flat type instead of the common tubular type.</P>
            <P>(2) Gage glasses shall be in continuous operation while the boiler is steaming.</P>

            <P>(3) Double-ended firetube boilers shall be equipped as specified in this paragraph and paragraph (e) of this section except that the required water <PRTPAGE P="118"/>level indicators shall be installed on each end of the boiler.</P>
            <P>(4) Externally fired flue boilers, such as are used on central western river vessels, shall be equipped as specified in paragraphs (b) (1) through (3) of this section except that float gages may be substituted for gage glasses.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Water columns (modifies PG-60.2).</E> The use of water columns is generally limited to firetube boilers. Water column installations shall be close hauled to minimize the effect of ship motion on water level indication. When water columns are provided they shall be fitted directly to the heads or shells of boilers or drums by 1 inch minimum size pipes with shutoff valves attached directly to the boiler or drums, or if necessary, connected thereto by a distance piece both at the top and bottom of the water columns. Shutoff valves used in the pipe connections between the boiler and water column or between the boiler and the shutoff valves required by PG-60.6 of the ASME Code for gage glasses, shall be locked or sealed open. Water column piping shall not be fitted inside the uptake, the smoke box, or the casing. Water columns shall be fitted with suitable drains. Cast iron fittings are not permitted.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Gage glass connections (modifies PG-60.3).</E> Gage glasses and gage cocks shall be connected directly to the head or shell of a boiler as indicated in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. When water columns are authorized, connections to the columns may be made provided a close hauled arrangement is utilized so that the effect of ship roll on the water level indication is minimized.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Gage cocks (modifies PG-60.4).</E> (1) When the steam pressure does not exceed 250 pounds per square inch, three test cocks attached directly to the head or shell of a boiler may serve as the secondary water level indicator.</P>
            <P>(2) See paragraph (d) of this section for restrictions on cock connections.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Pressure gages (modifies PG-60.6).</E> Each double-ended boiler shall be fitted with two steam gages, one on either end on the boiler.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Salinometer cocks.</E> In vessels operating in salt water, each boiler shall be equipped with a salinometer cock or valve which shall be fitted directly to the boiler in a convenient position. They shall not be attached to the water gage or water column.</P>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">High-water-level alarm.</E> Each watertube boiler for propulsion must have an audible and a visible high-water-level alarm. The alarm indicators must be located where the boiler is controlled.</P>
            <CITA>[CG FR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-115</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Feedwater supply (modifies PG-61).</SUBJECT>
            <P>Boiler feedwater supply must meet the requirements of PG-61 of the ASME Code and § 56.50-30 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-120</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety valves and safety relief valves (modifies PG-67 through PG-73).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)(1) Boiler safety valves and safety relief valves must be as indicated in PG-67 through PG-73 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(2) A safety valve must:</P>
            <P>(i) Be stamped in accordance with PG-110 of the ASME Code;</P>
            <P>(ii) Have its capacity certified by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors;</P>
            <P>(iii) Have a drain opening tapped for not less than 6mm (<FR>1/4</FR> in.) NPS; and</P>
            <P>(iv) Not have threaded inlets for valves larger than 51mm (2 in.) NPS.</P>
            <P>(3) On river steam vessels whose boilers are connected in batteries without means of isolating one boiler from another, each battery of boilers shall be treated as a single boiler and equipped with not less than two safety valves of equal size.</P>
            <P>(4) (Modifies PG-70.) The total rated relieving capacity of drum and su-per-heat-er safety valves as certified by the valve manufacturer shall not be less than the maximum generating capacity of the boiler which shall be determined and certified by the boiler manufacturer. This capacity shall be in compliance with PG-70 of the ASME Code.</P>

            <P>(5) In the event the maximum steam generating capacity of the boiler is increased by any means, the relieving capacity of the safety valves shall be <PRTPAGE P="119"/>checked by an inspector, and, if determined to be necessary, valves of increased relieving capacity shall be installed.</P>
            <P>(6) (Modifies PG-67). Drum safety valves shall be set to relieve at a pressure not in excess of that allowed by the Certificate of Inspection. Where for any reason this is lower than the pressure for which the boiler was orginially designed and the revised safety valve capacity cannot be recomputed and certified by the valve manufacturer, one of the tests described in PG-70(3) of the ASME Code shall be conducted in the presence of the Inspector to insure that the relieving capacity is sufficient at the lower pressure.</P>
            <P>(7) On new installations the safety valve nominal size for propulsion boilers and superheaters must not be less than 38mm (1<FR>1/2</FR> in.) nor more than 102mm (4 in.). Safety valves 38mm (1<FR>1/2</FR> in.) to 114mm (4<FR>1/2</FR> in.) may be used for replacements on existing boilers. The safety valve size for auxiliary boilers must be between 19mm (<FR>3/4</FR> in.) and 102mm (4 in.) NPS. The nominal size of a safety valve is the nominal diameter (as defined in 56.07-5(b)) of the inlet opening.</P>
            <P>(8) Lever or weighted safety valves now installed may be continued in use and may be repaired, but when renewals are necessary, lever or weighted safety valves shall not be used. All such replacements shall conform to the requirements of this section.</P>
            <P>(9) Gags or clamps for holding the safety valve disk on its seat shall be carried on board the vessel at all times.</P>
            <P>(10) <E T="03">(Modifies PG-73.2).</E> Cast iron may be used only for caps and lifting bars. When used for these parts, the elongation must be at least 5 percent in 51mm (2 inch) gage length. Nonmetallic material may be used only for gaskets and packing.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) (Modifies PG-68.) Superheater safety valves shall be as indicated in PG-68 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this paragraph.</P>
            <P>(2) The setting of the superheater safety valve shall not exceed the design pressure of the superheater outlet flange or the main steam piping beyond the superheater. To prevent damage to the superheater, the drum safety valve shall be set at a pressure not less than that of the superheater safety valve setting plus 5 pounds minimum plus approximately the normal load pressure drop through the superheater and associated piping, including the controlled desuperheater if fitted. See also § 52.01-95(b) (1).</P>
            <P>(3) Drum pilot actuated superheater safety valves are permitted provided the setting of the pilot valve and superheater safety valve is such that the superheater safety valve will open before the drum safety valve.</P>
            <P>(c)(1) (Modifies PG-71.) Safety valves shall be installed as indicated in PG-71 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this paragraph.</P>
            <P>(2) The final setting of boiler safety valves shall be checked and adjusted under steam pressure and, if possible, while the boiler is on the line and the steam is at operating temperatures, in the presence of and to the satisfaction of a marine inspector who, upon acceptance, shall seal the valves. This regulation applies to both drum and superheater safety valves of all boilers.</P>
            <P>(3) The safety valve body drains required by PG-71 of the ASME Code shall be run as directly as possible from the body of each boiler safety valve, or the drain from each boiler safety valve may be led to an independent header common only to boiler safety valve drains. No valves of any type shall be installed in the leakoff from drains or drain headers and they shall be led to suitable locations to avoid hazard to personnel.</P>
            <P>(d)(1) (Modifies PG-72.) The operation of safety valves shall be as indicated in PG-72 of the ASME Code except as noted in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) (Modifies PG-73). The lifting device required by PG-73.1.3 of the ASME Code shall be fitted with suitable relieving gear so arranged that the controls may be operated from the fireroom or engineroom floor.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-130</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Installation.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Foundations.</E> (1) Plans showing details of proposed foundations and support for boilers and the proposed means of bracing boilers in the vessel shall be <PRTPAGE P="120"/>submitted for approval to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in the district where the installation is being made.</P>
            <P>(2) Provision shall be made in foundations for expansion of the boilers when heated.</P>
            <P>(3) Boilers shall be provided with chocks to prevent movement in the event of collision unless a bolted or riveted construction satisfactorily provides for this contingency.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Protection of adjacent structure.</E> (1) Boilers shall be so placed that all parts are readily accessible for inspection and repair.</P>
            <P>(2) In vessels having a double bottom or other extensive surfaces directly below the boiler, the distance between such surface and a boiler shall in no case be less than 18 inches at the lowest part.</P>
            <P>(3) In certain types of vessels where the boiler foundation forms the ashpit, such foundations shall be efficiently ventilated, except in cases where the ashpit is partially filled with water at all times.</P>
            <P>(4) The pans of oil-burning, watertube boilers shall be arranged to prevent oil from leaking into the bilges and shall be lined with firebrick or other heat resisting material.</P>
            <P>(5) The distance between a boiler and a compartment containing fuel oil shall not be less than 24 inches at the back end of a boiler and 18 inches elsewhere, except that for a cylindrical part of a boiler or a knuckle in the casing of a water-tube boiler, these distances may be reduced to 18 inches, provided all parts are readily accessible for inspection and repair.</P>
            <P>(6) All oil-burning boilers shall be provided with oiltight drip pans under the burners and elsewhere as necessary to prevent oil draining into the bilges.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Boiler uptakes.</E> (1) Where dampers are installed in the uptakes or funnels, the arrangement shall be such that it will not be possible to shut off the gas passages from the operating boilers.</P>
            <P>(2) Each main power boiler and auxiliary boiler shall be fitted with a separate gas passage.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-135</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inspection and tests (modifies PG-90 through PG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> Inspection and test of boilers and boiler pressure parts shall be as indicated in PG-90 through PG-100 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The inspections required by PG-90 through PG-100 of the ASME Code shall be performed by the “Authorized Inspector” as defined in PG-91 of the ASME Code. The Authorized Inspector shall hold a valid commission issued by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. After installation, boilers will be inspected for compliance with this part by the “Marine Inspector” as defined in § 50.10-15 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Hydrostatic test (modifies PG-99).</E> Each new boiler shall be hy-dro-stat-i-cal-ly tested after installation to 1<FR>1/2</FR> times the maximum allowable working pressure as indicated in PG-99 of the ASME Code. Before the boilers are insulated, accessible parts of the boiler shall be emptied, opened up and all interior surfaces shall be examined by the marine inspector to ascertain that no defects have occurred due to the hy-dro-stat-ic test.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Operating tests.</E> In addition to hydrostatic tests prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, automatically controlled auxiliary boilers must be subjected to operating tests as specified in §§ 61.30-20, 61.35-1, 61.35-3, 62.30-10, 63.15-9, 63.25-3, and 63.25-5 of this chapter, as appropriate, or as directed by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for propulsion boilers, These tests are to be performed after final installation.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-140</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification by stamping (modifies PG-104 through PG-113).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All boilers built in accordance with this part must be stamped with the appropriate ASME Code symbol as required by PG-104 through PG-113 of the ASME Code.</P>

            <P>(b)(1) Upon satisfactory completion of the tests and Coast Guard inspections, boilers must be stamped with the following:<PRTPAGE P="121"/>
            </P>
            <P>(i) Manufacturer's name and serial number;</P>
            <P>(ii) ASME Code Symbol;</P>
            <P>(iii) Coast Guard symbol, which is affixed only by marine inspector (see § 50.10-15 of this subchapter);</P>
            <P>(iv) Maximum allowable working pressure ___ at ___ °C (°F): and</P>
            <P>(v) Boiler rated steaming capacity in kilograms (pounds) per hour (rated joules (B.T.U.) per hour output for high temperature water boilers).</P>
            <P>(2) The information required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be located on:</P>
            <P>(i) The front head or shell near the normal waterline and within 610 mm (24 inches) of the front of firetube boilers; and</P>
            <P>(ii) The drum head of water tube boilers.</P>
            <P>(3) Those heating boilers which are built to section I of the ASME Code, as permitted by §53.01-10(e) of this subchapter, do not require Coast Guard stamping and must receive full ASME stamping including the appropriate code symbol.</P>
            <P>(c) The data shall be legibly stamped and shall not be obliterated during the life of the boiler. In the event that the portion of the boiler upon which the data is stamped is to be insulated or otherwise covered, a metal nameplate as described in PG-106.6 of the ASME Code shall be furnished and mounted. The nameplate is to be maintained in a legible condition so that the data may be easily read.</P>
            <P>(d) Safety valves shall be stamped as indicated in PG-110 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.01-145</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturers’ data report forms (modifies PG-112 and PG-113).</SUBJECT>
            <P>The manufacturers’ data report forms required by PG-112 and PG-113 of the ASME Code must be made available to the marine inspector for review. The Authorized Inspector's National Board commission number must be included on the manufacturers's data report forms.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.05—Requirements for Boilers Fabricated by Welding</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies PW-1  through PW-54).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Boilers and component parts, including piping, that are fabricated by welding shall be as indicated in PW-1 through PW-54 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Heat treatment (modifies   PW-10).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Vessels and vessel parts shall be preheated and postweld heat treated in accordance with PW-38 and PW-39 of the ASME Code (reproduces PW-10). This includes boiler parts made of pipe material even though they may be nondestructively examined under § 52.05-20.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Radiographic and ultrasonic examination (modifies PW-11 and PW-41.1).</SUBJECT>
            <P>Radiographic and ultrasonic examination of welded joints shall be as described in PW-11 of the ASME Code except that parts of boilers fabricated of pipe material, such as drums, shells, downcomers. risers, cross pipes, headers and tubes containing only circumferentially welded butt joints, shall be nondestructively examined as required by § 56.95-10 of this subchapter even though they may be exempted by the size limitations specified in PW-11.1.2 and PW-41.1 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum requirements for attachment welds (modifies PW-16).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The location and minimum size of attachment welds for nozzles and other connections shall be as required by PW-16 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) When nozzles or couplings are attached to boilers, as shown in Figure PW-16 (a) and (c) of the ASME Code and are welded from one side only, backing strips shall be used unless it can be determined visually or by acceptable nondestructive test methods that complete penetration has been obtained.</P>

            <P>(c) When attachments as shown in Figure PW-16 (y) and (z) of the ASME <PRTPAGE P="122"/>Code are employed they shall be limited to 2-inch pipe size for pressure exceeding 150 pounds per square inch.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.05-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Circumferential joints in pipes, tubes and headers (modifies PW-41).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Circumferential welded joints of pipes, tubes and headers shall be as required by PW-41 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) (Modifies PW-41.1) Circumferential welded joints in pipes, tubes, and headers of pipe material must be nondestructively examined as required by § 56.95-10 of this subchapter and PW-41 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(c) (Modifies PW-41.5) Butt welded connections shall be provided whenever radiography is required by § 56.95-10 of this subchapter for the piping system in which the connection is to be made. When radiography is not required, welded socket or sleeve type joints meeting the requirements of PW-41.5 of the ASME Code may be provided.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.15—Requirements for Watertube Boilers</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies PWT-1   through PWT-15).</SUBJECT>
            <P>Watertube boilers and parts thereof shall be as indicated in PWT-1 through PWT-15 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tube connections (modifies PWT-9 and PWT-11).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Tubes, pipe and nipples shall be attached to sheets, heads, headers, and fittings as indicated in PWT-11 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) (Replaces PWT-9.2 and PWT-11.3.) Threaded boiler tubes shall not be permitted as described by PWT-9.2 and PWT-11.3 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(c) In welded wall construction employing stub and welded wall panels which are field welded, approximately 10 percent of the field welds shall be checked using any acceptable nondestructive test method.</P>
            <P>(d) Nondestructive testing of the butt welded joints shall meet the requirements of § 56.95-10 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.20—Requirements for Firetube Boilers</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies PFT-1   through PFT-49).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Firetube boilers and parts thereof shall be as indicated in PFT-1 through PFT-49 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.20-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Opening between boiler and safety valve (modifies PFT-44).</SUBJECT>
            <P>When a discharge pipe is used, it must be installed in accordance with the requirements of § 52.01-105.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.20-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Setting (modifies PFT-46).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The method of supporting firetube boilers shall be as indicated in PFT-46 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The foundations shall meet the requirements of § 52.01-130.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 52.25—Other Boiler Types</HD>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Requirements for fired boilers of various sizes and uses are referenced in Table 54.01-5(a) of this subchapter.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.25-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Feedwater heaters (modifies PFH-1).</SUBJECT>
            <P>In addition to the requirements in PFH-1 of the ASME Code, feedwater heaters must meet the requirements in this part or the requirements in part 54.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Miniature boilers (modifies PMB-1 through PMB-21).</SUBJECT>
            <P>Miniature boilers must meet the applicable provisions in this part for the boiler type involved and the mandatory requirements in PMB-1 through PMB-21 of the ASME Code.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="123"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Electric boilers (modifies PEB-1 through PEB-19).</SUBJECT>
            <P>Electric boilers required to comply with this part must meet the applicable provisions in this part and the mandatory requirements in PEB-1 through PEB-19 except PEB-3 of the ASME Code.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Organic fluid vaporizer generators (modifies PVG-1 through PVG-12).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Organic fluid vaporizer generators and parts thereof shall meet the requirements of PVG-1 through PVG-12 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The application and end use of organic fluid vaporizer generators shall be approved by the Commandant.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fired thermal fluid heaters.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Fired thermal fluid heaters shall be designed, constructed, inspected, tested, and stamped in accordance with the applicable provisions in this part.</P>
            <P>(b) Each fired thermal fluid heater must be fitted with a control which prevents the heat transfer fluid from being heated above its flash point.</P>
            <P>(c) The heat transfer fluid must be chemically compatible with any cargo carried in the cargo tanks serviced by the heat transfer system.</P>
            <P>(d) Each fired thermal fluid heater must be tested and inspected in accordance with the requirements of subpart 61.30 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 52.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exhaust gas boilers.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Exhaust gas boilers with a maximum allowable working pressure greater than 103 kPa gage (15 psig) or an operating temperature greater than 454 °C. (850 °F.) must be designed, constructed, inspected, tested and stamped in accordance with the applicable provisions in this part. The design temperature of parts exposed to the exhaust gas must be the maximum temperature that could normally be produced by the source of the exhaust gas. This temperature must be verified by testing or by the manufacturer of the engine or other equipment producing the exhaust. Automatic exhaust gas boiler control systems must be designed, constructed, tested, and inspected in accordance with § 63.25-7 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 53</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 53—HEATING BOILERS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.01—General Requirements</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>53.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.01-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of section IV of the ASME Code.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies HG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Service restrictions and exceptions (replaces HG-101).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.05—Pressure Relieving Devices (Article 4)</HD>
            <SECTNO>53.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety valve requirements for steam boilers (modifies HG-400 and HG-401).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.05-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relief valve requirements for hot water boilers (modifies HG-400.2).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.05-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Materials (modifies HG-401.2).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Discharge capacities and valve markings.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.10—Tests, Inspection, Stamping, and Reporting (Article 5)</HD>
            <SECTNO>53.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.10-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inspection and tests (modifies HG-500 through HG-540).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification by stamping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>53.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturers’ data report forms.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.12—Instruments, Fittings, and Controls</HD>
            <SECTNO>53.12-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies HG-600 through HG-640).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.01—General Requirements</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and make the material available to the public. All approved <PRTPAGE P="124"/>material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001 and is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part and the sections affected are:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017</FP>
              <LDRWK>
                <FL-2>Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV, Heating Boilers, July 1989 with 1989 addenda. </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG> 53.01-5; 53.01-10; 53.05-1; 53.05-3; 53.05-5; 53.10-1; 53.10-3; 53.10-10; 53.10-15; 53.12-1</LDRFIG>
              </LDRWK>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.01-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of section IV of the ASME Code.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Heating boilers shall be designed, constructed, inspected, tested, and stamped in accordance with section IV of the ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code as limited, modified, or replaced by specific requirements in this part. The provisions in the appendices to section IV of the ASME Code are adopted and shall be followed when the requirements in section IV make them mandatory. For general information Table 53.01-1(a) lists the various paragraphs in section IV of the ASME Code which are limited, modified, or replaced by regulations in this part.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s20,xs48" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Table 53.01-1(a)—Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of Section IV of the ASME Code</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Paragraphs in section IV, ASME Code<SU>1</SU> and disposition</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Unit of this part</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-100 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.01-5(b)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-101 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.01-10</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-400 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.05-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-400.2 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.05-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-401 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.05-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-401.2 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.05-3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-500 through HG-540 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.10-3</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">HG-600 through HG-640 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>53.12-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code are coded. The first letter “H” refers to section IV. The letter following “H” refers to a part or subpart in section IV. The number following the letters refers to the paragraph so numbered in the text of the part or subpart in section IV.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) References to the ASME Code, such as paragraph HG-307, indicate:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              
              <P SOURCE="P-3">H=Section IV, Heating Boilers, ASME Code.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">G=Part containing general requirements.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">3=Article in part.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">307=Paragraph within Article 3.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) When a paragraph or a section of the regulations in this part relates to material in section IV of the ASME Code, the relationship with the code will be shown immediately following the heading of the section or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) (Modifies H___.) This indicates that the material in H___ is generally applicable but is being altered, amplified or augmented.</P>
            <P>(2) (Replaces H___.) This indicates that H___ does not apply.</P>
            <P>(3) (Reproduces H___.) This indicates that H___ is being identically reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985. Redesignated and amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies HG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The regulations in this part apply to steam heating boilers, hot water boilers (which include hot water heating boilers and hot water supply boilers), and to appurtenances thereto. The requirements in this part shall be used in conjunction with section IV of the ASME Code. Table 54.01-5(a) of this subchapter gives a breakdown by parts in this subchapter of the regulations governing various types of pressure vessels and boilers.</P>

            <P>(b) (Modifies HG-100.) The requirements of Part HG of section IV, Heating Boilers, of the ASME Code shall be <PRTPAGE P="125"/>used except as noted otherwise in this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Service restrictions and exceptions (replaces HG-101).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The service restrictions and exceptions shall be as indicated in this section in lieu of the requirements in HG-101 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Service restrictions.</E> (1) Boilers of wrought materials shall be restricted to a maximum of 103 kPa gage (15 psig) for steam and a maximum of 689 kPa (100 psig) or 121 °C (250 °F) for hot water. If operating conditions exceed these limits, design and fabrications shall be in accordance with part 52 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(2) Boilers of cast iron materials shall be restricted to a maximum of 103 kPa gage (15 psig) for steam and to a maximum of 206 kPa gage (30 psig) or 121 °C (250 °F) for hot water.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Hot water supply boilers.</E> (1) Electrically fired hot water supply boilers which have a capacity not greater than 454 liters (120 gallons), a heat input not greater than 58.6 kilowatts (200,000 B.t.u. per hour), and are listed as approved under Underwriters’ Laboratories Standard 174 or 1453 are exempted from the requirements of this part provided they are protected by a pressure relief device. This relief device need not comply with § 53.05-2.</P>
            <P>(2) Oil fired hot water supply boilers shall not be exempted from the requirements of this part on the basis of size or heat input.</P>
            <P>(d) Exhaust gas type boilers shall be restricted to a working pressure equal to or less than 103 kPa gage (15 psig) and an operating temperature equal to or less than 454 °C (850 °F). The design temperature of parts exposed to the exhaust gas must be the maximum temperature that could normally be produced by the source of exhaust gas. This temperature shall be verified by testing or by the manufacturer of the engine or other equipment producing the exhaust.</P>
            <P>(e) Heating boilers whose operating conditions are within the service restrictions of § 53.01-10(b)(1) may be constructed in accordance with section I of the ASME Code. In addition, these heating boilers must:</P>
            <P>(1) Be stamped with the appropriate ASME Code symbol in accordance with PG-104 through PG-113 of the ASME Code;</P>
            <P>(2) Meet the service restrictions of § 53.01-10(b)(2) if made of cast iron;</P>
            <P>(3) Have safety valves which meet the requirements of § 52.01-120 of this subchapter;</P>
            <P>(4) If a hot water supply boiler, have a temperature relief valve or a pressure-temperature relief valve in accordance with § 53.05-2(c);</P>
            <P>(5) If automatically controlled, meet the applicable requirements in part 63 of this subchapter; and</P>
            <P>(6) Meet the inspection and test requirements of § 53.10-3.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Controls and miscellaneous accessories.</E> Refer to part 63 of this subchapter for the requirements governing controls and miscellaneous accessories.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.05—Pressure Relieving Devices (Article 4)</HD>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety valve requirements for steam boilers (modifies HG-400 and HG-401).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The pressure relief valve requirements and the safety valve requirements for steam boilers must be as indicated in HG-400 and HG-401 except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) Each steam boiler must have at least one safety valve.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.05-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relief valve requirements for hot water boilers (modifies HG-400.2).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The relief valve requirements for hot water boilers must be as indicated in article 4 of section IV of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Hot water heating boilers.</E> Each hot water heating boiler must have at least one safety relief valve.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Hot water supply boilers.</E> Each hot water supply boiler must have at least <PRTPAGE P="126"/>one safety relief valve and a temperature relief valve or a pressure-temperature relief valve. The valve temperature setting must not be more than 99 °C (210 °F).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.05-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Materials (modifies HG-   401.2).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Materials for valves must be in accordance with HG-401.2 of the ASME Code except nonmetallic materials may be used only for gaskets and packing.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Discharge capacities and   valve markings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The discharge capacities and valve markings must be as indicated in HG-402 of the ASME Code. The discharge capacities must be certified by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.10—Tests, Inspection, Stamping, and Reporting (Article 5)</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The tests, inspection, stamping, and reporting of heating boilers shall be as indicated in Article 5, Part HG of section IV of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.10-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inspection and tests (modifies HG-500 through HG-540).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The inspections required by HG-500 through HG-540 must be performed by the “Authorized Inspector” as defined in HG-575 of the ASME Code. The Authorized Inspector shall hold a valid commission issued by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. After installation, heating boilers must be inspected for compliance with this part by a marine inspector.</P>
            <P>(b) Automatically controlled boilers must be subjected to the operating tests prescribed in part 63 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) All heating boilers must have the operation of their pressure relieving devices checked after the final installation.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification by stamping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Stamping of heating boilers shall be as indicated in HG-530 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturers’ data report forms.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The manufacturers’ data report forms required by HG-520 of the ASME Code must be made available to the marine inspector for review. The Authorized Inspector's National Board commission number must be included on the manufacturers’ data report forms.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 53.12—Instruments, Fittings, and Controls</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 53.12-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies HG-600 through HG-640).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The instruments, fittings and controls for heating boilers shall be as indicated in HG-600 through HG-640 of section IV of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) For control systems for automatic auxiliary heating equipment, the requirements in part 63 of this subchapter govern and shall be followed.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 54</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 54—PRESSURE VESSELS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.01—General Requirements</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>54.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies U-1 and U-2).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steam generating pressure vessels (modifies U-1(e)).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exemptions from shop inspection and plan approval (replaces U-1(c) (6) through (9)).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pressure vessel for human occupancy (PVHO).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-18</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plan approval.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Miscellaneous pressure components (modifies UG-11).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Loadings (modifies UG-22).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Corrosion (modifies UG-25).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.01-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>External pressure (modifies UG- 28).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.03—Low Temperature Operation</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.03-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.03-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <PRTPAGE P="127"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.05—Toughness Tests</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (replaces UG-84).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tests required.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Toughness test specimens.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Toughness test temperatures.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification of material toughness tests.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Weldment toughness tests—procedure qualifications.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Production toughness testing.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Weld toughness test acceptance criteria.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Impact test properties for service of 0 °F. and below.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Allowable stress values at low temperatures.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.10—Inspection, Reports, and Stamping</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies UG-90 through UG-103 and UG-115 through UG-120).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.10-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspectors (replaces UG-90 and UG-91, and modifies UG-92 through UG-103).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Standard hydrostatic test (modifies UG-99).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pneumatic test (modifies UG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.10-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marking and stamping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.10-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturers’ data report forms (modifies UG-120).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.15—Pressure-Relief Devices</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies UG-125 through UG-136).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.15-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions (modifies UA-60).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Protective devices (modifies UG- 125).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety and relief valves (modifies UG-126).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.15-13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rupture disks (modifies UG-127).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.15-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relief devices for unfired steam boilers, evaporators, and heat exchangers (modifies UG-126).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.15-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum relief capacities for cargo tanks containing compressed or liquefied gas.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.20—Fabrication by Welding</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies UW-1 through UW-65).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.20-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fabrication for hazardous materials (replaces UW-2(a)).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.20-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Design (modifies UW-9, UW-11(a), UW-13, and UW-16).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Welding qualification tests and production testing (modifies UW-26, UW-28, UW-29, UW-47, and UW-48).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.23—Fabrication by Brazing</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.23-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies UB-1).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.25—Construction With Carbon, Alloy, and Heat Treated Steels</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steel plates (modifies UCS-6).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Corrosion allowance (replaces UCS-25).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Requirements for postweld heat treatment (modifies UCS-56).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Radiography (modifies UW-11(a), UCS-57, UNF-57, UHA-33, and UHT-57).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Low temperature operation—ferritic steels (replaces UCS-65 through UCS-67).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Low temperature operation—high alloy steels (modifies UHA-23(b) and UHA-51).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Low temperature operation—ferritic steels with properties enhanced by heat treatment (modifies UHT-5(c), UHT-6, UHT-23, and UHT-82).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.25-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Welding of quenched and tempered steels (modifies UHT-82).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.30—Mechanical Stress Relief</HD>
            <SECTNO>54.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.30-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Introduction.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.30-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Limitations and requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Method of performing mechanical stress relief.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>54.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Requirement for analysis and computation.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>33 U.S.C. 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.01—General Requirements</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than that specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and make the material available to the public. All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001 and is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="128"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this part and the sections affected are:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017</FP>
              <LDRWK>
                <FL-2>Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, section VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels, July 1989 with 1989 addenda </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.01-2; 54.01-5; 54.01-15; 54.01-18; 54.01-25; 54.01-30; 54.01-35; 54.03-1; 54.03-5; 54.05-1; 54.10-1; 54.10-3; 54.10-5; 54.10-10; 54.10-15; 54.15-1; 54.15-5; 54.15-10; 54.15-13; 54.20-1; 54.20-3; 54.25-1; 54.25-3; 54.25-5; 54.25-8; 54.25-10; 54.25-15; 54.25-20; 54.25-25; 54.30-3; 54.30-5; 54.30-10</LDRFIG>
              </LDRWK>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.</FP>
              <LDRWK>
                <FL-2>ASTM A-20, Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels, 1980 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.25-10</LDRFIG>
                <FL-2>ASTM A-203, Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel, 1980 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.05-20</LDRFIG>
                <FL-2>ASTM A-370, Mechanical Testing of Steel Products, 1977 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.25-20</LDRFIG>
                <FL-2>ASTM E-23, Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials, 1980 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.05-5</LDRFIG>
                <FL-2>ASTM E-208, Conducting Drop-Weight Test to Determine Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature of Ferritic Steels, 1969 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.05-5</LDRFIG>
              </LDRWK>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Compressed Gas Association (CGA)</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036</FP>
              <LDRWK>
                <FL-2>S-1.2, Safety Relief Device Standards—Cargo and Portable Tanks for Compressed Gases, 1979 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.15-25</LDRFIG>
                <FL-2>S-1.2.5.2, Flow Test of Safety Relief Valves, 1979 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG> 54.15-10</LDRFIG>
              </LDRWK>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)</HD>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">127 Park Street, NE. Vienna, VA 22180</FP>
              <LDRWK>
                <FL-2>SP-25, Standard Marketing System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions, 1978 </FL-2>
                <LDRFIG>54.01-25</LDRFIG>
              </LDRWK>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991 as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pressure vessels shall be designed, constructed, and inspected in accordance with division 1 of section VIII of the ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code, as limited, modified, or replaced by specific requirements in this part. The provisions in the appendices to division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code are adopted and shall be followed when the requirements in section VIII make them mandatory. For general information Table 54.01-1(a) lists the various paragraphs in division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code which are limited, modified, or replaced by regulations in this part.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s80,r55" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.01-1(a)—Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of Division 1 of Section VIII, ASME Code</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Paragraphs in Section VIII, ASME Code <SU>1</SU> and disposition</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Unit of this part</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">U-1 and U-2 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-5 through 54.01-16.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">U-1(c) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-5.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">U-1(d) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-5(a) and 54.01-15.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">U-1(e) modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">U-1(h) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-15.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-11 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-25.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-22 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-30.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-25 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-35.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-28 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-40.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-84 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.05-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-90 through UG-103 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-90 and UG-91 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-3.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-92 through UG-103 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-3.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-98 reproduced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-5.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-99 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-100 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-15.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-115 through UG-120 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-116, except (k) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-20(a).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-116(k) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-20(b).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-117 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-20(c).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-118 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-20(a).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-119 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-20(d).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-120 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.10-25.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-125 through UG-134 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.15-1 through 54.15-15.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-125 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.15-5.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-125 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.15-10, 54.15-15.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UG-127 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.15-13.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UW-1 through UW-65 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.20-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UW-2(a) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-5(b) and 54.20-2.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UW-2(b) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.01-5(b).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UW-9, UW-11(a), UW-13, UW-16 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.20-3.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UW-11(a) modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-8.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UW-26, UW-27, UW-29, UW-47, UW-48 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.20-5.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UW-52(c)(3) replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.20-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UB-1 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.23-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UB-2 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>52.01-95(d) and 56.30-30(b)(1).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UCS-6 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-3.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UCS-25 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-5.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UCS-56 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-7.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UCS-57, UNF-57, UHA-33, and UHT-57 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-8.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UCS-65 through UCS-67 replaced by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UHA-23(b) and UHA-51 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-15.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="129"/>
                <ENT I="01">UHT-5(c), UHT-6, UHT-23 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-20.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UHT-82 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.25-20, 54.25-25.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">UA-60 modified by</ENT>
                <ENT>54.15-3.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code are coded. The first letter “U” refers to division 1 of section VIII. The second letter, such as “G”, refers to a subsection within section VIII. The number refers to the paragraph within the subsection.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>

            <P>(b) References to the ASME Code, such as paragraph UG-125, indicate:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">U=Division 1 of section VIII, Pressure Vessels, ASME Code.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">G=Part containing general requirements.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">125=Paragraph within part. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) When a paragraph or a section of the regulations in this part relates to material in division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code, the relationship with the code will be shown immediately following the heading of the section or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) (Modifies U___.) This indicates that the material in U___ is generally applicable but is being altered, amplified or augmented.</P>
            <P>(2) (Replaces U___.) This indicates that U___ does not apply.</P>
            <P>(3) (Reproduces U___.) This indicates that U___ is being identically reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6188, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50963, Dec. 11, 1989. Redesignated by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies U-1 and U-2).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This part contains requirements for pressure vessels. Table 54.01-5(a) gives a breakdown by parts in this subchapter of the regulations governing various types of pressure vessels, boilers, and thermal units.</P>
            <P>(b) Pressure vessels are divided into Classes I, I-L (low temperature), II, II-L (low temperature), and III. Table 54.01-5(b) describes these classes and sets out additional requirements for welded pressure vessels.</P>
            <P>(c) The requirements for pressure vessels by class are as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) Class I-L and II-L pressure vessels must meet the applicable requirements in this part.</P>
            <P>(2) Pressure vessels containing hazardous materials as defined in § 150.115 of this chapter must meet the requirements of this part or, as applicable, the requirements in 49 CFR parts 171-177 or part 64 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(3) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, Classes I, II, and III pressure vessels not containing hazardous materials must be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements in Section VIII, division 1, of the ASME Code and must be stamped with the ASME “U” symbol. These pressure vessels must also comply with the requirements that are listed or prescribed in paragraphs (d) through (g) of this section. Compliance with other provisions in this part is not required.</P>
            <P>(4) Classes II and III pressure vessels that have a net internal volume of less than 0.14 cubic meters (5 cubic feet) and do not contain hazardous materials must be stamped with either the ASME “U” or “UM” symbol. Compliance with other provisions in this part is not required.</P>
            <P>(d) Pressure vessels described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section must—</P>
            <P>(1) Have detailed plans that include the information required by § 54.01-18 (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 2130-0181);</P>
            <P>(2) Meet § 54.01.01-35, § 54.20-3(c), and § 54.25-3 of this part;</P>
            <P>(3) Have pressure relief devices required by subpart 54.15;</P>
            <P>(4) Meet the applicable requirements in §§ 54.10-3, 54.10-20, and 54.10-25 for inspection, reports, and stamping;</P>
            <P>(5) If welded, meet the post weld heat treatment and minimum joint and radiography requirement in Table 54.01-5(b); and</P>
            <P>(6) If a steam generating pressure vessel, meet § 54.01-10.</P>

            <P>(e) The plans required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be certified by a registered professional engineer to <PRTPAGE P="130"/>meet the design requirements in paragraph (d) of this section and in section VIII, division 1, of the ASME Code. The certification must appear on all drawings and analyses. The plans must be made available to the Coast Guard prior to the inspection required by § 54.10-3(c).</P>
            <P>(f) If a pressure vessel has more than one independent chamber and the chambers have different classifications, each chamber must, as a minimum, meet the requirements for its classification. If a single classification for the entire pressure vessel is preferred, the classification selected must be one that is required to meet all of the regulations applicable to the classification that is not selected. For example, if one chamber is Class I and one chamber is Class II-L, the only single classification that can be selected is Class I-L.</P>
            <P>(g) The design pressure for each interface between two chambers in a multichambered pressure vessel must be—</P>
            <P>(1) The maximum allowable working pressure (gauge) in the chamber with the higher pressure; or</P>
            <P>(2) If one chamber is a vacuum chamber, the maximum allowable working pressure (absolute) in the other chamber minus the least operating pressure (absolute) in the vacuum chamber.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,10,10" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.01-5(a)—Regulation Reference for Boilers, Pressure Vessels, and Thermal Units</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Service and pressure temperature boundaries</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Part of subchapter regulating mechanical design</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Part of subchapter regulating automatic control</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Main (power) boiler: All </ENT>
                <ENT>52 </ENT>
                <ENT>62</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Pressure vessel: All </ENT>
                <ENT>54 </ENT>
                <ENT>NA</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Fired auxiliary boiler <SU>1</SU> (combustion products or electricity):</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="12">(a) Steam:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">More than 103 kPa (15 psig) </ENT>
                <ENT>52 </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>2</SU> 62 or 63</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">Equal to or less than 103 kPa (15 psig) </ENT>
                <ENT>53 </ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="12">(b) Hot water heating:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">More than 689 kPa (100 psig) or 121 °C (250 °F) </ENT>
                <ENT>52 </ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">Equal to or less than 689 kPa (100 psig) and 121 °C (250 °F) </ENT>
                <ENT>53 </ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="12">(c) Hot water supply:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">More than 689 kPa (100 psig) or 121 °C (250 °F) </ENT>
                <ENT>52 </ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">Equal to or less than 689 kPa (100 psig) and 121 °C (250 °F) </ENT>
                <ENT>53 </ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Other:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(a) Fired thermal fluid heaters: All </ENT>
                <ENT>52 </ENT>
                <ENT>63</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="12">(b) Unfired steam boiler:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">More than 206 kPa (30 psig) or 454 °C (850 °F) <SU>3</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>52 </ENT>
                <ENT>NA</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">Equal to or less than 206 kPa (30 psig) and 454 °C (850 °F) </ENT>
                <ENT>54 </ENT>
                <ENT>NA</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(c) Evaporators and heat exchangers: More than 103 kPa (15 Sig) <SU>4</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>54 </ENT>
                <ENT>NA</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(d) Unfired hot water supply or heating boiler: More than 103 kPa (15 psig) <SU>4</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>54 </ENT>
                <ENT>NA</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Including exhaust gas types.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>

                <SU>2</SU> Boilers with heat input ratings &gt;=12,500,000 Btu/hr. must have controls that meet part 62. Boilers with heat input ratings <E T="61">&lt;</E>12,500,000 Btu/hr. must have controls that meet part 63.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU> Temperature of working fluid.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>4</SU> Relief device is required even if designed for less than 103 kPa (15 psig).</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="131"/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs48,r40,r50,r75,r75,r75,xs32,xs32" COLS="8" OPTS="L2,bl,i1">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.01-5(b)—Pressure Vessel Classification <SU>8</SU>
              </TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Class</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Service contents</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Class limits on pressure and temperature</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Joint requirements <E T="51">1,6,7</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Radiography requirements, section VIII, ASME Code <E T="51">3,7</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Post weld heat treatment required <E T="51">5,7</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Shop inspect. required</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Plan approval required</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">I</ENT>
                <ENT>(a) Vapor or gas<LI>(b) Liquid</LI>
                  <LI>(c) Hazardous materials <SU>2</SU>
                  </LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">Over 600 p.s.i. or 700 °F<LI O="xl">Over 600 p.s.i. or 400 °F </LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>(1) For category A; (1) or (2) For category B. All categories C and D must have full penetration welds extending through the entire thickness of the vessel wall or nozzle wall</ENT>
                <ENT>Full on all butt joints regardless of thickness. Exceptions listed in Table UCS-57 of ASME Code do not apply</ENT>
                <ENT>For carbon or low alloy steel, in accordance with Table UCS-56, regardless of thickness. For other materials, in accordance with section VIII, ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes <SU>4</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Yes <SU>4</SU>.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">I-L Low temperature</ENT>
                <ENT>(a) Vapor or gas<LI O="xl"/>
                  <LI>(b) Liquid</LI>
                  <LI O="xl">(c) Hazardous materials <SU>2</SU>
                  </LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">Over 250 p.s.i. and service temperature below 0 °F<LI O="xl">Over 250 p.s.i. and service temperature below 0 °F</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>(1) for categories A and B. All categories C and D must have full penetration welds extending through the entire thickness of the vessel wall or nozzle wall. No backing rings or strips left in place</ENT>
                <ENT>Full on all butt joints regardless of thickness. Exceptions listed in Table UCS-57 of ASME Code do not apply</ENT>
                <ENT>For carbon or low alloy steel, in accordance with Table UCS-56, regardless of thickness. For other materials, in accordance with section VIII, ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">II</ENT>
                <ENT>(a) Vapor or gas<LI O="xl"/>
                  <LI>(b) Liquid</LI>
                  <LI O="xl">(c) Hazardous materials <E T="51">2,3,6</E>
                  </LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">30 through 600 p.s.i. or 275° through 700 °F<LI O="xl">200 through 600 p.s.i. or 250° through 400 °F</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>(1) or (2) for category A. (1), (2), or (3) for category B. Categories C and D in accordance with UW-16 of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Spot, unless exempted by UW-11(c) of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>In accordance with section, VIII of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes <SU>4</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>Yes <SU>4</SU>.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">II-L Low temperature</ENT>
                <ENT>(a) Vapor or gas<LI O="xl"/>
                  <LI>(b) Liquid</LI>
                  <LI O="xl">(c) Hazardous materials <SU>2</SU>
                  </LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">0 through 250 p.s.i. and service temperature below 0 °F<LI O="xl">0 through 250 p.s.i. and service temperature below 0 °F</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>(1) for category A; (1) or (2) for category B. All categories C and D must have full penetration welds extending through the entire thickness of the vessel wall or nozzle wall</ENT>
                <ENT>Spot. The exemption of UW-II(c) of ASME Code does not apply</ENT>
                <ENT>Same as for I-L except that mechanical stress relief may be substituted if allowed under subpart 54.30 of this chapter</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">III</ENT>
                <ENT>(a) Vapor or gas<LI>(b) Liquid</LI>
                  <LI O="xl">(c) Hazardous materials <E T="51">2,3,6</E>
                  </LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT O="xl">Under 30 p.s.i. and 0° through 275 °F<LI O="xl">Under 200 p.s.i. and 0° through 250 °F</LI>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>In accordance with Section VIII of AMSE Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Spot, unless exempted UW-II(c) of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>In accordance with Section VIII of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes <SU>4</SU>.</ENT>
                <ENT>Yes <SU>4</SU>.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Welded joint categories are defined under UW-3 of the ASME Code. Joint types are described in Table UW-12 of the ASME Code, and numbered “(1),” “(2)”, etc.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> See § 54.20-2.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU> See §§ 54.25-8(c) and 54.25-10(d).</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>4</SU> See §§ 54.01-15 and 54.10-3 for exemptions.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>5</SU> Specific requirements modifying Table UCS-56 of the ASME Code are found in § 54.25-7.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>6</SU> See § 54.20-3 (c) and (f)</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>7</SU> Applies only to welded pressure vessels.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s400,1" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,7/8,g1,t1">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="xl">(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 2130-0181)
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="xl">[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; 55 FR 696, Jan. 8, 1990; CGD 88-057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990; CGD 85-061, 55 FR 41917, Oct. 16, 1990; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996]</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="132"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steam generating pressure vessels (modifies U-1(e)).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pressure vessels in which steam is generated are classed as “Unfired Steam Boilers” except as required otherwise by paragraph (b) of this section. Unfired steam boilers must be fitted with an efficient water level indicator, a pressure gage, a blowdown valve, and an approved safety valve as required by § 54.15-15. Unfired steam boilers must be constructed in accordance with this part other than when the pressures are more than 206 kPa (30 psig) or the temperatures of the working fluid are more than 454 °C (850 °F) when such boilers must be constructed in accordance with part 52 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Vessels known as “Evaporators” or “Heat Exchangers” are not classified as unfired steam boilers. They shall be fitted with an approved safety device as required under § 54.15-15 and constructed in accordance with this part.</P>
            <P>(c) An evaporator in which steam is generated shall be fitted with an efficient water level indicator, a pressure gage, and a blowdown valve.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48044, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exemptions from shop inspection and plan approval (replaces U-1(c) (6) through (9)).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The following classifications are exempt from shop inspection and plan approval requirements of this part:</P>
            <P>(1) Vessels containing water at a pressure not greater than 100 pounds per square inch gage, nor a temperature above 200 °F., including those containing air, the compression of which serves only as a cushion. Air charging lines may be permanently attached provided the air pressure does not exceed 15 pounds per square inch gage.</P>
            <P>(2) Hot water supply storage tanks heated by steam or any other indirect means when none of the following limitations is exceeded:</P>
            <P>(i) A heat input of 200,000 B.t.u. per hour;</P>
            <P>(ii) A water temperature of 200 °F.;</P>
            <P>(iii) A nominal water-containing capacity of 120 gallons; or</P>
            <P>(iv) A pressure of 100 pounds per square inch gage.</P>
            <FP>The exemption of any tank under this subparagraph requires that it shall be fitted with a safety relief valve of at least 1-inch diameter, set to relieve below the maximum allowable working pressure of the tank.</FP>
            <P>(3)(i) Vessels having an internal operating pressure not exceeding 15 pounds per square inch gage with no limitation on size. (See UG-28(e) of the ASME Code.)</P>
            <P>(ii) Cargo tanks of pressure vessel configuration are not included in the exemption in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section.</P>
            <P>(4) Class I, II, and III pressure vessels that meet the requirements of § 54.01-5 (c)(3) and (c)(4).</P>
            <P>(5) Condensers and heat exchangers, regardless of size, where the design is such that the liquid phase is not greater than 100 pounds per square inch gage and 200 °F. and the vapor phase is not greater than 15 pounds per square inch gage provided system over pressure conditions are considered.</P>
            <P>(b) For fluid conditioner fittings see § 56.15-1 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970; CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pressure vessel for human occupancy (PVHO).</SUBJECT>
            <P>Pressure vessels for human occupancy (PVHO's) must meet the requirements of subpart B (Commercial Diving Operations) of part 197 of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-18</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plan approval.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Manufacturers intending to fabricate pressure vessels, heat exchangers, evaporators, and similar appurtenances, covered by the regulations in this part shall submit detailed plans in accordance with subpart 50.20 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) The following information shall be submitted:</P>

            <P>(1) Calculations for all pressure containment components including the maximum allowable working pressure, the hydrostatic or pneumatic test pressure, and the intended safety device setting.<PRTPAGE P="133"/>
            </P>
            <P>(2) Joint design and methods of attachment of all pressure containment components.</P>
            <P>(3) Foundations and supports (design and attachment).</P>
            <P>(4) Pertinent calculations for pressure vessel foundations and/or supports.</P>
            <P>(5) A bill of material meeting the requirements of section VIII of the ASME Code, as modified by this part.</P>
            <P>(6) A diagrammatic arrangement drawing of the assembled unit indicating location of internal and external components.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Miscellaneous pressure components (modifies UG-11).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pressure components for pressure vessels shall be as required by UG-11 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) All pressure components conforming to an accepted ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Standard referred to in an adopted code, specification or standard or in this subchapter shall also be marked in accordance with MSS (Manufacturers’ Standardization Society) Standard SP-25.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Loadings (modifies UG-22).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The loadings for pressure vessels shall be as required by UG-22 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) In evaluating loadings for certain pressure vessel applications, the Commandant may require consideration of the following loads in addition to those listed in UG-22 of the ASME Code:</P>
            <P>(1) Loading imposed by vessel's attitude in roll, list, pitch and trim.</P>
            <P>(2) Dynamic forces due to ship motions.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Corrosion (modifies UG- 25).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Vessels or portions of vessels subject to corrosion shall be as required by UG-25 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) The pressure portions of pressure vessels shall:</P>
            <P>(1) Normally have a corrosion allowance of one-sixth of the calculated thickness, or one-sixteenth inch, whichever is smaller, added to the calculated thickness as determined by the applicable design formula.</P>
            <P>(2) Be specifically evaluated in cases where unusually corrosive cargoes will be involved, for the possible increase of this corrosion allowance.</P>
            <P>(3) Have no additional thickness required when acceptable corrosion resistant materials are used.</P>
            <P>(4) Not normally need additional thickness allowance when the effective stress (either S or SE depending on the design formula used) is 80 percent or less of the allowable stress listed in section VIII of the ASME Code for calculating thickness.</P>
            <P>(c) Telltale holes shall not be permitted in pressure vessels containing dangerous fluids, such as acid, poison, corrosives, etc.</P>
            <P>(d) Exemption from these corrosion allowance requirements will be granted by the Commandant in those cases where:</P>
            <P>(1) The contents of the pressure vessel is judged to be sufficiently noncorrosive; and,</P>

            <P>(2) Where the external surface is also protected from corrosion. A suitable vapor barrier is adequate protection, while paint or other thin coatings exposed to weather or mechanical damage are not acceptable.
            </P>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
              <P>No applied linings except as provided in Part UCL of the ASME Code shall be acceptable.</P>
            </NOTE>
            
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.01-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>External pressure (modifies UG-28).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The exemption from external pressure consideration provided by the note under UG-28(f) does not apply.</P>
            <P>(b) Vessels which may at times be subjected to partial vacuum due to nature of the contents, temperature, unloading operations, or other facet of employment shall either have vacuum breaker protection or be designed for not less than one-half atmosphere of external pressure.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="134"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.03—Low Temperature Operation</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.03-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The pressure vessels for low temperature operation shall be as required by section VIII of the ASME Code as modified by this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.03-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Requirements for ferritic steels, high alloy steels, and heat treated ferritic steels are contained in §§ 54.25-10, 54.25-15, and 54.25-20 respectively of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Requirements for toughness testing of material product forms and weldments (including weld procedure qualification and production toughness tests) are contained in subpart 54.05.</P>
            <P>(c) Materials suitable for a given minimum service temperature may be used in warmer service. Steels differing in chemical composition, mechanical properties, or heat treatments from those specified may be specially approved by the Commandant. Similarly, aluminum alloys and other nonferrous materials not intended to be covered by these sections may be specially considered by the Commandant for service at any low temperature.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.05—Toughness Tests</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (replaces UG-84).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The toughness tests of materials used in pressure vessels shall be as required by this subpart in lieu of requirements in UG-84 of the ASME Code.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tests required.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where material or welding toughness tests are required by §§ 54.25-10, 54.25-15, 54.25-20, and subpart 57.03 or 57.06 of this subchapter, the following requirements shall apply:</P>
            <P>(1) Additional requirements for ferritic steels with properties enhanced by heat treatment are in § 54.25-20.</P>
            <P>(2) Certified reports of toughness tests by the material manufacturer will be acceptable evidence provided the specimens taken are representative of the material delivered and that the material is not subject to treatment during or following fabrication that will reduce its impact properties. If such treatment is subsequently applied to the material, test specimens shall be so taken and treated as to be representative of the material in the finished vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) The requirements of this subpart are also applicable to nonpressure vessel type low temperature tanks and associated secondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05-4 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Toughness test specimens.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Charpy V-notch impact tests.</E> Where required, Charpy V-notch tests shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM Specification E-23, “Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials”, using the Type A specimen shown in Figure 4 of the specification. Special attention is drawn to the fact that the Charpy Keyhole and U-notch specimens are not acceptable substitutes for the Charpy V-notch specimen and shall not be used to qualify materials within the scope of this subpart. Each set of Charpy impact tests shall consist of three specimens. For materials <FR>1/2</FR>-inch thick or less, the largest possible Charpy specimens for that thickness shall be cut centered at the material's mid-thickness. For materials thicker than <FR>1/2</FR>-inch, full size Charpy specimens shall be cut centered at a location as near as practicable to a point midway between the material's surface and half-thickness. Except where otherwise specified, transversely oriented specimens must be used. When longitudinal specimens are used, the required energy values may not be less than 1.5 times the values required for transversely oriented specimens. In all cases the notch shall be cut normal to the material's surface. Test specimens shall be taken at least one “t” from any heat treated edge (where “t” is the material's nominal thickness).</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Drop weight tests.</E> Where required, drop weight tests shall be conducted for no-break performance in accordance with ASTM Specification E-208, <PRTPAGE P="135"/>“Conducting Drop-Weight Test to Determine Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature of Ferritic Steels”. For material thicknesses between <FR>1/2</FR>-inch and <FR>5/8</FR>-inch, the ASTM E-208 specimen P-3, machined to <FR>1/2</FR>-inch thickness, shall be used with a stop distance of 0.090-inch. In preparing weld specimens for dropweight testing, weld reinforcement shall be ground flush, the hard facing bead centered on and transverse to the weld, and the notch centered on and parallel to the weld axis.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Retest procedures.</E> (1) When Charpy V-notch impact specimens are used and the average value of the three initial specimens fails to meet the stated requirements by an amount not exceeding 15 percent, or the value for more than one specimen is below the required average value of when the value for one specimen is below the minimum value permitted for a single specimen by an amount not exceeding 15 percent, three additional specimens from the same material may be tested and the results combined with those previously obtained to form a new average. This new average of six specimens must exceed the specified minimum average. In the event the Charpy retests fail, the material may still be qualified by exhibiting a no-break performance when tested in accordance with the drop weight procedure, if applicable. Two drop weight specimens shall be tested for each Charpy V-notch set of three initial specimens which failed to qualify. Failure of either or both of these drop weight specimens will constitute rejection of the material or weldments represented, except as outlined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) When drop weight specimens are used, retests shall be permitted only within the limits prescribed in ASTM Specification E-208, except as outlined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(3) If, for heat treated base material, the required toughness results are not obtained in the initial test or in the retest, the material may be reheat treated one time and tested again in accordance with the initial requirements for the material.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Alternate toughness tests.</E> The Charpy V-notch impact values of §§ 54.05-20(a) and 54.05-25(a) are representative of those which correlate with the nil-ductility transition temperature determined by the drop-weight tests for the steels specified in § 54.25-10. For materials for which there are other data showing suitable correlation between Charpy V-notch and drop-weight tests, V-notch acceptance limits different from those tabulated herein may be specially approved by the Commandant, based upon the actual correlation. In the case of steels for which the tabulated Charpy V-notch values can be shown to be inapplicable or in the case of specially considered steels, or as an alternative to complying with the tabulated impact requirements, acceptance may be based upon the material exhibiting a no-break performance when tested in accordance with the drop-weight procedure. Whenever the drop-weight test is used as an alternative to the Charpy V-notch test, two drop-weight specimens shall be tested for each set of three Charpy V-notch specimens otherwise required. If the drop-weight test cannot be performed because of material thickness limitations (less than one-half inch) or product shape, or is otherwise inapplicable (because of heat treatment, chemistry, etc.), other tests and/or test criteria will be specified by the Commandant to assure the adequacy of the material for the intended application.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2, 1975]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Toughness test temperatures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Each toughness test must be conducted at temperatures not warmer than −20 °F or 10 °F below the minimum service temperature, whichever is lower, except that for service at or below −320 °F, the tests may be conducted at the service temperature in accordance with § 54.25-10(a)(2).</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification of material toughness tests.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Plate material.</E> The manufacturer of plates may certify such material, provided it has been given an appropriate heat-treatment, by reporting the <PRTPAGE P="136"/>results of tests of one set of Charpy impact specimens or of two drop weight specimens, as applicable, taken from each plate as rolled. Impact specimens shall be taken as outlined in section 4(b) of ASTM A-300. The long axis of the Charpy specimen must be perpendicular to the final direction of rolling. When the direction of maximum stress is unknown, the manufacturer may certify on the basis of specimens taken parallel to the final direction of rolling.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Pipe or tube material.</E> (1) The manufacturer of pipe, tube, or welded fittings formed from pipe or tube may certify such material by reporting the results of tests of one set of Charpy impact specimens, provided the requirement for production in this paragraph (b)(1) or paragraph (b)(2) of this section, as well as the requirement for sampling in paragraph (b)(3) of this section are met. The specimens shall have the major axis parallel to the length of pipe or tube. In the case of welding fittings, the specimens may be taken from the tubing prior to forming provided the fittings are normalized after forming. Such specimens shall be normalized before testing.</P>
            <P>(2) One set of specimens may represent each five (5) short tons, or less, of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings produced from one heat of steel poured from a single melting furnace charge and subsequently processed in the same manner, provided all are given a normalizing heat-treatment in a continuous treating furnace in which the temperature is automatically controlled and checked by recording pyrometer.</P>
            <P>(3) One set of specimens may represent each five (5) short tons, or less, of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings that have been given a normalizing heat-treatment as a single charge in a batch-treating furnace equipped with recording pyrometer provided all have been produced from a single melting furnace heat and are subsequently processed in the same manner. If more than one melting furnace heat is present in the batch heat-treating furnace, means of identification shall be provided and one set of specimens shall be taken from each heat.</P>
            <P>(4) One set of impact specimens shall be taken from one pipe or tube picked at random from each heat or furnace batch or portion thereof to be certified.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Forgings and forged or rolled fittings.</E> (1) The manufacturer of forgings for any purpose may certify them by reporting the results of tests of one set of Charpy impact specimens or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable, taken from each 5 short tons of product from each melting heat provided the requirements in this paragraph for production and sampling are met.</P>
            <P>(2) One or more test blocks shall be cut from billets or blooms selected at random from each heat of material. Each test block shall be forge-reduced in thickness to the thickness of the finished forgings to be certified, within the limitations set below. After forging to the reduced thickness, the test block shall be heat-treated in the same manner as the finished forgings represented, which heat-treatment of test blocks may be carried out in the furnace with the forgings, or separately. If carried out separately, both heat-treatments shall be done in automatically controlled furnaces equipped with calibrated recording pyrometers, the certified records of which shall be made available to the inspector.</P>
            <P>(3) One set of Charpy impact specimens or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable, shall be cut from each such test block and these specimens shall represent all forgings (up to 5 short tons) that are from the same heat of material and given the same heat-treatment as the test block, and the thickness of which does not differ from that of the test block by more than plus or minus 50 percent of 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches, whichever is less, except that forged flanges and tube sheets thicker than 5<FR>1/2</FR> inches may be qualified from a 4-inch test block.</P>
            <P>(4) As many test blocks shall be made as are required under the foregoing rule in paragraph (c)(3) of this section to cover the weight of product and range of thickness found in the forgings represented. The major axis of the test specimens shall be parallel to the length of the test block.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Bars and shapes, rolled or forged.</E> (1) The manufacturer of forged or rolled bars and shapes may certify such by reporting the results of one set of Charpy impact specimens, or two drop-<PRTPAGE P="137"/>weight specimens, as applicable, produced from each 5 short tons from a single melting furnace heat, processed in a similar manner and heat-treated as a single furnace batch, if heat-treated. The impact specimens shall be cut from the heaviest section, clear of fillets, of the shape being tested with the axis of the specimens parallel to the axis of the bar or shape.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Castings.</E> (1) The manufacturer of castings may certify them by reporting the results of one set of Charpy impact specimens or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable, taken from each 5 short tons of product from each melting furnace heat. These specimens shall be taken either directly from a production casting or from test coupons cast attached thereto provided the additional requirements in this paragraph are met.</P>
            <P>(2) One set of Charpy impact or two drop-weight specimens may represent all castings (up to 5 short tons) that are from the same heat of material and that have a thickness that does not differ from the thickness of the section from which the specimens were taken by more than plus or minus 25 percent, or 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches, whichever is less. A wider range of thicknesses from one heat may be covered by taking additional sets of specimens from thicker or thinner material as may be required.</P>
            <P>(3) The test specimens shall be heat-treated in the same manner as the castings represented, which heat-treatment of specimens may be carried out in the furnace with the castings represented, or separately, but if carried out separately both heat-treatments shall be done in automatically controlled furnaces equipped with calibrated recording pyrometers, the certified records of which shall be made available to the marine inspector.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Small parts.</E> The manufacturer of small parts, either cast or forged, may certify a lot of not more than 20 duplicate parts or 5 short tons, whichever is less, by reporting the results of one set of Charpy impact specimens, or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable, taken from one such part selected at random, provided the same kind of material and the same process of production were used for all of the lot. When the part is too small to provide the specimens of at least minimum size, no impact test need be made. For such parts too small to impact test, toughness qualifications shall be determined by the Commandant based on material, chemical, and mechanical properties.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CFR 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Weldment toughness tests—procedure qualifications.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Plate for which Charpy V-notch impact testing is required in the parent material and for which V-notch minima are specified shall similarly have welding procedures qualified for toughness by Charpy V-notch testing. For these tests, the test plates shall be oriented with their final rolling direction parallel to the weld axis (i.e., so that transverse impact specimens result), and with the V-notch normal to the plate surface. The sample weld joint preparation shall be the same as that used in production. The number of test specimens and the location of their notches shall be as shown in Figure 54.05-15(a) and as described in paragraphs (a) (1) through (5) of this section.</P>
            <P>(1) Three specimens with the notch centered in the weld metal.</P>
            <P>(2) Three specimens with the notch centered on the fusion line between parent plate and weld. (The fusion line may be identified by etching the specimen with a mild reagent.)</P>
            <P>(3) Three specimens with the notch centered in the heat affected zone, 1 mm from the fusion line.</P>
            <P>(4) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this section, but 3 mm from the fusion line.</P>
            <P>(5) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this section, but 5 mm from the fusion line.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="406" SPAN="2">
              <PRTPAGE P="138"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.020</GID>
              <BCAP>
                <E T="14">Figure</E> 54.05-15(a)—Charpy V-notch specimen removal details.</BCAP>
            </GPH>
            <P>(b) Plate materials for which Charpy V-notch minimums are not specified, or for which a Charpy V-notch correlation with NDT is not known, and which are themselves tested for toughness by the drop-weight procedure, shall have welding procedures similarly qualified by the drop-weight test. For such qualifications, two drop-weight specimens are to be tested, with the notch positioned directly above and parallel to the centerline of the weld.</P>
            <P>(c) Piping welding toughness tests shall be qualified, by making Charpy V-notch impact tests as prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>

            <P>(d) Materials which are specially approved based on toughness criteria or <PRTPAGE P="139"/>tests, other than those discussed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, shall have welding procedures tested and qualified for toughness as deemed appropriate and necessary by the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(e) In the case of stainless steels, weld procedure toughness tests may be limited to weld metal only if this is all that is required by § 54.25-15.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Production toughness testing.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For vessels of welded construction, production toughness test plates shall be prepared for each 50 feet of longitudinal and circumferential butt weld in each Class I-L vessel, or for each 150 feet in each Class II-L vessel, except for material other than stainless steel that is exempted from impact test requirements by this subchapter. In the case of stainless steels, weld production toughness tests may be limited to weld metal only if this is all that is required be § 54.25-15. The test-plate thickness shall be the same as that of the vessel wall at the location of the production weld being sampled. The test plates shall be prepared, wherever possible, as run-off tabs attached at the ends of weld butts or seams. The rolling direction of the run-off tabs should be oriented parallel to the rolling direction of the adjacent production material. The test-plate material shall be taken from one of the heats of material used in the vessel, and both the electrodes and welding procedures shall be the same as used in the fabrication of the vessel. From each test plate, one set of three Charpy impact bars or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable according to the test used in procedure qualification, shall be taken transverse to the weld axis. For Charpy V-notch specimens, the notch shall be normal to the material surface and its location alternated (approximately) on successive tests between the weld metal and heat affected zone. Thus, approximately half of all weld production impact tests will be of weld metal and half of heat affected zone material. For the weld metal tests, the V-notch is to be centered between the fusion lines. For the heat affected zone tests, the notch is to be centered so as to sample, as nearly as practicable, the most critical location for toughness observed in the weld procedure qualification tests. Where the drop weight specimen is used in production weld testing, it shall be prepared in the same manner as specified for procedure qualification testing, § 54.05-15(b).</P>
            <P>(b) For vessels not exceeding 5 cubic feet in volume, one set of impact specimens, or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable according to the test used in procedure qualification, may represent all vessels from the same heat of material not in excess of 100 vessels, or one heat-treatment furnace batch. In addition, when such vessels are welded, one weld test plate made from one of the heats of material used, and two sets of impact specimens or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable, cut therefrom, may represent the weld metal in the smallest of: One lot of 100 vessels or less; or each heat-treatment furnace batch; or each 50 feet of welding for Class I-L vessels; or each 150 feet of welding for Class II-L vessels.</P>
            <P>(c) For several vessels or parts of vessels being welded in succession, the plate thickness of which does not vary by more than one-fourth inch, and which are made of the same grade of material, a test plate shall be furnished for each 50 feet of welding for Class I-L vessels or 150 feet of welding for Class II-L vessels. For each 50- or 150-foot increment of weld, as applicable, the test plates shall be prepared at the time of fabrication of the first vessel involving that increment.</P>
            <P>(d) The test plates and any other test material from which toughness test specimens are cut shall be given the same heat-treatment as the production material they represent. Test specimens representing other material than the weld toughness test plates shall preferably be cut from a part of the vessel material but may be cut from like material that has been heat-treated within the temperature range specified by the producer in treating the actual vessel material.</P>

            <P>(e) For nonpressure vessel type tanks and associated secondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05-4, subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter, production toughness test plates shall be prepared in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (d) of this section. One set of toughness <PRTPAGE P="140"/>test plates shall be prepared for each 165 feet (50 meters) of production butt type welds.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Weld toughness test acceptance criteria.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) For Charpy V-notch impact tests the energy absorbed in both the weld metal and heat affected zone impact tests in weld qualification and production shall be:</P>
            <P>(1) For weld metal specimens, not less than the transverse values required for the parent material.</P>
            <P>(2) For heat affected zone specimens, when the specimens are transversely oriented, not less than the transverse values required for the parent material.</P>
            <P>(3) For heat affected zone specimens, when the specimens are longitudinally oriented, not less than 1.5 times the transverse values required for the parent material.</P>
            <P>(b) For drop-weight tests both specimens from each required set shall exhibit a no-break performance.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Impact test properties for service of 0 °F and below.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Test energy.</E> The impact energies of each set of transverse Charpy specimens may not be less than the values shown in Table 54.05-20(a). Only one specimen in a set may be below the required average and the value of that specimen must be above the minimum impact value permitted on one specimen only. See § 54.05-5(c) for retest requirements.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,15,15" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.05-20(a)—Charpy v-notch impact requirements</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Size of specimen</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Minimum impact value required for average of each set of 3 specimens foot-pounds <SU>1</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Miminum impact value permitted on one specimen only of a set, foot-pounds</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">10 × 10 mm</ENT>
                <ENT>20.0</ENT>
                <ENT>13.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">10 × 7.5 mm</ENT>
                <ENT>16.5</ENT>
                <ENT>11.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">10 × 5 mm</ENT>
                <ENT>13.5</ENT>
                <ENT>9.0</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">10 × 2.5 mm</ENT>
                <ENT>10.0</ENT>
                <ENT>6.5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) Transversely oriented Charpy V-notch impact specimens of ASTM A-203 nickel steels must exhibit energies not less than the values shown in § 54.05-20 (a). Requirements for 9 percent nickel steels are contained in § 54.25-20. Other nickel alloy steels, when specially approved by the Commandant, must exhibit a no-break performance when tested in accordance with the drop weight procedure. If, for such materials, there are data indicating suitable correlation with drop-weight tests, Charpy V-notch tests may be specially considered by the Commandant in lieu of drop-weight tests. If the drop-weight test cannot be performed because of material thickness limitations (less than one-half inch), or product shape, or is otherwise inapplicable (because of heat treatment, chemistry etc.) other tests or test criteria will be specified by the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(c) Where sufficient data are available to warrant such waiver, the Commandant may waive the requirements for toughness testing austenitic stainless steel materials. Where required, austenitic stainless steels are to be tested using the drop-weight procedure and must exhibit a no-break performance. Where data are available indicating suitable correlation of Charpy V-notch results with drop-weight NDT or no-break performance, Charpy V-notch tests may be specially considered by the Commandant in lieu of dropweight tests. If the dropweight test cannot be performed because of material thickness limitations (less than one-half inch), or product shape, or is otherwise inapplicable (because of heat treatment, chemistry, etc.) other tests and/or test criteria will be specified by the Commandant.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-25</SECTNO>
            <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.05-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Allowable stress values at low temperatures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Coast Guard will give consideration to the enhanced yield and tensile strength properties of ferrous and nonferrous materials at low temperature for the purpose of establishing allowable stress values for service temperature below 0 °F.</P>

            <P>(b) The use of such allowable stress values must be specially approved -by the Coast Guard for each ap-pli-ca-tion. <PRTPAGE P="141"/>Further information may be ob-tained by writing to the Coast Guard -(G-MSE).</P>
            <P>(c) Submittals must include information and calculations specified by the Coast Guard (G-MSE) to demonstrate that the allowable stress for the material cannot be exceeded under any possible combination of vessel loads and metal temperature.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 73-133R, 39 FR 9179, Mar. 8, 1974, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50727, 50728, Sept. 27, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.10—Inspection, Reports, and Stamping</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies UG-90 through UG-103 and UG-115 through UG-120).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The inspection, tests, stamping, and reports for pressure vessels shall be as required by paragraphs UG-90 through UG-103 and UG-115 through UG-120 of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.10-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marine inspectors (replaces UG-90 and UG-91, and modifies UG-92 through UG-103).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Only marine inspectors shall apply the Coast Guard Symbol. They will not apply any other code symbol to pressure vessels.</P>
            <P>(b) All pressure vessels not exempted under provisions of § 54.01-15 shall be inspected by a marine inspector referring to procedures outlined in UG-92 through UG-103 of the ASME Code and §§ 50.30-10, 50.30-15, and 50.30-20 of this subchapter. The marine inspector will then stamp the vessel with the Coast Guard Symbol.</P>
            <P>(c) Pressure vessels described in § 54.01-5(c)(3), except pressure vessels in systems regulated under § 58.60 of this chapter, must be visually examined by a marine inspector prior to installation. The marine inspector also reviews the associated plans and manufacturers’ data reports. If, upon inspection, the pressure vessel complies with the applicable requirements in § 54.01-5, the marine inspector stamps the pressure vessel with the Coast Guard Symbol.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The maximum allowable working pressure for a vessel is the maximum pressure permissable at the top of the vessel in its normal operating position at the operating temperature specified for that pressure. It is the least of the values found for maximum allowable working pressure for any of the essential parts of the vessel by the principles given in paragraph (b) of this section and adjusted for any difference in static head that may exist between the part considered and the top of the vessel. (See UA-60 (a) of the ASME Code.)</P>
            <P>(b) The maximum allowable working pressure for a vessel part is the maximum internal or external pressure, including the static head thereon, as determined by the rules and formulas in this Division (ASME Code), together with the effect of any combination of loadings listed in UG-22 of the ASME Code (see § 54.01-30) which are likely to occur, for the designated coincident operating temperature, excluding any metal thickness specified as corrosion allowance. (See UG-25 of the ASME Code.)</P>

            <P>(c) Maximum allowable working pressure may be determined for more than one designated operating temperature, using for each temperature the applicable allowable stress value.
            </P>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
              <P>Table 54.10-5 gives pictorially the interrelation among the various pressure levels pertinent to this part of the regulations. It includes reference to section VIII of the ASME Code for definitions and explanations.</P>
            </NOTE>
            
            <PRTPAGE P="142"/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s40,r80,r80,r80n,2" COLS="5" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.10-5—Pictorial Inter-Relation Among Various Pressure Levels With References to Specific Requirements \1\</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Pressure differential, psi <SU>2</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Test pressures <SU>3</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Relief device pressure settings</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Pressures upon which relief device flow capacity is based</CHED>
                <CHED H="1"/>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Burst proof test (UG-101(m) of ASME Code)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Yield proof test (UG-101(j) of ASME Code)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Standard hydrostatic test (UG-99 of ASME Code)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>Fire exposure, 120% MAWP</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Pneumatic test (UG-100 of ASME Code)</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>Rupture disk burst (§ 54.15-13)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW RUL="s">
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>Normal, 110% MAWP</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW RUL="s">
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP), UG-98 and UA-60(a) of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP), UG-98 and UA-60(a) of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Maximum allowable working pressure (MAWP), UG-98 and UA-60(a) of ASME Code</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Design pressure, UG-21, and UA-60(b) of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Design pressure, UG-21 and UA-60(b) of ASME Code</ENT>
                <ENT>Design pressure, UG-21 and UA-60(b) of ASME Code</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>Safety or relief value setting (UG-133 of ASME Code)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11"/>
                <ENT>Operating pressure (UA-60(f) of ASME Code)</ENT>
                <ENT>Operating pressure (UA-60(f) of ASME Code)</ENT>
                <ENT>Operating pressure (UA-60(f) of ASME Code)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>  For basic pressure definitions see § 52.01-3(g) of this subchapter.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU>  For pressure differentials above 3,000 pounds per square inch (p.s.i.), special requirements may apply.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU>  For the basis for calculating test pressures, see UA-60(e) of the ASME Code.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.10-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Standard hydrostatic test (modifies UG-99).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All pressure vessels shall satisfactorily pass the hydrostatic test prescribed by this section, except those pressure vessels noted under § 54.10-15(a).</P>
            <P>(b) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be at least one and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure stamped on the pressure vessel, multiplied by the ratio of the stress value “S” at the test temperature to the stress value “S” at the design temperature for the materials of which the pressure vessel is constructed. The values for “S” shall be taken from Tables UCS 23, UNF 23, UHA 23, or UHT 23 of the ASME Code. The value of “S” at test temperature shall be that taken for the material of the tabulated value of temperature closest to the test temperature. The value of “S” at design temperature shall be as interpolated from the appropriate table. No ratio less than one shall be used. The stress resulting from the hydrostatic test shall not exceed 90 percent of the yield stress of the material at the test temperature. External loadings which will exist in supporting structure during the hydrostatic test should be considered. The design shall consider the combined stress during hydrostatic testing due to pressure and the support reactions. This stress shall not exceed 90 percent of the yield stress of the material at the test temperature. In addition the adequacy of the supporting structure during hydrostatic testing should be considered in the design.</P>
            <P>(c) The hydrostatic test pressure shall be applied for a sufficient period of time to permit a thorough examination of all joints and connections. The test shall not be conducted until the vessel and liquid are at approximately the same temperature.</P>
            <P>(d) Defects detected during the hydrostatic test or subsequent examination shall be completely removed and then inspected. Provided the marine inspector gives his approval, they may then be repaired.</P>
            <P>(e) Vessels requiring stress relieving shall be stress relieved after any welding repairs have been made. (See UW-40 of the ASME Code.)</P>

            <P>(f) After repairs have been made the vessel shall again be tested in the regular way, and if it passes the test, the marine inspector may accept it. If it <PRTPAGE P="143"/>does not pass the test, the marine inspector can order supplementary repairs, or, if in his judgment the vessel is not suitable for service, he may permanently reject it.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.10-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pneumatic test (modifies UG-100).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pneumatic testing of welded pressure vessels shall be permitted only for those units which are so designed and/or supported that they cannot be safely filled with water, or for those units which cannot be dried and are to be used in a service where traces of the testing medium cannot be tolerated.</P>
            <P>(b) Proposals to pneumatically test shall be submitted to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for approval.</P>
            <P>(c) Except for enameled vessels, for which the pneumatic test pressure shall be at least equal to, but need not exceed, the maximum allowable working pressure to be marked on the vessel, the pneumatic test pressure shall be at least equal to 1.25 times the maximum allowable working pressure to be stamped on the vessel multiplied by the lowest ratio (for the materials of which the vessel is constructed) of the stress value “S” for the test temperature of the vessel to the stress value “S” for the design temperature (see UG-21 of the ASME Code). In no case shall the pneumatic test pressure exceed 1.25 times the basis for calculated test pressure as defined in UA-60(e) of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(d) The pneumatic test of pressure vessels shall be accomplished as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) The pressure on the vessel shall be gradually increased to not more than half the test pressure.</P>
            <P>(2) The pressure will then be increased at steps of approximately one-tenth the test pressure until the test pressure has been reached.</P>
            <P>(3) The pressure will then be reduced to the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel to permit examination.</P>
            <P>(e) Pressure vessels pneumatically tested shall also be leak tested. The test shall be capable of detecting leakage consistent with the design requirements of the pressure vessel. Details of the leak test shall be submitted to the Commandant for approval.</P>
            <P>(f) After satisfactory completion of the pneumatic pressure test, the vessel may be stamped in accordance with § 54.10-20. A marine inspector shall observe the pressure vessel in a loaded condition at the first opportunity following the pneumatic test. The tank supports and saddles, connecting piping, and insulation if provided shall be examined to determine if they are satisfactory and that no leaks are evident.</P>
            <P>(g) The pneumatic test is inherently more hazardous than a hydrostatic test, and suitable precautions shall be taken to protect personnel and adjacent property.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.10-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marking and stamping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Pressure vessels (replaces UG-116, except paragraph (k), and UG-118).</E> Pressure vessels that are required by § 54.10-3 to be stamped with the Coast Guard Symbol must also be stamped with the following information:</P>
            <P>(1) Manufacturer's name and serial number.</P>
            <P>(2) Coast Guard number, see § 50.10-30 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(3) Coast Guard Symbol, which is affixed only by the marine inspector.</P>
            <P>(4) Maximum allowable working -pressure __ kPa (__ psig) at __ °C (__ °F).</P>
            <P>(5) Class.</P>
            <P>(6) Minimum service temperature allowed, if below −18 °C (0 °F)</P>
            <P>(7) Water capacity in liters (U.S. gallons), if a cargo carrying pressure -vessel.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Multichambered pressure vessels</E> (<E T="03">replaces UG-116</E>(<E T="03">k</E>)). In cases where more than one pressure vessel is involved in an integral construction, as with a heat exchanger, the manufacturer may elect to class the component pressure vessels differently. In such cases he shall stamp the combined structures as required in paragraph (a) of this section with information for each pressure vessel. Where an item for stamping is identical for both vessels, as with name and address of manufacturer, it need not be duplicated. However, where differences exist, each value and the vessel to which it applies shall be clearly indicated.<PRTPAGE P="144"/>
            </P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Stamping data</E> (<E T="03">replaces UG-117</E>). Except as noted in paragraph (d) of this section, the data shall be stamped directly on the pressure vessel. The data shall be legibly stamped and shall not be obliterated during the service life of the pressure vessel. In the event that the portion of the pressure vessel upon which the data is stamped is to be insulated or otherwise covered, the data shall be reproduced on a metal nameplate. This plate shall be securely attached to the pressure vessel. The nameplate shall be maintained in a legible condition such that it may be easily read.</P>
            <P>(1) Those parts of pressure vessels requiring Coast Guard shop inspection under this part which are furnished by other than the shop of the manufacturer responsible for the completed vessel shall be stamped with the Coast Guard Symbol, the Marine Inspection Office identification letters (see § 50.10-30 of this subchapter) and the word “Part”, the manufacturer's name and serial number, and the design pressure.</P>
            <P>(d) Thin walled vessels (modifies UG-119). In lieu of direct stamping on the pressure vessel, the information required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be stamped on a nameplate permanently attached to the pressure vessel when the pressure vessel is constructed of—</P>
            <P>(1) Steel plate less than one-fourth inch thick; or</P>
            <P>(2) Nonferrous plate less than one-half inch thick.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970; CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.10-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manufacturers’ data report forms (modifies UG-120).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Manufacturers’ data report form, as provided by the Coast Guard, shall be completed in duplicate and certified by the manufacturer for each pressure vessel required to be shop inspected under these regulations. The original of this form shall be delivered to the Coast Guard inspector.</P>
            <P>(b) Data forms for those parts of a pressure vessel requiring inspection, which are furnished by other than the shop of the manufacturer responsible for the completed unit, shall be executed in triplicate by the manufacturer of the parts. The original and one copy shall be delivered to the Coast Guard inspector who shall forward one copy of the report to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having cognizance over the final assembly. These partial data reports, together with the final inspection and tests, shall be the final Coast Guard inspector's authority to apply the Coast Guard symbol and number. A final data report shall be executed by the manufacturer or assembler who completes the final assembly and tests.</P>
            <P>(c) If a pressure vessel is required to be inspected in accordance with § 54.10-3(c), the manufacturer's data reports required by UG-120 must be made available to the Coast Guard inspector for review prior to inspection of the pressure vessel.</P>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2130-0181)</APPRO>
            <CITA>[CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970 as amended by CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.15—Pressure-Relief Devices</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (modifies UG-125 through UG-136).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All pressure vessels built in accordance with applicable requirements in Division 1 of section VIII of the ASME Code must be provided with protective devices as indicated in UG-125 through UG-136 except as noted otherwise in this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b) The markings shall be in accordance with this chapter for devices covered by § 54.15-10.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.15-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions (modifies UA-60).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Definitions applicable to this subpart are in § 52.01-3 of this subchapter.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Protective devices (modifies UG-125).</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) All pressure vessels must be provided with protective devices. The protective devices must be in accordance with the requirements of UG-125 <PRTPAGE P="145"/>through UG-136 of the ASME Code except as modified in this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b) An unfired steam boiler evaporator or heat exchanger (see § 54.01-10) shall be equipped with protective devices as required by § 54.15-15.</P>
            <P>(c) All pressure vessels other than unfired steam boilers shall be protected by pressure-relieving devices that will prevent the pressure from rising more than 10 percent above the maximum allowable working pressure, except when the excess pressure is caused by exposure to fire or other unexpected source of heat.</P>
            <P>(d) Where an additional hazard can be created by exposure of a pressure vessel to fire or other unexpected sources of external heat (for example, vessels used to store liquefied flammable gases), supplemental pressure-relieving devices shall be installed to protect against excessive pressure. Such supplemental pressure-relieving devices shall be capable of preventing the pressure from rising more than 20 percent above the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel. The minimum required relief capacities for compressed gas pressure vessels are given under § 54.15-25. A single pressure-relieving device may be used to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph and paragraph (c) of this section, provided it meets the requirements of both paragraphs.</P>
            <P>(e) Pressure-relieving devices should be selected on the basis of their intended service. They shall be constructed, located, and installed so that they are readily accessible for inspection and repair and so arranged that they cannot be readily rendered inoperative.</P>
            <P>(f) Where pressure-indicating gages are used, they shall be chosen to be compatible with the pressure to be indicated. The size of the visual display, the fineness of graduations, and the orientation of the display will be considered. In no case shall the upper range of the gage be less than 1.2 times nor more than 2 times the pressure at which the relieving device is set to function.</P>
            <P>(g) The Commandant may authorize or require the use of a rupture disk in lieu of a relief or safety valve under certain conditions of pressure vessel use and design. See § 54.15-13.</P>
            <P>(h) Vessels that are to operate completely filled with liquid shall be equipped with liquid relief valves unless otherwise protected against overpressure.</P>
            <P>(i) The protective devices required under paragraph (a) of this section shall be installed directly on a pressure vessel except when the source of pressure is external to the vessel, and is under such positive control that the pressure in the vessel cannot exceed the maximum allowable working pressure at the operating temperature except as permitted in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section.</P>
            <P>(j) Pressure-relieving devices shall be constructed of materials suitable for the pressure, temperature, and other conditions of the service intended.</P>
            <P>(k) The opening through all pipes and fittings between a pressure vessel and its pressure-relieving device shall have at least the area of the pressure-relieving device inlet, and in all cases shall have sufficient area so as not to unduly restrict the flow to the pressure-relieving device. The opening in the vessel shall be designed to provide direct and unobstructed flow between the vessel and its pressure-relieving device.</P>
            <P>(l) Safety devices need not be provided by the pressure vessel manufacturer. However, overpressure protection shall be provided prior to placing the vessel in service.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended bu CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety and relief valves (modifies UG-126).</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) All safety and relief valves for use on pressure vessels or piping systems shall be designed to meet the protection and service requirements for which they are intended and shall be set to relieve at a pressure which does not exceed the “maximum allowable working pressure” of the pressure vessel or piping system. Relief valves are not required to have huddling chambers for other than steam service. In addition, safety valves used on vessels in which steam is generated shall meet § 52.01-120 of this subchapter except § 52.01-120(a)(9). For steam service <PRTPAGE P="146"/>below 206 kPa (30 psig), bodies of safety valves may be made of cast iron. Safety relief valves used in liquefied compressed gas service shall meet subpart 162.017 or 162.018 in subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter as appropriate.</P>
            <P>(b) Pilot-valve control or other indirect operation of safety valves is not permitted unless the design is such that the main unloading valve will open automatically at not over the set pressure and will discharge its full rated capacity if some essential part of the pilot or auxiliary device should fail. All other safety and relief valves shall be of the direct spring loaded type.</P>
            <P>(c) Safety and relief valves for steam or air service shall be provided with a substantial lifting device so that the disk can be lifted from its seat when the pressure in the vessel is 75 percent of that at which the valve is set to blow.</P>
            <P>(d) Safety and relief valves for service other than steam and air need not be provided with a lifting device although a lifting device is desirable if the vapors are such that their release will not create a hazard.</P>
            <P>(e) If the design of a safety or relief valve is such that liquid can collect on the discharge side of the disk, the valve shall be equipped with a drain at the lowest point where liquid can collect (for installation, see UG-134 of section VIII of the ASME Code).</P>
            <P>(f) Cast iron may be employed in the construction of relief valves for pressures not exceeding 125 pounds per square inch and temperatures not exceeding 450 °F. Seats or disks of cast iron are prohibited.</P>
            <P>(g) The spring in a relief valve in serv-ice for pressures up to and including 250 pounds per square inch shall not be reset for any pressure more than 10 percent above or 10 percent below that for which the relief valve is marked. For higher pressures, the spring shall not be reset for any pressure more than 5 percent above or 5 percent below that for which the relief valve is marked.</P>
            <P>(h) The rated relieving capacity of safety and relief valves for use on pressure vessels shall be based on actual flow test data and the capacity shall be certified by the manufacturer in accordance with one of the following:</P>
            <P>(1) 120 percent of the valve set pressure for valves rated in accordance with Compressed Gas Association Standard S-1.2.5.2.</P>
            <P>(2) 110 percent of the valve set pressure for valves rated in accordance with UG-131 of section VIII of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(3) 103 percent of the valve set pressure for steam in accordance with PG-69 of the ASME Code.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81-79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.15-13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rupture disks (modifies UG-127).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Paragraph UG-127 of the ASME Code provides for the use of rupture disks in series with spring loaded safety or relief valves.</P>
            <P>(b) For certain pressure vessels containing substances which may render a relief or safety valve inoperative, or where the installation of a valve is considered impractical, the Commandant may authorize or require the use of a rupture disk in parallel with or in lieu of a spring loaded safety or relief valve. These rupture disks shall:</P>
            <P>(1) Comply with the general provisions of § 54.15-5 except as noted otherwise in this section;</P>
            <P>(2) Have a capacity for discharge such that the volume of release is sufficient to prevent the internal pressure from exceeding 120 percent of the “maximum allowable working pressure” with the pressure vessel exposed to fire conditions (see § 54.15-25); and,</P>
            <P>(3) Operate at a pressure level which does not produce fatigue failure of the disk. The normal maximum operating pressure multiplied by 1.3 shall not exceed the nominal disk burst pressure. (Notice that this restriction for protection of the rupture disk will usually require operation below the “maximum allowable working pressure” of the pressure vessel and therefore should be considered in design.)</P>
            <P>(c) All disks shall be oriented so that if rupture occurs, the disk fragments and pressure vessel discharge will be directed away from operating personnel and vital machinery.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="147"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.15-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relief devices for unfired steam boilers, evaporators, and heat exchangers (modifies UG-126).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) An approved safety valve set to relieve at a pressure not exceeding the “maximum allowable working pressure” of the shell shall be fitted to all unfired steam boilers and evaporators except for evaporators of the atmospheric type designed for vapor discharge direct to a distiller with no shutoff valve in the discharge line. The distiller connected to atmospheric evaporators shall be fitted with a vent to prevent a buildup in pressure. In no case shall the vent be less than 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches in diameter. Evaporators operating between atmospheric pressure and 15 p.s.i.g., may use a rupture disc as an alternative to the safety valve.</P>
            <P>(b) Safety valves for use on pressure vessels in which steam or pressure is generated shall comply with the requirements of § 54.15-10. Rupture discs used in lieu of these safety valves, as provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, shall comply with the requirements of § 54.15-13.</P>
            <P>(c) The relieving capacity of evaporator safety valves required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be at least equal to the capacity of the orifice fitted in the steam supply to the evaporator. The orifice capacity shall be determined in accordance with the formula in paragraph (c) (1) or (2) of this section as appropriate:</P>
            <P>(1) Where the set pressure of the evaporator shell safety valve is 58 percent or less than the setting of the safety valve in the steam supply:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">W=51.45AP</HD>
            <P>(2) Where the set pressure of the evaporator shell safety valve exceeds 58 percent of the setting of the safety valve on the steam supply:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">W=105.3A<E T="21">√</E> P<E T="22">1</E>(P−P<E T="22">1</E>)</HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">W=The required orifice capacity, in pounds per hour.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">A=Cross-sectional area of rounded entrance orifice, in square inches. The orifice shall be installed near the steam inlet or the coils or tubes and where no orifice is employed the area used in the formula shall be that of the inlet connection or manifold.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">P=Set pressure of steam supply safety valve, in pounds per square inch, absolute.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">P<E T="22">1</E>=Set pressure of evaporator shell safety valve, in pounds per square inch, absolute. </P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(d) The relieving capacity of safety valves on unfired steam boilers shall not be less than the maximum generating capacity of the unfired steam boiler as certified by the manufacturer.</P>
            <P>(e) On new installations and where the orifice size of an existing unfired steam boiler or evaporator is increased, an accumulation test shall be made by closing all steam outlet connections except the safety valves for a period of five minutes. When conducting the accumulation test, the water shall be at the normal operating level and the steam pressure shall be at the normal operating pressure, and while under this test the pressure shall not rise more than 6 percent above the safety valve setting.</P>
            <P>(f) A heat exchanger with liquid in the shell and the heating medium in the tubes or coils, shall be fitted with a liquid relief valve meeting the requirement of § 54.15-5.</P>
            <P>(g)(1) A heat exchanger with steam in the shell and liquid in the tubes or coils at a pressure exceeding that in the shell, shall have a liquid relief valve fitted to protect the shell against excess pressure.</P>
            <P>(2) The discharge capacity of such relief valves shall be calculated on the basis of the discharge from one tube using the difference in pressures between that in the shell and that in the tubes and shall be not less than that determined by the following formula:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">Q=29.81KD<E T="21"> 2√ </E> P<E T="22">1</E>−P<E T="22">2</E>
              </HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              
              <P SOURCE="P-3">Q=Required relief valve discharge capacity, in gallons per minute, based on relief valve set pressure.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">P<E T="22">1</E>=Pressure in the tube or coils, in pounds per square inch.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">P<E T="22">2</E>=Set pressure of the shell relief valve, in pounds per square inch.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">D=Internal diameter of the largest tube or coil, in inches.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">K=Coefficient of discharge=0.62.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="148"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.15-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minimum relief capacities for cargo tanks containing compressed or liquefied gas.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each tank shall be fitted with one or more safety relief valves designed, constructed, and flow tested in accordance with subpart 162.017 or 162.018 in subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter. Valves conforming to specification subpart 162.017 shall be limited to use on tanks whose maximum allowable working pressure is not in excess of 10 pounds per square inch. With specific approval of the Commandant, such valves may be connected to the vessel in lieu of being directly fitted to the tanks.</P>
            <P>(b) The discharge pressure and the maximum overpressure permitted shall be in accordance with § 54.15-5.</P>

            <P>(c) The rate of discharge for heat input of fire must meet the following formula:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Q=FGA<E T="21">0</E>
                <E T="51">.</E>82</FP>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">where:</FP>

              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Q=minimum required rate of discharge in cubic meters (cubic feet) per minute of air at standard conditions 0 °C and 1.03 kp/cm<E T="21">2</E> (60 °F and 14.7 psia).</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F=fire exposure factor for the following tank types:</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F=1.0 for tanks without insulation located on the open deck.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F=0.5 for tanks on the open deck having insulation that has approved fire proofing, thermal conductance, and stability under fire exposure.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F=0.5 for uninsulated independent tasks installed in holds.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F=0/2 for insulated independent tanks in holds or for uninsulated independent tanks in insulated holds.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F=0.1 for insulated independent tanks in inerted holds or for uninsulated independent tanks in inerted, insulated holds.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F=0.1 for membrane and semi-membrane tanks.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G=gas factor of:</FP>
              <MATH DEEP="31" SPAN="1">
                <MID>EC01FE91.021</MID>
              </MATH>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">where:</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">L=latent heat of the material being vaporized at the relieving conditions, in Kcal/kg (Btu per pound).</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C=constant based on relation of specific heats (k), Table § 54.15-25(c) (if k is not known, C=.606(315)).</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Z=compressibility factor of the gas at the relieving conditions (if not known, Z=1.0).</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">T=temperature in degrees K=(273 + degrees C) (R=(460 + degrees F)) at the relieving conditions (120% of the pressure at which the pressure relief valve is set).</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">M=molecular weight of the product.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A=external surface area of the tank in m<E T="21">2</E> (sq. ft.) for the following tank types:</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">For a tank of a body of revolution shape:</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A=external surface area.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">For a tank other than a body of revolution shape:</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A=external surface area less the projected bottom surface area.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">For a grouping of pressure vessel tanks having insulation on the vessel's structure:</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A=external surface area of the hold without the projected bottom area.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">For a grouping of pressure tanks having insulation on the tank:</FP>

              <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A=external surface area of the pressure tanks excluding insulation, and without the projected bottom area.<E T="21">1</E>
                <FTREF/>
              </FP>
              <FTNT>
                <P>
                  <E T="21">1</E> Figure 54.15-25(c) shows a method of determining the side external surface area of a grouping of vertical pressure tanks.</P>
              </FTNT>
            </EXTRACT>
            <GPH DEEP="206" SPAN="2">
              <PRTPAGE P="149"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.022</GID>
            </GPH>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,10,10" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.15-25(c)—Constant C</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">k</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">C</CHED>
                <CHED H="1"/>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.00 </ENT>
                <ENT>.606 </ENT>
                <ENT>(315)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.02 </ENT>
                <ENT>.611 </ENT>
                <ENT>(318)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.04 </ENT>
                <ENT>.615 </ENT>
                <ENT>(320)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.06 </ENT>
                <ENT>.620 </ENT>
                <ENT>(322)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.08 </ENT>
                <ENT>.624 </ENT>
                <ENT>(324)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.10 </ENT>
                <ENT>.628 </ENT>
                <ENT>(327)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.12 </ENT>
                <ENT>.633 </ENT>
                <ENT>(329)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.14 </ENT>
                <ENT>.637 </ENT>
                <ENT>(331)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.16 </ENT>
                <ENT>.641 </ENT>
                <ENT>(333)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.18 </ENT>
                <ENT>.645 </ENT>
                <ENT>(335)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.20 </ENT>
                <ENT>.649 </ENT>
                <ENT>(337)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.22 </ENT>
                <ENT>.652 </ENT>
                <ENT>(339)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.24 </ENT>
                <ENT>.658 </ENT>
                <ENT>(341)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.26 </ENT>
                <ENT>.660 </ENT>
                <ENT>(343)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.28 </ENT>
                <ENT>.664 </ENT>
                <ENT>(345)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.30 </ENT>
                <ENT>.667 </ENT>
                <ENT>(347)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.32 </ENT>
                <ENT>.671 </ENT>
                <ENT>(349)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.34 </ENT>
                <ENT>.674 </ENT>
                <ENT>(351)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.36 </ENT>
                <ENT>.677 </ENT>
                <ENT>(352)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.38 </ENT>
                <ENT>.681 </ENT>
                <ENT>(354)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.40 </ENT>
                <ENT>.685 </ENT>
                <ENT>(356)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.42 </ENT>
                <ENT>.688 </ENT>
                <ENT>(358)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.44 </ENT>
                <ENT>.691 </ENT>
                <ENT>(359)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.46 </ENT>
                <ENT>.695 </ENT>
                <ENT>(361)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.48 </ENT>
                <ENT>.698 </ENT>
                <ENT>(363)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.50 </ENT>
                <ENT>.701 </ENT>
                <ENT>(364)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.52 </ENT>
                <ENT>.704 </ENT>
                <ENT>(366)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.54 </ENT>
                <ENT>.707 </ENT>
                <ENT>(368)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.56 </ENT>
                <ENT>.710 </ENT>
                <ENT>(369)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.58 </ENT>
                <ENT>.713 </ENT>
                <ENT>(371)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.60 </ENT>
                <ENT>.716 </ENT>
                <ENT>(372)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.62 </ENT>
                <ENT>.719 </ENT>
                <ENT>(374)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.64 </ENT>
                <ENT>.722 </ENT>
                <ENT>(376)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.66 </ENT>
                <ENT>.725 </ENT>
                <ENT>(377)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.68 </ENT>
                <ENT>.728 </ENT>
                <ENT>(379)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.70 </ENT>
                <ENT>.731 </ENT>
                <ENT>(380)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.72 </ENT>
                <ENT>.734 </ENT>
                <ENT>(382)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.74 </ENT>
                <ENT>.736 </ENT>
                <ENT>(383)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.76 </ENT>
                <ENT>.739 </ENT>
                <ENT>(384)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.78 </ENT>
                <ENT>.742 </ENT>
                <ENT>(386)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.80 </ENT>
                <ENT>.745 </ENT>
                <ENT>(387)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.82 </ENT>
                <ENT>.747 </ENT>
                <ENT>(388)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.84 </ENT>
                <ENT>.750 </ENT>
                <ENT>(390)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.86 </ENT>
                <ENT>.752 </ENT>
                <ENT>(391)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.88 </ENT>
                <ENT>.755 </ENT>
                <ENT>(392)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.90 </ENT>
                <ENT>.758 </ENT>
                <ENT>(394)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.92 </ENT>
                <ENT>.760 </ENT>
                <ENT>(395)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.94 </ENT>
                <ENT>.763 </ENT>
                <ENT>(397)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.96 </ENT>
                <ENT>.765 </ENT>
                <ENT>(398)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">1.98 </ENT>
                <ENT>.767 </ENT>
                <ENT>(399)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2.00 </ENT>
                <ENT>.770 </ENT>
                <ENT>(400)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2.02 </ENT>
                <ENT>.772 </ENT>
                <ENT>(401)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">2.20 </ENT>
                <ENT>.792 </ENT>
                <ENT>(412)</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(c-1) For an independent tank that has a portion of the tank protruding above the open deck, the fire exposure factor must be calculated for the surface area above the deck and the surface area below the deck, and this calculation must be specially approved by the Commandant (G-MSE).</P>

            <P>(d) In determining the total safety valve relieving capacity, the arrangement and location of the valves on the tank will be evaluated. The valves shall be placed so that a number of valves sufficient to provide the required relieving capacity shall always be in communication with the cargo vapor phase. The possible motions which the tank may see in its intended service and attendant changes in cargo liquid level will be considered. Shut off valves shall not be installed between <PRTPAGE P="150"/>the vessel and the safety relief valves. Manifolds for mounting multiple relief valves may be fitted with acceptable interlocking shut off valves so arranged that the required capacity of discharge will be “lined up” at all times.</P>
            <P>(e)(1) Each safety relief valve shall be tested in the presence of a marine inspector before being placed in service except as noted otherwise in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. The test shall satisfactorily show that the valve will start to discharge at the required minimum pressure.</P>
            <P>(2) Each safety relief valve fitted with a breaking pin and rupture disk need not be tested in the presence of a marine inspector before being placed in service. In lieu thereof, a certificate shall be furnished with the valve attested to by the manufacturer that the test requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section have been met.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26007, May 3, 1979; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.20—Fabrication by Welding</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies UW-1 through UW-65).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pressure vessels and vessel parts that are fabricated by welding shall be as required by paragraphs UW-1 through UW-65 of section VIII of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b)[Reserved]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.20-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fabrication for hazardous materials (replaces UW-2(a)).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pressure vessels containing hazardous materials as defined in § 150.115 of this chapter must be of the class and construction required by subchapter D, I, O, or, when not specified, of a class determined by the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(b) Class III pressure vessels must not be used for the storage or stowage of hazardous materials unless there is specific authorization in subchapters D, I, or O.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.20-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Design (modifies UW-9, UW-11(a), UW-13, and UW-16).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Fabrication by welding shall be in accordance with the provisions of this part and with part 57 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Welding subject to UW-11(a) of the ASME Code shall be modified as described in § 54.25-8 for radiographic examination.</P>
            <P>(c) A butt welded joint with one plate edge offset, as shown in Figure UW-13.1(k) of the ASME Code, may only be used for circumferential joints of Class II and Class III pressure vessels.</P>
            <P>(d) Attachment welds for nozzles and other connections shall be in accordance with UW-16 of the ASME Code. When nozzles or connections are made to pressure vessels, as shown in Figure UW-16.1 (a) and (c) of the ASME Code, and are welded from one side only, backing strips shall be used unless it can be determined visually that a full penetration weld has been achieved.</P>
            <P>(e) When fabricating by welding the minimum joint requirements shall be as specified under the column headed “minimum joint requirements” in Table 54.01-5(b) for various classes of pressure vessels.</P>
            <P>(f) Joints in Class II or III pressure vessel cargo tanks must meet the following:</P>
            <P>(1) Category A and B joints must be type (1) or (2).</P>
            <P>(2) Category C and D joints must have full penetration welds extending through the entire thickness of the vessel wall or nozzle wall.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982; CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Welding qualification tests and production testing (modifies UW-26, UW-28, UW-29, UW-47, and UW-48).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Performance and procedure qualification.</E> No production welding shall be done until welding procedures and welders have been qualified in accordance with part 57 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Tests.</E> Production tests are required in accordance with § 57.06-1 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="151"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.23—Fabrication by Brazing</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.23-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (modifies UB-1).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Fabrication by brazing shall be in accordance with the provisions of this part and with part 57 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.25—Construction With Carbon, Alloy, and Heat Treated Steels</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The carbon, alloy, and heat treated steels used in construction of pressure vessels and parts shall be as indicated in section VIII of the ASME Code except as noted otherwise in this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steel plates (modifies UCS-6).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The steels listed in UCS-6(b) and UCS-6(c) of the ASME Code will be allowed only in Class III pressure vessels (see Table 54.01-5(b)).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Corrosion allowance (replaces UCS-25).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The corrosion allowance shall be as required in § 54.01-35 in lieu of requirements in UCS-25 of the ASME Code.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Requirement for postweld heat treatment (modifies UCS-56).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Postweld heat treatment is required for all carbon and low alloy steel Class I, I-L, and II-L vessels regardless of thickness. (Refer to Table 54.01-5(b) for applicable requirements.)</P>
            <P>(b) Cargo tanks which are fabricated of carbon or low alloy steel as Class II pressure vessels, designed for pressures exceeding 100 pounds per square inch gage and used in the storage or transportation of liquefied compressed gases shall be postweld heat treated regardless of thickness.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Radiography (modifies UW-11(a), UCS-57, UNF-57, UHA-33, and UHT-57).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Full radiography is required for all Class I and Class I-L vessels regardless of thickness. (Refer to Table 54.01-5(b) for applicable requirements.)</P>
            <P>(b) Class II-L vessels shall be spot radiographed. The exemption provided in UW-11(c) of the ASME Code does not apply. (Refer to Table 54.01-5(b) for applicable requirements.)</P>
            <P>(c) Each butt welded joint in a Class II or III pressure vessel cargo tank must be spot radiographed, in accordance with UW-52, regardless of diameter or thickness, and each weld intersection or crossing must be radiographed for a distance of at least 10 thicknesses from the intersection.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Low temperature operation—ferritic steels (replaces UCS-65 through UCS-67).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Scope.</E> (1) This section contains requirements for pressure vessels and nonpressure vessel type tanks and associated secondary barrier, as defined in § 38.05-4 and § 154.7 of this chapter, and their parts constructed of carbon and alloy steels which are stressed at operating or hydrostatic test temperatures below 0 °F.</P>
            <P>(2) The service temperature is the minimum temperature of a product at which it may be contained, loaded and/or transported. However, the service temperature shall in no case be taken higher than given by the following formula:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">t<E T="22">s</E>=t<E T="22">w</E>−0.25(t<E T="22">w</E>−t<E T="22">B</E>)</HD>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP>where:</FP>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">t<E T="22">s</E>=Service temperature.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">t<E T="22">w</E>=Boiling temperature of gas at normal working pressure of container but not higher than +32 °F.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">t<E T="22">B</E>=Boiling temperature of gas at atmospheric pressure.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <FP>Only temperatures due to refrigerated service usually need to be considered in determining the service temperature, except pressure vessel type cargo tanks operating at ambient temperatures must meet paragraph (d) of this section. “Refrigerated service”, as used in this paragraph, means a service in which the temperature is controlled by the process and not by atmospheric conditions.</FP>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Specifications.</E> Materials used in the construction of vessels to operate <PRTPAGE P="152"/>below 0 °F. (but not below the designated minimum service temperature) shall conform to a specification given in Table UCS-23 in the ASME Code and the following additional requirements:
            </P>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
              <P>For high alloy steels refer to § 54.25-15. For heat treated steels refer to § 54.25-20. </P>
            </NOTE>
            
            <P>(1)(i) For minimum service temperatures not lower than −67 °F., ferritic steels shall be made with fine grain practice and shall have an austenitic grain size of 5 or finer, and shall be normalized. Consideration will be given to other heat treatments. Refer to § 57.03-1(d) of this subchapter. Plate for pressure vessel applications shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A-20. It may be produced by the open hearth, basic oxygen or electric furnace process and shall conform to the requirements of Table 54.25-10(b)(1). (Other alloying elements may only be present in trace amounts.)</P>
            <P>(ii) Mechanical properties shall be within the following limits:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s55,r85" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,6/7">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Ultimate strength</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="02">—</E>58,000 <SU>1</SU>-85,000 <SU>1</SU> p.s.i.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Yield strength</ENT>
                <ENT>—Minimum 35,000 p.s.i.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>—Maximum 80 percent of ultimate.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Elongation minimum</ENT>
                <ENT>—20 percent in 8 inches, or</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>—24 percent in 2 inches, or</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>—22 percent in 5.65 |A, where “A” is the test specimen cross sectional area.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s80,10,10" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.25-10(b)(1)</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Minimum service <SU>1</SU> temperature °F</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Max. C <SU>1</SU> percent</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Manganese range <SU>1</SU> percent</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">−30</ENT>
                <ENT>0.20</ENT>
                <ENT>0.70-1.35</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">−50</ENT>
                <ENT>.16</ENT>
                <ENT>1.15-1.50</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">−67</ENT>
                <ENT>.12</ENT>
                <ENT>1.30-1.60</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU>  At service temperatures intermediate between those specified, intermediate amounts of carbon and manganese will be allowed (in proportion to the actual service temperature variation from that listed), provided all other chemical and mechanical properties specified for steels in this temperature range are satisfied.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,9" COLS="2" OPTS="L0">
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">Range percent</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Si </ENT>
                <ENT>0.10-0.50
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>Maximum
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">S </ENT>
                <ENT>0.035</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">P </ENT>
                <ENT>0.035</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Ni </ENT>
                <ENT>0.80</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Cr </ENT>
                <ENT>0.25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Mo </ENT>
                <ENT>0.08</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Cu </ENT>
                <ENT>0.035</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Nb </ENT>
                <ENT>0.05</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">V </ENT>
                <ENT>0.08</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(2) For minimum service temperature below −67 °F., but not below the designated minimum service temperature, ferritic steels shall be normalized, low carbon, fully killed, fine grain, nickel alloy type, conforming to any one of the specifications in Table 54.25-10(b)(2). Consideration will be given to other heat treatments. Refer to § 57.03-1(d) of this subchapter for quenched and tempered steels. The ultimate and yield strengths shall be as shown in the applicable specification and shall be suitable to the design stress levels adopted. The service temperature shall not be colder than the minimum specified in Table 54.25-10(b)(2) for each steel.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s60,r80" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.25-10(b)(2)</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Steel</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Minimum service temperature</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-203, 2<FR>1/4</FR> percent, Ni, normalized </ENT>
                <ENT>−80 °F. for Grade A.<LI>−75 °F. for Grade B.</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-203, 3<FR>1/2</FR> percent, Ni, normalized </ENT>
                <ENT>−130 °F. for Grade D.<LI>−110 °F. for Grade E.</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">5 percent Ni, normalized</ENT>
                <ENT>Dependent on chemical and physical properties.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(3) The materials permitted under paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section shall be tested for toughness in accordance with and shall satisfy the applicable requirements of subpart 54.05.</P>
            <P>(4) Welded pressure vessels or nonpressure vessel type tanks and associated secondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05-4 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter shall meet the toughness requirements of subparts 57.03 and 57.06 of this subchapter with regard to weld procedure qualifications and production testing.</P>
            <P>(5) The material manufacturer's identification marking required by the material specification shall not be die-stamped on plate material less than one-fourth inch in thickness.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Design.</E> Pressure vessels must meet the requirements for Class I-L and II-L construction. (See Table 54.01-5(b) for applicable requirements). Except as permitted by § 54.05-30, the allowable stress values used in the design of low temperature pressure vessels may not exceed those given in Table UCS-23 of the ASME Code for temperatures of 0 °F. to 650 °F. For materials not listed in this Table allowable stress values are determined in accordance with Appendix P of Section VIII of the ASME Code.<PRTPAGE P="153"/>
            </P>
            <P>(d) Weldments and all materials used in pressure vessel type cargo tanks operating at ambient temperatures and constructed of materials listed in Table UCS-23 must pass Charpy impact tests in accordance with UG-84 at a temperature of −20 °F or colder, except as provided by paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(1) Charpy impact tests are not required for any of the following ASTM materials if the thickness for each is <FR>5/8</FR> inch or less, unless otherwise indicated:</P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(i) A-182, normalized and tempered.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(ii) A-302, Grades C and D.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(iii) A-336, Grades F21 and F22 that are normalized and tempered.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(iv) A-387, Grades 21 and 22 that are normalized and tempered.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(v) A-442, Grade 55 with a nominal thickness of 1″ or less.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(vi) A-516, Grades 55 and 60.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(vii) A-533, Grades B and C.</FP>
            <P>(viii) All other plates, structural shapes and bars, and other product forms, except for bolting, if produced to a fine grain practice and normalized.</P>
            <P>(2) Charpy impact tests are not required for any of the following ASTM materials if the thickness for each is 1<FR>1/4</FR> inch or less:</P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(i) A-203.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(ii) A-442, produced to a fine grain practice and normalized.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(iii) A-508, Class 1.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(iv) A-516, normalized.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(v) A-524.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(vi) A-537.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(vii) A-612, normalized.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(viii) A-662, normalized.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(ix) A-724, normalized.</FP>
            <P>(3) Charpy impact tests are not required for any of the following bolt materials:</P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(i) A-193, Grades B5, B7, B7M, and B16.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(ii) A-307, Grade B</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(iii) A-325, Type 1.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(iv) A-449.</FP>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-133R, 39 FR 9178, Mar. 8, 1974; CGD 74-289, 44 FR 26007, May 3, 1979; CGD 77-069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987; CGD 85-061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Low temperature operation—high alloy steels (modifies UHA-23(b) and UHA-51).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Toughness tests for the materials listed in UHA-51(a) of the ASME Code for service temperatures below −425 °F., UHA-51(b)(1) through (5) for service temperatures below 0 °F., and UHA-51(c) for all service temperatures, shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of subpart 54.05. These requirements are also applicable to nonpressure vessel type, low temperature tanks and associated secondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05-4 in subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter. Such tests are required regardless of the vessel's design stress. Service temperature is defined in § 54.25-10(a)(2).</P>
            <P>(b) Materials for pressure vessels with service temperatures below −320 °F. shall be of the stabilized or low carbon (less than 0.10 percent) austenitic stainless steel type, produced according to the applicable specifications of Table UHA-23 of the ASME Code. These materials and their weldments shall be tested for toughness according to the requirements of subpart 54.05 except that the Charpy V-notch testing acceptance criteria will be in accordance with UHT-6(a)(4) and (5) of the ASME Code.”</P>
            <P>(c) Except as permitted by § 54.05-30, the allowable stress values used in the design of low temperature pressure vessels may not exceed those given in Table UHA-23 of the ASME Code for temperatures of −20 °F. to 100 °F.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-133R, 39 FR 9178, Mar. 8, 1974; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Low temperature operation—ferritic steels with properties enhanced by heat treatment (modifies UHT-5(c), UHT-6, UHT-23, and UHT-82).</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) For service temperatures below 0 °F. but not below the designated minimum service temperature, steel conforming to the specifications of Table 54.25-20(a) may be used in the fabrication of pressure vessels and nonpressure vessel tanks and associated secondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05-4 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter. The ultimate and yield <PRTPAGE P="154"/>strengths shall be as shown in the applicable specification and shall be suitable for the design stress levels adopted. The service temperature shall not be colder than −320 °F. Service temperature is defined in § 54.25-10(a) (2).</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,8" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 54.25-20(a)</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Steel</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Minimum service temperature, °F.</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-333, 9 percent Ni, grade 8 </ENT>
                <ENT>−320</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-334, 9 percent Ni, grade 8 </ENT>
                <ENT>−320</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-353, 9 percent Ni, double normalized and tempered </ENT>
                <ENT>−320</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-522, 9 percent Ni, NNT, Q and T, forging </ENT>
                <ENT>−320</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">A-553, 9 percent Ni, quenched and tempered</ENT>
                <ENT>−320</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) The materials permitted under paragraph (a) of this section shall be tested for toughness in accordance with the requirements of UHT-6 of the ASME Code except that tests shall be conducted at the temperature specified in § 54.05-6 in lieu of that in UHT-5(c) of the ASME Code. Lateral expansion in a broken Charpy V-notch specimen is illustrated in Figure 54.25-20(b) and shall be measured in accordance with the procedure outlined in ASTM A-370.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="331" SPAN="2">
              <GID>EC01FE91.023</GID>
            </GPH>
            <PRTPAGE P="155"/>
            <P>(c) The qualification of welding procedures and welders and weld production testing for the steels of Table 54.25-20(a) shall conform to the requirements of part 57 of this subchapter and subpart 54.05 except that the Charpy V-notch testing acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with UHT-6(a) (4) and (5) of the ASME Code.</P>
            <P>(d) The values of absorbed energy in foot-pounds and of fracture appearance in percentage shear, which are recorded for information when complying with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall also be reported to the marine inspector or the Commandant, as applicable.</P>
            <P>(e) Except as permitted by § 54.05-30, the allowable stress values may not exceed those given in Table UHT-23 of the ASME Code for temperatures of 150 °F. and below.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-133R, 39 FR 9179, Mar. 8, 1974]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.25-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Welding of quenched and tempered steels (modified UHT-82).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The welding requirements in UHT-82 of the ASME Code shall be modified to require that the qualification of welding procedures and welders and weld production testing shall conform to the requirements of part 57 of this subchapter. The requirements are § 57.03-1(d) of this subchapter are applicable to welded pressure vessels and nonpressure vessel type tanks of quenched and tempered steels other than 9 percent nickel.</P>
            <P>(b)[Reserved]</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 54.30—Mechanical Stress Relief</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Certain pressure vessels may be mechanically stress relieved in accordance with the requirements in this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b)[Reserved]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.30-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Introduction.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Large conventional pressure vessels used to transport liquefied petroleum and natural gases, at “low temperatures” may often be difficult to thermally stress relieve. Where no other problem, such as corrosion exists, mechanical stress relief will be permitted for Class II-L pressure vessels.</P>
            <P>(b) Mechanical stress relief serves to cause small flaws, particularly in the weld zone, to yield plastically at the flaw tip resulting in a local relief of stress and a blunting of the crack tip. To achieve the maximum benefit from mechanical stress relief, it is necessary that the stresses so imposed be more severe than those expected in normal service life. At the same time, it is necessary that the stresses which are imposed are not so high as to result in appreciable deformation or general yielding.</P>
            <P>(c) The weld joint efficiencies as listed in Table UW-12 of the ASME Code shall apply except that a minimum of spot radiography will be required. UW-12(c) of the ASME Code which permits omitting all radiography does not apply. Spot examination shall follow UW-52 of the ASME Code and in addition these vessels will be required to have radiographic examination of intersecting circumferential and longitudinal joints for a distance of at least 20 times the plate thickness from the junction. See § 54.20-10 on spot radiography.</P>
            <P>(d) Severe cold forming will not be permitted unless thermal stress relief is used. For example, parts of the vessels which are individually cold formed, such as heads, must be thermally stress relieved, where the extreme fiber strain measured at the surface exceeds 5 percent as determined by:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">Percent strain=(65t/R<E T="22">f</E>)[1-(R<E T="22">f</E>/R<E T="22">o</E>)]</HD>
              <FP>where:</FP>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">t=Plate thickness.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">R<E T="22">f</E>=Final radius.</P>
              <P SOURCE="P-3">R<E T="22">o</E>=Original radius (equals infinity for flat plate). </P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.30-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Limitations and requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Class II-L pressure vessels which require stress relief (see Table 54.01-5(b)) may be mechanically stress relieved provided:</P>

            <P>(1) The steels from which they are fabricated do not specifically require thermal stress relief in UCS-56 of the ASME Code and have a ratio of yield to <PRTPAGE P="156"/>ultimate tensile strength not greater than 0.8. For example: A-537 steels could be mechanically stress relieved.</P>
            <P>(2) Pressure difference across the shell is not greater than 100 pounds per square inch, thickness of shell is not greater than 1 inch, and the design temperature is not greater than 115 °F.</P>
            <P>(3) It will carry liquids of specific gravity no greater than 1.05.</P>
            <P>(4) Design details are sufficient to eliminate stress concentrators: Mechanical stress relief is not acceptable in designs involving the following types of welded connections shown in UW-16.1 of the ASME Code:</P>
            <P>(i) Types l, m, n, and p because of nonintegral reinforcement. Type o will be acceptable provided the plate, nozzle, and reinforcement assembly are furnace stress relieved and the reinforcement is at least 6 inches or 10t, whichever is larger, from the plate head.</P>
            <P>(ii) Types d, e, and f because expansion and contraction stresses are concentrated at the junction points.</P>
            <P>(5) That no slip-on flanges in sizes greater than 2 inches are used.</P>
            <P>(6) The categories A and B joints are type one as described in Table UW-12 of the ASME Code and all categories C and D joints are full penetration welds. See UW-3 of the ASME Code for definition of categories.</P>
            <P>(b) When a pressure vessel is to be mechanically stress relieved in accordance with § 54.30-10(a)(1), its maximum allowable working pressure will be 40 percent of the value which would otherwise be determined. However, an increase of this 40 percent factor may be permitted if the stress relief is carried out at a pressure higher than that required by § 54.30-10(a)(1) and an experimental strain analysis is carried out during stress relief. This evaluation should provide information as to the strains at the saddles, welded seams and nozzles as well as the body of the vessel. The hydrostatic pressure applied during stress relief should be such that, except in the case of welds, the stresses in the vessel shall closely approach but not exceed 90 percent of the yield stress of the material at the test temperature. The proposed experimental program should be submitted to the Commandant for approval prior to its use. Photo-elastic coating, strain gaging, or a brittle coating technique is suggested for the experimental analysis.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Method of performing mechanical stress relief.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The mechanical stress relief shall be carried out in accordance with the following stipulations using water as the pressurizing medium:</P>
            <P>(1) At a hydrostatic pressure (measured at the tank top) of 1<FR>1/2</FR> times the design pressure. (See UA-60(e) of the ASME Code.)</P>
            <P>(2) At a temperature of 70 °F. or the service temperature plus 50 °F., whichever is higher. Where the ambient temperature is below 70 °F., and use of water at that temperature is not practical, the minimum temperature for mechanical stress relief may be below 70 °F. but shall not be less than 50 °F. above service temperature.</P>
            <P>(3) The stress relief shall be at the required temperature and pressure and held for a period not less than 2 hours per inch of metal thickness, but in no case less than 2 hours.</P>
            <P>(b) It is considered preferable that mechanical stress relief be accomplished with the tanks in place on their saddles or supporting structure in the barge or ship in which they will be utilized. In any case, it is considered mandatory that the tank be supported only by its regular saddles or supporting structure, without any auxiliary or temporary supports.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 54.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Requirement for analysis and computation.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) A stress analysis shall be performed to determine if the tank may be exposed to excessive loadings during the mechanical stress relief process. This analysis should include consideration of the local stresses in way of saddles or other supporting structure and additional bending stresses due to the weight of the pressurizing liquid particularly in areas of high stress concentration. While it is necessary that the general stress level during the process be in excess of the normal working level, the calculated maximum stress during test shall not exceed 90 percent of the yield strength of the material at test temperature. The <PRTPAGE P="157"/>supporting structure shall be analyzed to verify its adequacy.</P>
            <P>(b) In all cases where the tanks are mechanically stress relieved in place in the ship or barge and the tanks are designed to carry cargoes with a specific gravity less than 1.05, the ship or barge shall be shown to have adequate stability and buoyancy, as well as strength to carry the excess weight of the tank during the stress relief procedure.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 56</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 56—PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPURTENANCES</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.01—General</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>56.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (replaces 100.1).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.01-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.01-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Power boiler external piping (Replaces 100.1.1, 100.1.2, 111.6, 122.1, 132 and 133).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Code B31.1 for pressure and power piping, and other standards.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plan approval.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.04—Piping Classification</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.04-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.04-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Piping classification according to service.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.04-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Other systems.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.07—Design</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.07-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions (modifies 100.2).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.07-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Design conditions and criteria (modifies 101—104.7).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.10—Components</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Selection and limitations of piping components (replaces 105 through 108).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pipe.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.15—Fittings</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pipe joining fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fluid-conditioner fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special purpose fittings.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.20—Valves</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marking (reproduces 107.2).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.20-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ends.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.20-9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Valve construction.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.20-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Valves employing resilient material.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.20-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Valve bypasses.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.25—Pipe Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, Gaskets, and Bolting</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flanges.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Blanks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flange facings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Gaskets (reproduces 108.4).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bolting.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.30—Selection and Limitations of Piping Joints</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (replaces 110 through 118).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Piping joints (reproduces 110).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Welded joints.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flanged joints (modifies 104.5.1 (a)).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Expanded or rolled joints.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Threaded joints.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flared, flareless, and compression fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Caulked joints.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Brazed joints.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Gasketed mechanical couplings.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.30-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flexible pipe couplings of the compression or slip-on type.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.35—Expansion, Flexibility and Supports</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.35-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pipe stress calculations (replaces 119.7).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.35-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonmetallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.35-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Metallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.50—Design Requirements Pertaining to Specific Systems</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.50-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (replaces 122.6 through 122.10).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special gaging requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steam and exhaust piping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pressure relief piping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety and relief valve escape piping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Boiler feed piping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Condensate pumps.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Blowoff piping (replaces 102.2.5 (d)).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Circulating pumps.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bilge and ballast piping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bilge pumps.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-57</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bilge piping and pumps, alternative requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Systems containing oil.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Burner fuel-oil service systems.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Gasoline fuel systems.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Diesel fuel systems.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-80</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Lubricating-oil systems.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-85</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tank-vent piping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-90</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sounding devices.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-95</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Overboard discharges and shell connections.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-96</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Keel cooler installations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-97</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Instrument, control and sampling piping (modifies 122.3).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-103</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fixed oxygen-acetylene distribution piping.<PRTPAGE P="158"/>
            </SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-105</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Low-temperature piping.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.50-110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Diving support systems.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.60—Materials</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.60-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Acceptable materials and specifications (replaces 123 and Table 126.1 in ANSI-B31.1).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.60-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Limitations on materials.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.60-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ferrous materials.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.60-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steel (High temperature applications).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.60-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Cast iron and malleable iron.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.60-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ductile iron.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.60-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonferrous materials.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.60-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonmetallic materials.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.65—Fabrication, Assembly and Erection</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.65-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (replaces 127 through 135.4).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.70—Welding</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.70-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.70-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Limitations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.70-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Material.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.70-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Preparation (modifies 127.3).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.70-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.70-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Qualification, general.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.75—Brazing</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.75-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Filler metal.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.75-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Joint clearance (reproduces 128.2.2).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.75-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Heating (reproduces 128.2.3).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.75-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Brazing qualification.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.75-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Detail requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.75-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pipe joining details.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.80—Bending and Forming</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.80-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bending.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.80-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Forming (reproduces 129.2).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.80-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Heat treatment of bends and formed components.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.85—Heat Treatment of Welds</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.85-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Heating and cooling method (reproduces 131.1).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.85-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Preheating.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.85-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Postheat treatment.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.90—Assembly</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.90-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.90-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bolting procedure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.90-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Threaded piping (reproduces 135.4).</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.95—Inspection</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.95-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (replaces 136).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.95-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rights of access of marine inspectors.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.95-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Type and extent of examination required.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.97—Pressure Tests</HD>
            <SECTNO>56.97-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (replaces 137).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.97-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pressure testing of nonstandard piping system components.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.97-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Preparation for testing (reproduces 137.3).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.97-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hydrostatic tests (reproduces 137.4).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.97-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pneumatic tests (replaces 137.5).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.97-38</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Initial service leak test (reproduces 137.7).</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>56.97-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Installation tests.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>33 U.S.C. 1321(j), 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; 49 CFR 1.46.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.01—General</HD>
          <NOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
            <P>See § 50.15-10 for general adoption of standards of the ANSI (American National Standards Institute). The printing of portions of the “American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping,” ANSI-B31.1, is with the permission of the publisher, The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017. The adoption of this standard ANSI-B31.1 for pressure piping and power piping is subject to specific limitations or modifications as described in this part. Those requirements in ANSI-B31.1 which are not referred to in this part are adopted without change. Table 56.01-5(a) sets forth a general reference to various paragraphs in ANSI-B31.1 which are limited, modified, or replaced by regulations in this part. </P>
          </NOTE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.01-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (replaces 100.1).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This part contains requirements for the various ships’ and barges’ piping systems and appurtenances.</P>
            <P>(b) The respective piping systems installed on ships and barges shall have the necessary pumps, valves, regulation valves, safety valves, relief valves, flanges, fittings, pressure gages, liquid level indicators, thermometers, etc., for safe and efficient operation of the vessel.</P>

            <P>(c) Piping for industrial systems on mobile offshore drilling units need not fully comply with the requirements of <PRTPAGE P="159"/>this part but must meet Subpart 58.60 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.01-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by reference.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Certain standards and specifications are incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must be published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and the material made available to the public. All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and is available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b).</P>
            <P>(b) The standards and specifications approved for incorporation by reference in this part, and the sections affected are:</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s20,xs64" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,7/8,g1,t1,i1">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">American National Standards Institute (ANSI); 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B1.1-82 Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1; 56.25-20</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B1.20.1-83 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B1.20.3-76 (reaffirmed 1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.1-75 Cast Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1; 56.60-10</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.3-85 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.4-85 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.5-81 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.25-20;<LI>56.30-10; 56.60-1</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.9-86 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.10-86 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.11-80 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded</ENT>
                <ENT>56.30-5; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.14-83 Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with Pipe Threads</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.15-85 Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.18-84 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.20-73 Ring-Joint Gaskets and Grooves for Steel Pipe Flantion VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels, 1986 with addenda</ENT>
                <ENT>56.15-1; 56.15-5;<LI>56.15-10; 56.25-5;</LI>
                  <LI>56.30-10; 56.30-30;</LI>
                  <LI>56.60-15; 56.60-1;</LI>
                  <LI>56.95-10</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="05">Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications, 1986 with addenda</ENT>
                <ENT>56.70-5; 56.70-20;<LI>56.75-20; 56.0-1</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.24-79 Bronze Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150 and 300</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.25-86 Butt-welding Ends </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1; 56.30-5; <LI>56.70-10</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.28-86 Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and Returns</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.29-86 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings—DWV</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.34-88 Valves-Flanged, Threaded and Welding End</ENT>
                <ENT>56.20-1; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B16.42-87 Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes 150 and 300</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B18.2.1-81 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Inch Series</ENT>
                <ENT>56.25-20; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B18.2.2-87 Square and Hex Nuts </ENT>
                <ENT>56.25-20; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="160"/>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B31.1-86 Power Piping </ENT>
                <ENT>56.01-5</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B36.10M-85 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe</ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-5; 56.30-20; <LI>56.60-1</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ANSI B36.19M-85 Stainless Steel Pipe</ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-5; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="13">Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="05">Section I, Power Boilers, 1986 with addenda</ENT>
                <ENT>56.15-5; 56.15-10;<LI>56.60-1; 56.60-1;</LI>
                  <LI>56.70-15; 56.95-10</LI>
                  <LI>56.15-1</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="05">Section VIII, Division 1, Pressure Vessels, 1986 with addenda</ENT>
                <ENT>56.15-1; 56.15-5;<LI>56.15-10; 56.25-5;</LI>
                  <LI>56.30-10; 56.30-30;</LI>
                  <LI>56.60-15; 56.60-1;</LI>
                  <LI>56.95-10</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="05">Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications, 1986 with addenda</ENT>
                <ENT>56.70-5; 56.70-20;<LI>56.75-20; 56.85-10</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), ASTM International Headquarters, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 36-84a Structural Steel</ENT>
                <ENT>56.30-10</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 47-84 Malleable Iron Castings </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 53-84a Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless</ENT>
                <ENT>56.10-5<LI>56.60-1</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 106-84a Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 126-84 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 134-80 Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (ARC)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and over.)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 135-84 Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 139-84 Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (Sizes 4 in. and over)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 178-84a Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 179-84 Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 182-84c Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 192-84a Seamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High-Pressure Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 194-84a Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure and High-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 197-79 Cupola Malleable Iron</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 199-84 Seamless Cold-Drawn Intermediate Alloy-Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 210-84a Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 213-84b Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 214-84a Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 226-84a Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes for High-Pressure Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="161"/>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 234-84a Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 249-84b Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 268-84a Seamless and Welded Ferritic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 276-84a Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 307-84 Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners</ENT>
                <ENT>56.25-20</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 312-84c Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 320-84a Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 333-84b Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service </ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 334-84b Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 335-84a Seamless Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 350-84a Forgings, Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 351-84a Steel Castings, Austenitic, for High-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 352-84a Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 358-84b Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 369-84 Carbon and Ferric Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 376-84 Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Central-Station Service </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10; 56.60-1; <LI>56.60-2</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 395-80 Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1; 56.50-60;<LI>56.60-15</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 403-84a Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 420-84 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 430-84a Austenitic Steel, Forged and Bored Pipe for High-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 520-72 Supplementary Requirements for Seamless and Electrical-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Tubular Products for High-Temperature Service Conforming to ISO Recommendations for Boiler Construction</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 522-81 Forged or Rolled 8 and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Low-Temperature Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="162"/>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 575-81 Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM A 576-81 Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 16-85 Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Bar, and Screw Machines</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 21-83b Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 26-84 Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 42-84 Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 43-84 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 68-83 Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 75-84 Seamless Copper Tube</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 85-84 Aluminum-Alloy Die Castings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 88-83a Seamless Copper Water Tube</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 96-84a Copper Silicon Alloy Plate and Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for General Purposes and Pressure Vessels</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 111-85 Copper and Copper-Alloy Seamless Condenser Tubes and Ferrule Stock</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 124-84 Copper and Copper-Alloy Forging Rod, Bar, and Shapes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 161-81 Nickel Seamless Pipe and Tube</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 165-81 Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS N04400) Seamless Pipe and Tube</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 167-80 Nickel-Chromium-Iron Alloy (UNS N06600-N06690) Seamless Pipe and Tube</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 171-85a Copper-Alloy Condenser Tube Plates</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 210-82a Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 234-85 Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes for Condensers and Heat Exchangers</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 241-83a Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 280-83 Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 283-83b Copper and Copper-Alloy Die Forgings (Hot-Pressed)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 315-85 Seamless Copper-Alloy Pipe and Tube</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 361-81 Factory-Made Wrought Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Welding Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM B 858M-95 Standard Test Method for Determination of Susceptibility to Stress Corrosion Cracking in Copper Alloys Using an Ammonia Vapor Test </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-2(a)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 635-81 Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 1785-83 Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 2241-84 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR-Series)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 2464-76 Threaded Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="163"/>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 2466-78 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 2467-76a Socket-Type Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 2665-82 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM D 2863-77 Measuring the Minimum Oxygen Concentration to Support Candle-Like Combustion of Plastics (Oxygen Index)</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM E 23-82 Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 682-82a Wrought Carbon Steel Sleeve-Type Pipe Couplings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1006-86 Entrainment Separators for Use in Marine Piping Applications</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1007-86 Pipe-Line Expansion Joints of the Packed Slip Type for Marine Application</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1020-86 Line-Blind Valves for Marine Applications</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1120-87 Circular Metallic Bellows Type Expansion Joints for Use in Marine Piping</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1123-87 Non-Metallic Expansion Joints for Use in Marine Piping Applications</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1139-88 Steam Traps and Drains</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1172-88 Fuel Oil Meters of the Volumetric Positive Displacement Type</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1173-95 Epoxy Resin Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings to be Used for Marine Applications</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1; 56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1199-88 Cast and Welded Pipe Line Strainers </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1200-88 Fabricated (Welded) Pipe Line Strainers </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1201-88 Fluid Conditioner Fittings in Piping Applications Above 0 °F</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1387-93 Standard Specification for Performance of Mechanically Attached Fittings, including supplementary requirements and annex</ENT>
                <ENT>56.30-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1476-93 Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications, including annex</ENT>
                <ENT>56-30-35</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">ASTM F 1548-94 Standard specification for Performance of Fittings for Use with Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications</ENT>
                <ENT>56.30-35</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association Inc. (EJMA) 25 North Broadway, Tarrytown, NY 10591:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, 1980</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="164"/>
                <ENT I="11">International Maritime Organization (IMO), Publications Section, 4 Albert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR United Kingdom. Resolution A.753(18) Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Fluid Controls Institute Inc. (FCI) 31 South Street, Suite 303, Morristown, NJ 07960:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">FCI 69-1 Pressure Rating Standard for Steam Traps</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS) 127 Park Street NE, Vienna, VA 22180:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-6-85 Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.25-10; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-9-87 Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-25-88 Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions</ENT>
                <ENT>56.15-1; 56.20-5;<LI>56.60-1</LI>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-44-85 Steel Pipe Line Flanges</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-45-87 Bypass and Drain Connection Standard</ENT>
                <ENT>56.20-20; 56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-51-86 Class 150LW Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanges and Flanged Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-53-85 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components—Magnetic Particle Examination Method</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-55-85 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components—Visual Method</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-58-83 Pipe Hangers and Supports—Materials, Design and Manufacture</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-61-85 Pressure Testing of Steel Valves</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-67-83 Butterfly Valves</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-69-83 Pipe Hangers and Supports—Selection and Application</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-72-87 Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-73-86 Brazing Joints for Wrought and Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">SP-83-87 Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and Threaded</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, Pa 15096:</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">J1475-84 Hydraulic Hose Fittings for Marine Applications</ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="03">J1942-89 Hose and Hose Assemblies for Marine Applications </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-25</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990, as amended by CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97-057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.01-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Power boiler external piping (Replaces 100.1.1, 100.1.2, 111.6, 122.1, 132 and 133).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Power boiler external piping and components must meet the requirements of this part and §§ 52.01-105, 52.01-110, 52.01-115, and 52.01-120 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Specific requirements for power boiler external piping and appurtenances, as defined in §§ 100.1.1 and 100.1.2, appearing in the various paragraphs of ANSI B31.1, are not adopted unless specifically indicated elsewhere in this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="165"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.01-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adoption of ANSI (American National Standards Institute) Code B31.1 for pressure and power piping, and other standards.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Piping systems for ships and barges shall be designed, constructed, and inspected in accordance with B31.1, the “Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping,” of the ANSI (American National Standards Institute), as limited, modified, or replaced by specific requirements in this part. The provisions in the appendices to ANSI-B31.1 are adopted and shall be followed when the requirements in ANSI-B31.1 or the regulations in this part make them mandatory. For general information Table 56.01-5(a) lists the various paragraphs, etc., in ANSI-B31.1 which are limited, modified, replaced, or reproduced by regulations in this part.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s80,r55" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 56.01-5(a)—Limitations and Modifications in the Adoption of ANSI-B31.1 Code for Pressure and Power Piping</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Section or paragraph in ANSI-B31.1, and disposition</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">
                  <E T="01">Unit in this part</E>
                </CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">100.1 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.01-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">100.2 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-5.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">101 through 104.7 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">101.2 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10(a), (b).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">101.5 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10(c).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">102.2 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10(d).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">102.2.5(d) replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-40.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">102.3 and 104.1.2 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10(e).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">104.3 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10(f).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">104.4 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.07-10(e).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">104.5.1 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.30-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">105 through 108 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.10-1 through 56.25-20.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">110 through 118 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.30-1 through 56.30-35.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">119.5.1 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.35-10, 56.35-15, 56.35-35.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">119.7 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.35-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">122.3 modified by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-97.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">122.6 through 122.10 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-1 through 56.50-80.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">123 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.60-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Table 126.1 is replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.30-5(c)(3), 56.60-1.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">127 through 135.4 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.65-1, 56.70-1 through 56.90-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">136 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.95-1 through 56.95-10.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">137 replaced by </ENT>
                <ENT>56.97-1 through 56.97-40.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) When a section or paragraph of the regulations in this part relates to material in ANSI-B31.1 Code (American National Standard Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping), the relationship with this code will be shown immediately following the heading of the section or at the beginning of the paragraph as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) (Modifies ___.) This indicates that the material in the ANSI-B31.1 so numbered for identification is generally applicable but is being altered, amplified or augmented.</P>
            <P>(2) (Replaces ___.) This indicates that the material in the ANSI-B31.1 so numbered for identification does not apply.</P>
            <P>(3) (Reproduces ___.) This indicates that the material in the ANSI-B31.1 so numbered for identification is being identically reproduced for convenience, not for emphasis.</P>
            <P>(c) As stated in § 50.15-10 of this chapter, the standards of the ANSI (American National Standards Institute) specifically referred to in this part shall be the governing requirements for the subject matters covered unless specifically limited, modified or replaced by other regulations in this subchapter. See § 56.60-1(b) for the other adopted commercial standards applicable to piping systems which also form a part of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.01-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plan approval.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Plans and specifications for new construction and major alterations showing the respective piping systems shall be submitted, as required by subpart 50.20 of this subchapter.</P>

            <P>(b) Piping materials and appliances, such as pipe, tubing, fittings, flanges, and valves, except safety valves and safety relief valves covered in part 162 of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this chapter, are not required to be specifically approved by the Commandant, but shall comply with the applicable requirements for materials, construction, markings, and testing. These materials and appliances shall be certified as described in part 50 of this subchapter. Drawings listing material specifications and showing details of welded joints for pressure-containing appurtenances of welded construction shall be submitted in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.<PRTPAGE P="166"/>
            </P>
            <P>(c)(1) Prior to installation aboard ship, diagrams of the following systems shall be submitted for approval:</P>
            <P>(i) Steam and exhaust piping.</P>
            <P>(ii) Boiler feed and blowoff piping.</P>
            <P>(iii) Safety valve escape piping.</P>
            <P>(iv) Fuel oil service, transfer and filling piping. (Service includes boiler fuel and internal combustion engine fuel piping.)</P>
            <P>(v) Fire extinguishing systems including fire main and sprinkler piping, inert gas and foam.</P>
            <P>(vi) Bilge and ballast piping.</P>
            <P>(vii) Tank cleaning piping.</P>
            <P>(viii) Condenser circulating water piping.</P>
            <P>(ix) Vent, sound and overflow piping.</P>
            <P>(x) Sanitary drains, soil drains, deck drains, and overboard discharge piping.</P>
            <P>(xi) Internal combustion engine exhaust piping. (Refer to part 58 of this subchapter for requirements.)</P>
            <P>(xii) Cargo piping.</P>
            <P>(xiii) Hot water heating systems if the temperature is greater than 121 °C(250 °F).</P>
            <P>(xiv) Compressed air piping.</P>
            <P>(xv) Fluid power and control systems (hydraulic, pneumatic). (Refer to subpart 58.30 of this subchapter for specific requirements.)</P>
            <P>(xvi) Lubricating oil piping.</P>
            <P>(xvii) Refrigeration and air conditioning piping. (Refer to part 58 of this subchapter for specific requirements.)</P>
            <P>(2) Arrangement drawings of the following systems shall also be submitted prior to installation:</P>
            <P>(i) All Classes I, I-L, and II-L systems.</P>
            <P>(ii) All Class II firemain, foam, sprinkler, bilge and ballast, vent sounding and overflow systems.</P>
            <P>(iii) Other Class II systems only if specifically requested or required by regulations in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(d)(1) The drawings or diagrams shall include a list of material, furnishing pipe diameters, wall thicknesses, design pressure, fluid temperature, applicable ASTM material or ANSI component specification, type, size, design standard, and rating of valves, flanges, and fittings.</P>
            <P>(2) Pump rated capacity and pump shutoff head shall appear on piping diagrams. Pump characteristic curves shall be submitted for all pumps in the firemain and foam systems. These curves need not be submitted if the following information is shown on the drawing:</P>
            <P>(i) Rated capacity and head at rated capacity.</P>
            <P>(ii) Shutoff head.</P>
            <P>(iii) Head at 150 percent rated capacity.</P>
            <P>(3) Standard drawings of the following fabrication details shall be submitted:</P>
            <P>(i) Welding details for piping connections.</P>
            <P>(ii) Welding details for nonstandard fittings (when appropriate).</P>
            <P>(d-1) Plans of piping for industrial systems on mobile offshore drilling units must be submitted under subpart 58.60 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(e) Where piping passes through watertight bulkheads and/or fire boundaries, plans of typical details of piping penetrations shall be submitted.</P>
            <P>(f) Arrangement drawings specified in paragraph (c)(2) of this section are not required if—</P>
            <P>(1) The location of each component for which there is a location requirement (i.e., shell penetration, fire station, foam monitor, etc.) is indicated on the piping diagram;</P>
            <P>(2) The diagram includes, or is accompanied by and makes reference to, a material schedule which describes components in sufficient detail to substantiate their compliance with the regulations of this subchapter;</P>
            <P>(3) A thermal stress analysis is not required; and</P>
            <P>(4) A dynamic analysis is neither required nor elected in lieu of allowable stress reduction.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978, CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.04—Piping Classification</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.04-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>

            <P>Piping shall be classified as shown in Table 56.04-1.<PRTPAGE P="167"/>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s55,r55,5-3" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 56.04-1—Piping Classifications</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Service</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Class</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Section in this part</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Normal</ENT>
                <ENT>I, II</ENT>
                <ENT>56.04-2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Low temperature</ENT>
                <ENT>I-L, II-L</ENT>
                <ENT>56.50-105</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA>[CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.04-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Piping classification according to service.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The designation of classes according to service is found in Table 56.04-2.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s140,r20,r45,r25,r50" COLS="5" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 56.04-2—Pressure Piping Classification</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Service</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Class <SU>1</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Pressure (p.s.i.g.)</CHED>
                <CHED H="1"/>
                <CHED H="1">Temp. (°F)</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Class B and C poisons <SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>any</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>0 and above.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>I-L</ENT>
                <ENT>any</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>  )</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>  )</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>  )</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II-L</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>  )</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>  )</ENT>
                <ENT>(<SU>3</SU>  )</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Gases and vapors <SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 150</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 650.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>I-L</ENT>
                <ENT>above 150</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>150 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>0 to 650.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II-L</ENT>
                <ENT>150 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Liquefied flammable gases <SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 150</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>0 and above. <SU>1</SU>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>I-L</ENT>
                <ENT>above 150</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>150 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>0 and above.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II-L</ENT>
                <ENT>150 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Molten sulphur</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 330.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>330 and below.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Cargo liquids Grades A through D <SU>2</SU>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 150.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>I-L</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>0 to 150.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II-L</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Cargo liquids Grade E</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 400.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>I-L</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>0 to 400.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II-L</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>below 0.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Water</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 350.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>350 and below.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Fuels (Bunker, diesel, gasoline, etc.)</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 150</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 150.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>150 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>150 and below.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Lubricating oil</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 400.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>400 and below.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Asphalt</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 400.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>400 and below.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Heat transfer oil</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 400.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>400 and below.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Hydraulic fluid</ENT>
                <ENT>I</ENT>
                <ENT>above 225</ENT>
                <ENT>or</ENT>
                <ENT>above 400.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
                <ENT>II</ENT>
                <ENT>225 and below</ENT>
                <ENT>and</ENT>
                <ENT>400 and below.</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s140,r140" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,6/7">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Flammable or combustible dangerous cargoes.</ENT>
                <ENT>Refer to specific requirements of part 40 of this chapter.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW RUL="s">
                <ENT I="01">Other dangerous cargoes.</ENT>
                <ENT>Refer to specific requirements of part 98 of this chapter.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Where doubt exists as to proper classification, refer to the Commandant for resolution.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> For definitions, see 46 CFR parts 30, 151, and 154. Note that the category “B and C” poisons is not used in the rules applying to self-propelled vessels (46 CFR part 153).</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU> Not permitted except inside cargo tanks approved for Class B and C poisons.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <CITA TYPE="W">[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49024, Sept. 26, 1977]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.04-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Other systems.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Piping systems and appurtenances not requiring plan approval may be accepted by the marine inspector if:</P>
            <P>(a) The system is suitable for the service intended,</P>
            <P>(b) There are guards, shields, insulation and similar devices where needed for protection of personnel,</P>
            <P>(c) Failure of the systems would not hazard the vessel, personnel or vital systems, and</P>
            <P>(d) The system is not manifestly unsafe.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="168"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.07—Design</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.07-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions (modifies 100.2).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Piping.</E> The definitions contained in 100.2 of ANSI-B31.1 apply, as well as the following:</P>
            <P>(1) The word <E T="03">piping</E> within the meaning of the regulations in this subchapter refers to fabricated pipes or tubes with flanges and fittings attached, for use in the conveyance of vapors, gases or liquids, regardless of whether the diameter is measured on the inside or the outside.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Nominal diameter.</E> The term <E T="03">nominal diameter</E> or <E T="03">diameter</E> as used in this part, means the commercial diameter of the piping, i.e., pipe size.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Schedule.</E> The word <E T="03">Schedule</E> when used in this part refers to specific values as given in American National Standards B36.10 and B36.19.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Fittings and appurtenances.</E> The word <E T="03">fitting</E> and the phrase <E T="03">fittings and appurtenances</E> within the meaning of the regulations in this subchapter refer to pressure containing piping system components other than valves and pipe. This includes piping system components whose function is to join branches of the system (such as tees, wyes, elbows, unions, bushings, etc.) which are referred to as pipe joining fittings, as well as components which operate on the fluid contained in the system (such as traps, drains, strainers, separators, filters, meters, etc.), which are referred to as “fluid conditioner” fittings. Thermometer wells and other similar fittings which form part of the pressure barrier of any system are included under this heading. Expansion joints, slip joints, rotary joints, quick disconnect couplings, etc., are referred to as special purpose fittings, and may be subject to such special design and testing requirements as prescribed by the Commandant. Refer to subpart 56.15 for design requirements for fittings.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Nonstandard fittings</E>. “Nonstandard fitting” means a component of a piping system which is not fabricated under an adopted industry standard.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Vital system</E>. A <E T="03">vital system</E> is one which is essential to the safety of the vessel, its passengers and crew.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Plate flange</E>. The term <E T="03">plate flange,</E> as used in this subchapter, means a flange made from plate material, and may have a raised face and/or a raised hub.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.07-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Design conditions and criteria (modifies 101-104.7).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Maximum allowable working pressure</E> (<E T="03">modifies 101.2</E>). (1) The maximum allowable working pressure of a piping system shall not be greater than the internal design pressure defined in 104.1.2 of ANSI-B31.1.</P>
            <P>(2) Where the maximum allowable working pressure of a system component, such as a valve or a fitting, is less than that computed for the pipe or tubing, the system pressure shall be limited to the lowest of the component maximum allowable working pressures.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Relief valves</E> (<E T="03">modifies 101.2</E>). (1) Every system which may be exposed to pressures higher than the system's maximum allowable working pressure shall be safeguarded by appropriate relief devices. (See § 52.01-3 of this subchapter for definitions.) Relief valves are required at pump discharges except for centrifugal pumps so designed and applied that a pressure in excess of the maximum allowable working pressure for the system cannot be developed.</P>
            <P>(2) The relief valve setting shall not exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the system. Its relieving capacity shall be sufficient to prevent the pressure from rising more than 20 percent above the system maximum allowable working pressure. The rated relieving capacity of safety and relief valves used in the protection of piping systems only shall be based on actual flow test data and the capacity shall be certified by the manufacturer at 120 percent of the set pressure of the valve.</P>
            <P>(3) Relief valves shall be certified as required in part 50 of this subchapter for valves, and shall also meet the requirements of § 54.15-10 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Ship motion dynamic effects</E> (<E T="03">replaces 101.5.3</E>). Piping system designs shall account for the effects of ship motion and flexure, including weight, <PRTPAGE P="169"/>yaw, sway, roll, pitch, heave, and vibration.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Pressure temperature ratings</E> (<E T="03">modifies 102.2</E>). The material in 102.2 of ANSI-B31.1 is applicable with the following exceptions:</P>
            <P>(1) The details of components not having specific ratings as described in 102.2.2 of ANSI B31.1 must be furnished to the Marine Safety Center for approval.</P>
            <P>(2) Boiler blowoff piping must be designed in accordance with § 56.50-40 of this part.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Pressure design</E> (<E T="03">modifies 102.3, 104.1.2 and 104.4</E>). (1) Materials for use in piping must be selected as described in in § 56.60-1(a) of this part. Tabulated allowable stress values for these materials shall be measured as indicated in 102.3.1 of ANSI-B-31.1, Tables 56.60-1 and 56.60-2(a).</P>
            <P>(2) Allowable stress values, as found in the ASME Code, which are restricted in application by footnote or are italicized shall not be used. Where multiple stresses are listed for a material, the lowest value of the listing shall be used unless otherwise approved by the Commandant. In all cases the temperature is understood to be the actual temperature of the component.</P>
            <P>(3) Where the operator desires to use a material not listed, permission must be obtained from the Commandant. Requirements for testing found in § 56.97-40(a)(2) and § 56.97-40(a)(4) may affect design and should be considered. Special design limitations may be found for specific systems. Refer to subpart 56.50 for specific requirements.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Intersections</E> (<E T="03">modifies 104.3</E>). The material of ANSI-B31.1 in 104.3 is applicable with the following additions:</P>
            <P>(1) Reinforcement calculations where applicable shall be submitted.</P>
            <P>(2) Wherever possible the longitudinal joint of a welded pipe should not be pierced.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; 37 FR 16803, Aug. 19, 1972; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95-028 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG-1998-4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.10—Components</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.10-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Selection and limitations of piping components (replaces 105 through 108).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pipe, tubing, pipe joining fittings, and piping system components, shall meet material and standard requirements of subpart 56.60 and shall meet the certification requirements of part 50 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) The requirements in this subpart and subparts 56.15 through 56.25 shall be followed in lieu of those in 105 through 108 in ANSI-B31.1; however, certain requirements are marked “reproduced.”</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.10-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pipe.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> Pipe and tubing shall be selected as described in Table 56.60-1(a).</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Ferrous pipe</E>. ASTM Specification A53 furnace welded pipe shall not be used for combustible or flammable liquids within machinery spaces. (See §§ 30.10-15 and 30.10-22 of this chapter.)</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Nonferrous pipe.</E> (See also § 56.60-20.) (1) Copper and brass pipe for water and steam service may be used for design pressures up to 250 pounds per square inch and for design temperatures to 406 °F.</P>
            <P>(2) Copper and brass pipe for air may be used in accordance with the allowable stresses found from Table 56.60-1(a).</P>
            <P>(2-a) Copper-nickel alloys may be used for water and steam service within the design stress and temperature limitations indicated in ANSI-B31.1.</P>
            <P>(3) Copper tubing may be used for dead-end instrument service up to 1,000 pounds per square inch.</P>
            <P>(4) Copper, brass, or aluminum pipe or tube shall not be used for flammable fluids except where specifically permitted by this part.</P>

            <P>(5) Aluminum alloy pipe or tube may be used within the limitation stated in 123.2.7 of ANSI-B31.1 and paragraph (4) of this section (c)5.<PRTPAGE P="170"/>
            </P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Nonmetallic pipe.</E> Plastic pipe may be used subject to the conditions described in § 56.60-25.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.15—Fittings</HD>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.15-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pipe joining fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Pipe joining fittings certified in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.</P>
            <P>(b) Threaded, flanged, socket-welding, buttwelding, and socket-brazing pipe joining fittings, made in accordance with the applicable standards in Tables 56.60-1(a) and 56.60-1(b) of this part and of materials complying with subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used in piping systems within the material, size, pressure, -and temperature limitations of those standards and within any further limitations specified in this subchapter. Fittings must be designed for the maximum pressure to which they may be subjected, but in no case less than 50 pounds per square inch gage.</P>
            <P>(c) Pipe joining fittings not accepted for use in piping systems in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section must meet the following:</P>
            <P>(1) All pressure-containing materials must be accepted in accordance with § 56.60-1 of this part.</P>
            <P>(2) Fittings must be designed so that the maximum allowable working pressure does not exceed one-fourth of the burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than one-fourth of the ultimate tensile strength of the material for Class II systems and for all Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive examination. For Class I, I-L, or II-L systems not receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive examination under § 56.07-10(c) of this part, the maximum allowable working pressure must not exceed one-fifth of the burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than one-fifth of the ultimate tensile strength of the material. The maximum allowable working pressure may be determined by—</P>
            <P>(i) Calculations comparable to those of ANSI B31.1 or Section VIII of the ASME Code;</P>
            <P>(ii) Subjecting a representative model to a proof test or experimental stress analysis described in paragraph A-22 of Section I of the ASME Code; or</P>
            <P>(iii) Other means specifically accepted by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(3) Fittings must be tested in accordance with § 56.97-5 of this part.</P>
            <P>(4) If welded, fittings must be welded in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this part and part 57 of this chapter or by other processes specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center. In addition, for fittings to be accepted for use in piping systems in accordance with this paragraph, the following requirements must be met:</P>
            <P>(i) For fittings sized three inches and below—</P>
            <P>(A) The longitudinal joints must be fabricated by either gas or arc welding;</P>
            <P>(B) One fitting of each size from each lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be flattened cold until the opposite walls meet without the weld developing any cracks;</P>
            <P>(C) One fitting of each size from each lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be hydrostatically tested to the pressure required for a seamless drawn pipe of the same size and thickness produced from equivalent strength material, as determined by the applicable pipe material specification; and</P>
            <P>(D) If a fitting fails to meet the test in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) or (c)(4)(i)(C) of this section, no fitting in the lot from which the test fitting was chosen is acceptable.</P>
            <P>(ii) For fittings sized above three inches—</P>
            <P>(A) The longitudinal joints must be fabricated by arc welding;</P>
            <P>(B) For pressures exceeding 150 pounds per square inch, each fitting must be radiographically examined as specified in Section VIII of the ASME Code;</P>

            <P>(C) For pressures not exceeding 150 pounds per square inch, the first fitting <PRTPAGE P="171"/>from each size in each lot of 20 or fraction thereof must be examined by radiography to ensure that the welds are of acceptable quality;</P>
            <P>(D) One fitting of each size from each lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be hydrostatically tested to the pressure required for a seamless drawn pipe of the same size and thickness produced from equivalent strength material, as determined by the applicable pipe material specification; and</P>
            <P>(E) If a fitting fails to meet the test in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C) or (c)(4)(ii)(D) of this section, no fitting in the lot from which the test fitting was chosen is acceptable.</P>
            <P>(d) Single welded butt joints without the use of backing strips may be employed in the fabrication of pipe joining fittings of welded construction provided radiographic examination indicates that complete penetration is obtained.</P>
            <P>(e) Each pipe joining fitting must be marked in accordance with MSS Standard SP-25.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.15-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fluid-conditioner fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Fluid conditioner fittings certified in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.</P>
            <P>(b) Fluid conditioner fittings, not containing hazardous materials as defined in § 150.115 of this chapter, which are made in accordance with the applicable standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and of materials complying with subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used within the material, size, pressure, and temperature limitations of those standards and within any further limitations specified in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) The following requirements apply to nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings which do not contain hazardous materials as defined in § 150.115 of this chapter:</P>
            <P>(1) The following nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must meet the applicable requirements in § 54.01-5 (c)(3), (c)(4), and (d) of this chapter or the remaining provisions in part 54 of this chapter, except that Coast Guard shop inspection is not required:</P>
            <P>(i) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings that have a net internal volume greater than 0.04 cubic meters (1.5 cubic feet) and that are rated for temperatures and pressures exceeding those specified as minimums for Class I piping systems.</P>
            <P>(ii) Nonstandard fluid-conditioner fittings that have an internal diameter exceeding 15 centimeters (6 inches) and that are rated for temperatures and pressures exceeding those specified as minimums for Class I piping systems.</P>
            <P>(2) All other nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must meet the following:</P>
            <P>(i) All pressure-containing materials must be accepted in accordance with § 56.60-1 of this part.</P>
            <P>(ii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must be designed so that the maximum allowable working pressure does not exceed one-fourth of the burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than one-fourth of the ultimate tensile strength of the material for Class II systems and for all Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive examination. For Class I, I-L, or II-L systems not receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive examination under § 56.07-10(c) of this part, the maximum allowable working pressure must not exceed one-fifth of the burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than one-fifth of the ultimate tensile strength of the material. The maximum allowable working pressure may be determined by—</P>
            <P>(A) Calculations comparable to those of ANSI B31.1 or Section VIII of the ASME Code;</P>
            <P>(B) Subjecting a representative model to a proof test or experimental stress analysis described in paragraph A-22 of Section I of the ASME Code; or</P>
            <P>(C) Other means specifically accepted by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(iii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must be tested in accordance with § 56.97-5 of this part.</P>
            <P>(iv) If welded, nonstandard fluid conditioner fittings must be welded in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this part and part 57 of this chapter or by other processes specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center.</P>

            <P>(d) All fluid conditioner fittings that contain hazardous materials as defined <PRTPAGE P="172"/>in § 150.115 of this chapter must meet the applicable requirements of part 54 of this chapter, except subpart 54.10.</P>
            <P>(e) Heat exchangers having headers and tubes and brazed boiler steam air heaters are not considered fluid conditioner fittings and must meet the requirements in part 54 of this chapter regardless of size. For brazed boiler steam air heaters, see also § 56.30-30(b)(1) of this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989, as amended by CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.15-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special purpose fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Special purpose fittings certified in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.</P>
            <P>(b) Special purpose fittings made in accordance with the applicable standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and of materials complying with subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used within the material, size, pressure, and temperature limitations of those standards and within any further limitations specified in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(c) Nonstandard special purpose fittings must meet the requirements of §§ 56.30-25, 56.30-40, 56.35-10, 56.35-15, or 56.35-35 of this part, as applicable.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.20—Valves</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.20-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Valves certified in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.</P>
            <P>(b) Non-welded valves complying with the standards listed in § 56.60-1 of this part may be used within the specified pressure and temperature ratings of those standards, provided the limitations of § 56.07-10(c) of this part are applied. Materials must comply with subpart 56.60 of this part. Welded valves complying with the standards and specifications listed in § 56.60-1 of this part may be used in Class II systems only unless they meet paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
            <P>(c) All other valves must meet the following:</P>
            <P>(1) All pressure-containing materials must be accepted in accordance with § 56.60-1 of this part.</P>
            <P>(2) Valves must be designed so that the maximum allowable working pressure does not exceed one-fourth of the burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than one-fourth of the ultimate tensile strength of the material for Class II systems and for all Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive examination. For Class I, I-L, or II-L systems not receiving ship motion dynamic analysis and nondestructive examination under § 56.07- 10(c) of this part, the maximum allowable working pressure must not exceed one-fifth of the burst pressure or produce a primary stress greater than one-fifth of the ultimate tensile strength of the material. The maximum allowable working pressure may be determined by—</P>
            <P>(i) Calculations comparable to those of ANSI B31.1 or Section VIII of the ASME Code, if the valve shape permits this;</P>
            <P>(ii) Subjecting a representative model to a proof test or experimental stress analysis described in paragraph A-22 of Section I of the ASME Code; or</P>
            <P>(iii) Other means specifically accepted by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(3) Valves must be tested in accordance with § 56.97-5 of this part.</P>
            <P>(4) If welded, valves must be welded in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this part and part 57 of this chapter or by other processes specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(d) Where liquid trapped in any closed valve can be heated and an uncontrollable rise in pressure can result, means must be provided in the design, installation, and operation of the valve to ensure that the pressure in the valve does not exceed that allowed by this part for the attained temperature. (For example, if a flexible wedge gate valve with the stem installed horizontally is closed, liquid from testing, cleaning, or condensation can be trapped in the bonnet section of the closed valve.) Any resulting penetration of the pressure wall of the valve must meet the requirements of this part and those for threaded and welded auxiliary connections in ANSI B16.34.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40604, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="173"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.20-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Marking (reproduces 107.2).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each valve shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark and reference symbol to indicate the service conditions for which the manufacturer guarantees the valve. The marking shall be in accordance with MSS-SP-25.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.20-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ends.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Valves may be used with flanged, threaded, butt welding, socket welding or other ends in accordance with applicable standards as specified in subpart 56.60.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.20-9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Valve construction.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All valves must close with a right-hand (clockwise) motion of the handwheel or operating lever when facing the end of the valve stem. Gate, globe and angle valves must generally be of the rising-stem type, preferably with the stem threads external to the valve body. Where operating conditions will not permit such installations, the use of nonrising-stem valves will be permitted. Nonrising-stem valves, lever operated valves, and any other valve where, due to design, the position of the disc or closure mechanism is not obvious shall be fitted with indicators to show whether the valve is opened or closed. Such indicators are not required for valves located in tanks or similar inaccessible spaces where indication is provided at the remote valve operator. Operating levers of the quarter-turn (rotary) valves must be parallel to the fluid flow in the open position and perpendicular to the fluid flow in the closed position.</P>
            <P>(b) Valves of Class I piping systems (for restrictions in other classes refer to sections on low temperature service), having diameters exceeding 2 inches must have bolted, pressure seal, or breech lock bonnets and flanged or welding ends, except that socket type welding ends shall not be used where prohibited by § 56.30-5(c) of this part, § 56.30-10(b)(4) of this part for the same pressure class, or elsewhere in this part. For diameters not exceeding 2 inches, screwed union bonnet or bolted bonnet, or bonnetless valves of a type which will positively prevent the stem from screwing out of the body may be employed. Outside screw and yoke design must be used for valves 3 inches and larger for pressures above 600 pounds per square inch gage. Cast iron valves with screwed-in or screwed-over bonnets are prohibited. Union bonnet type cast iron valves must have the bonnet ring made of steel, bronze, or malleable iron.</P>
            <P>(c) Valves must be designed for the maximum pressure to which they may be subjected, but in no case shall the design pressure be less than 50 pounds per square inch gage. The use of wafer type resilient seated valves is not permitted for shell connections unless they are so arranged that the piping immediately inboard of the valve can be removed without affecting the watertight integrity of the shell connection. Refer also to § 56.20-15(b)(2)(ii) of this part. Large fabricated ballast manifold connecting lines exceeding 8 inches nominal pipe size must be designed for a pressure of not less than 25 pounds per square inch gage.</P>
            <P>(d) Disks or disk faces, seats, stems and other wearing parts of valves shall be made of material possessing corrosion and heat-resisting qualities suitable for the service conditions to which they may be subjected.</P>
            <P>(e) Plug cocks shall be constructed with satisfactory and positive means of preventing the plug from becoming loosened or removed from the body when the plug is operated. Cocks having plug locking arrangements depending on cotter pins are prohibited.</P>
            <P>(f) Cocks shall be marked in a straight line with the body to indicate whether they are open or closed.</P>
            <P>(g) Materials forming a portion of the pressure barrier shall comply with the applicable provisions of this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40604, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.20-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Valves employing resilient material.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A valve in which the closure is accomplished by resilient nonmetallic material instead of a metal to metal seat shall comply with the design, material, construction and testing for valves specified in this part.</P>

            <P>(b) Valves employing resilient material shall be divided into three categories, Positive shutoff, Category A, <PRTPAGE P="174"/>and Category B, and shall be tested and used as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Positive shutoff valves.</E> The closed valve must pass less than 10 ml/hr (0.34 fluid oz/hr) of liquid or less than 3 l/hr (0.11 cubic ft/hr) of gas per inch nominal pipe size through the line after removal of all resilient material and testing at full rated pressure. Packing material must be fire resistant. Piping subject to internal head pressure from a tank containing oil must be fitted with positive shutoff valves located at the tank in accordance with § 56.50-60(d). Otherwise positive shutoff valves may be used in any location in lieu of a required Category A or Category B valve.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Category A valves.</E> The closed valve must pass less than the greater of 5 percent of its fully open flow rate or 15 percent divided by the square root of the nominal pipe size (NPS) of its fully open flow rate through the line after complete removal of all resilient seating material and testing at full rated pressure; as represented by the formula: (15% / SQRT × (NPS)) (Fully open flow rate). Category A valves may be used in any location except where positive shutoff valves are required by § 56.50-60(d). Category A valves are required in the following locations:</P>
            <P>(i) Valves at vital piping system manifolds;</P>
            <P>(ii) Isolation valves in cross-connects between two piping systems, at least one of which is a vital system, where failure of the valve in a fire would prevent the vital system(s) from functioning as designed.</P>
            <P>(iii) Valves providing closure for any opening in the shell of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Category B valves.</E> The closed valve will not provide effective closure of the line or will permit appreciable leakage from the valve after the resilient material is damaged or destroyed. Category B valves are not required to be tested and may be used in any location except where a Category A or positive shutoff valve is required.</P>
            <P>(c) If a valve designer elects to use either calculations or actual fire testing in lieu of material removal and pressure testing, the proposed calculation method or test plan must be accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE).</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.20-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Valve bypasses.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Sizes of bypasses shall be in accordance with MSS-SP-45.</P>
            <P>(b) Pipe for bypasses should be at least Schedule 80 seamless, and of a material of the same nominal chemical composition and physical properties as that used for the main line. Lesser thickness may be approved depending on the installation and service conditions.</P>
            <P>(c) Bypasses may be integral or attached.
            </P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.25—Pipe Flanges, Blanks, Flange Facings, Gaskets, and Bolting</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.25-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flanges.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Flanges must conform to the design requirements of the applicable standards of Table 56.60-1(b) of this part of Appendix 2 of section VIII of the ASME Code. Plate flanges must meet the requirements of § 56.30-10(b)(5) of this part and the material requirements of § 56.60-1(a) of this part. Flanges may be integral or may be attached to pipe by threading, welding, brazing, or other means within the applicable standards specified in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and the requirements of this subpart. For flange facing gasket combinations other than those specified above, calculations must be submitted indicating that the gaskets will not result in a higher bolt loading or flange moment than for the acceptable configurations.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.25-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Blanks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Blanks shall conform to the design requirements of 104.5.3 of ANSI-B31.1.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.25-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flange facings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Flange facings shall be in accordance with the applicable standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) and MSS-SP-6.</P>

            <P>(b) When bolting class 150 standard steel flanges to flat face cast iron flanges, the steel flange must be furnished with a flat face, and bolting must be in accordance with § 56.25-20 of <PRTPAGE P="175"/>this part. Class 300 raised face steel flanges may be bolted to class 250 raised face cast iron flanges with bolting in accordance with § 56.25-20(b) of this part.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.25-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Gaskets (reproduces 108.4).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Gaskets shall be made of materials which are not injuriously affected by the fluid or by temperature.</P>
            <P>(b) Only metallic and suitable asbestos-free nonmetallic gaskets may be used on flat or raised face flanges if the expected normal operating pressure exceeds 720 pounds per square inch or the operating temperature exceeds -750 °F.</P>
            <P>(c) The use of metal and nonmetallic gaskets is not limited as to pressure provided the gasket materials are suitable for the maximum fluid temperatures.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 86-035, 54 FR 36316, Sept. 1, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.25-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bolting.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) Bolts, studs, nuts, and washers must comply with applicable standards and specifications listed in § 56.60-1 of this part. Unless otherwise specified, bolting must be in accordance with ANSI B16.5.</P>
            <P>(2) Bolts and studs must extend completely through the nuts.</P>
            <P>(3) See § 58.30-15(c) of this chapter for exceptions on bolting used in fluid power and control systems.</P>
            <P>(b) Carbon steel bolts or bolt studs may be used if expected normal operating pressure does not exceed 300 pounds per square inch gage and the expected normal operating temperature does not exceed 400 °F. Carbon steel bolts must have heavy hexagon heads in accordance with ANSI B18.2.1 and must have heavy semifinished hexagonal nuts in accordance with ANSI B18.2.2, unless the bolts are tightly fitted to the holes and flange stress calculations taking the bolt bending stresses into account are submitted. When class 250 cast iron flanges are used or when class 125 cast iron flanges are used with ring gaskets, the bolting material must be carbon steel conforming to ASTM Specification A307, Grade B.</P>
            <P>(c) Alloy steel stud bolts must be threaded full length or, if desired, may have reduced shanks of a diameter not less than that at the root of the threads. They must have heavy semifinished hexagonal nuts in accordance with ANSI B18.2.2.</P>
            <P>(d) All alloy bolts or bolt studs and accompanying nuts are recommended to be threaded in accordance with ANSI B1.1, Class 2A external threads, and Class 2B internal threads (8-thread series 8UN for 1 inch and larger).</P>
            <P>(e) (Reproduces 108.5.6.) Washers, when used under nuts, shall be of forged or rolled steel.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec.18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.30—Selection and Limitations of Piping Joints</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope (replaces 110 through 118).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The selection and limitation of piping joints shall be as required by this subpart in lieu of requirements in 110 through 118 of ANSI-B31.1; however certain requirements are marked “reproduced” in this subpart.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Piping joints (reproduces 110).</SUBJECT>
            <P>The type of piping joint used shall be suitable for the design conditions and shall be selected with consideration of joint tightness, mechanical strength and the nature of the fluid handled.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Welded joints.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> Welded joints may be used for materials for which welding procedures, welders, and welding machine operators have been qualified in accordance with part 57 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Butt welds—general.</E> Butt welds may be made with or without backing or insert rings within the limitations established in § 56.70-15. When the use of backing rings will result in undesirable conditions such as severe stress concentrations, corrosion or erosion, then:<PRTPAGE P="176"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) The backing rings shall be removed and the inside of the joint ground smooth, or</P>
            <P>(2) The joint shall be welded without backing rings, or</P>
            <P>(3) Consumable insert rings must be used. Commonly used types of butt welding end preparations are shown in ANSI B16.25.</P>
            <P>(4) Restrictions as to the use of backing rings appear for the low temperature piping systems and should be checked when designing for these systems.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Socket welds (modifies 127.3.3A)</E>. (1) Socket welds must conform to ANSI B16.11, applicable standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part, and Figure 127.4.4C in ANSI B31.1 as modified by § 56.30-10(b)(4) of this part. A gap of approximately one-sixteenth inch between the end of the pipe and the bottom of the socket must be provided before welding. This may best be provided by bottoming the pipe and backing off slightly before tacking.</P>
            <P>(2) Socket welds must not be used where severe erosion or crevice corrosion is expected to occur. Restrictions on the use of socket welds appear in § 56.70-15(d)(3) of this part for Class I service and in § 56.50-105 of this part for low temperature service. These sections should be checked when designing for these systems. See § 56.70-15(d)(4) of this part for Class II service.</P>
            <P>(3) (Reproduces 111.3.4.) Drains and bypasses may be attached to a valve of fitting by socket welding provided the socket depth, bore diameter, and shoulder thickness conform to ANSI B16.11.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Fillet welds</E>. Fillet welds may vary from convex to concave. The size of a fillet weld is determined as shown in Figure 127.4.4A of ANSI B31.1. Fillet weld details for socket-welding components must meet § 56.30-5(c) of this part. Fillet weld details for flanges must meet § 56.30-10 of this part. See also § 56.70-15(d)(3) and (d)(4) of this part for applications of fillet welds.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Seal welds.</E> Seal welds may be used but shall not be considered as contributing any strength to the joint.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flanged joints (modifies 104.5.1(a)).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Flanged or butt-welded joints are required for Classes I and I-L piping for nominal diameters exceeding 2 inches, except as otherwise specified in this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Flanges may be attached by any method shown in Figure 56.30-10(b) or by any additional means that may be approved by the Marine Safety Center. Pressure temperature ratings of the appropriate ANSI standard must not be exceeded.</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 1</E>. Flanges with screw threads may be used in accordance with Table 56.30-20(c) of this part.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 2</E>. ANSI B16.5 class 150 and class 300 low-hubbed flanges with screw threads, plus the addition of a strength fillet weld of the size as shown, may be used in Class I systems not exceeding 750 °F or 4 NPS, in Class II systems without diameter limitations, and in Class II-L systems not exceeding 1 NPS. If 100 percent radiography is required by § 56.95-10 of this part for the class, diameter, wall thickness, and material of pipe being joined, the use of the threaded flanges is not permitted and buttwelding flanges must be provided. For Class II piping systems, the size of the strength fillet may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch instead of 1.4T.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 3</E>. ANSI B16.5 slip-on flanges may be used in Class I, Class II, or Class II-L systems not to exceed the service pressure-temperature ratings for the class 300 and lower class flanges, within the temperature limitations of the material selected for use, and not to exceed 4 NPS in Class I and Class II-L systems. If 100 percent radiography is required by § 56.95-10 of this part for the class, diameter, wall thickness, and material of the pipe being joined, the use of slip-on flanges is not permitted and a butt welding flange must be provided. The configuration in Figure 127.4.4B(b) of ANSI B31.1. utilizing a face and backweld may be preferable in those applications where it is desirable to eliminate void spaces. For Class II piping systems, the size of the strength fillet may be limited to a maximum of <PRTPAGE P="177"/>0.525 inch instead of 1.4T and the distance from the face of the flange to the end of the pipe may be a maximum of three-eighths inch. Restrictions on the use of slip-on flanges appear in § 56.50-105 of this part for low temperature piping systems.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 4</E>. ANSI B16.5 socket welding flanges may be used in Class I or II-L systems not exceeding 3 NPS for class 600 and lower class flanges and 2<FR>1/2</FR> NPS for class 900 and class 1500 flanges within the service pressure-temperature ratings of the standard. Whenever full radiography is required by § 56.95-10 for the class, diameter, and wall thickness of the pipe being joined, the use of socket welding flanges in not permitted and a butt weld type connection must be provided. For Class II piping, socket welding flanges may be used without diameter limitation, and the size of the fillet weld may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch instead of 1.4T. Restrictions on the use of socket welds appear in § 56.50-105 for low temperature piping systems.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 5</E>. Flanges fabricated from steel plate meeting the requirements of part 54 of this chapter may be used for Class II piping for pressures not exceeding 150 pounds per square inch and temperatures not exceeding 450 °F. Plate material listed in UCS-6(b) Section VIII of the ASME Code may not be used in this application, except that material meeting ASTM Specification A36 may be used. The fabricated flanges must conform at least to the American National Standard class 150 flange dimensions. The size of the strength fillet weld may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inches instead of 1.4T and the distance from the face of the flange to the end of the pipe may be a maximum of three-eighths inch.</P>
            <GPH DEEP="393" SPAN="2">
              <PRTPAGE P="178"/>
              <GID>EC01FE91.024</GID>
              <BCAP>
                <E T="04">Figure</E> 56.30-10(b)—Methods of attachment.</BCAP>
            </GPH>
            <WIDE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                <E T="04">Note:</E> T is nominal pipe wall thickness used. Refer to text in § 56.30-10(b) for modifications on Class II piping systems. Fillet weld leg size need not exceed the thickness of the applicable ANSI hub.</HD>
            </WIDE>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 6.</E> Steel plate flanges meeting the material and construction requirements listed in subparagraph (5) of this paragraph may be used for Class II piping for pressures not exceeding 150 pounds per square inch or temperatures not exceeding 650 °F. The flange shall be attached to the pipe as shown by Figure 56.30-10(b). Method 6. The pressure shall not exceed the American National Standard Service pressure temperature rating. <PRTPAGE P="179"/>The size of the strength fillet weld may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch instead of 1.4T and the distance from the face of the flange to the end of the pipe may be a maximum of three-eighths inch.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 7.</E> Lap joint flanges (Van Stone) may be used for Class I and Class II piping. The Van Stone equipment shall be operated by competent personnel. The ends of the pipe shall be heated from 1,650° to 1,900 °F. dependent on the size of the pipe prior to the flanging operation. The foregoing temperatures shall be carefully adhered to in order to prevent excess scaling of the pipe. The extra thickness of metal built up in the end of the pipe during the forming operation shall be machined to restore the pipe to its original diameter. The machined surface shall be free from surface defects and the back of the Van Stone lap shall be machined to a fine tool finish to furnish a line contact with the mating surface on the flange for the full circumference as close as possible to the fillet of the flange. The number of heats to be used in forming a flange shall be determined by the size of the pipe and not more than two pushups per heat are permitted. The width of the lap flange shall be at least three times the thickness of the pipe wall and the end of the pipe shall be properly stress relieved after the flanging operation is completed. Manufacturers desiring to produce this type of joint shall demonstrate to a marine inspector that they have the proper equipment and personnel to produce an acceptable joint.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 8.</E> Welding neck flanges may be used on any piping provided the flanges are butt-welded to the pipe. The joint shall be welded as indicated by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 8, and a backing ring employed which will permit complete penetration of the weld metal. If a backing ring is not used, refer to § 56.30-5(b) for requirements.</P>
            <P>(9) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 9.</E> Welding neck flanges may also be attached to pipe by a double-welded butt joint as shown by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 9.</P>
            <P>(10) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 10.</E> Flanges may be attached by shrinking the flange on to the end of the pipe and flaring the end of the pipe to an angle of not less than 20°. A fillet weld of the size shown by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 10, shall be used to attach the hub to the pipe. This type of flange is limited to a maximum pressure of 300 pounds per square inch at temperatures not exceeding 500 °F.</P>
            <P>(11) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 11.</E> The flange of the type described and illustrated by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 10, except with the fillet weld omitted, may be used for Class II piping for pressures not exceeding 150 pounds per square inch and temperatures not exceeding 450 °F.</P>
            <P>(12) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 12.</E> High-hub bronze flanges may be used for temperatures not exceeding 425 °F. The hub of the flange shall be bored to a depth not less than that required for a threaded connection of the same diameter leaving a shoulder for the pipe to butt against. A preinserted ring of silver brazing alloy having a melting point not less than 1,000 °F. and of sufficient quantity to fill the annular clearance between the flange and the pipe shall be inserted in the groove. The pipe shall then be inserted in the flange and sufficient heat applied externally to melt the brazing alloy until it completely fills the clearance between the hub and the flange of the pipe. A suitable flux shall be applied to the surfaces to be joined to produce a satisfactory joint.</P>
            <P>(13) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 13.</E> The type of flange as described for Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 12, may be employed and in lieu of an annular groove being machined in the hub of the flange for the preinserted ring of silver brazing alloy, a bevel may be machined on the end of the hub and the silver brazing alloy introduced from the end of the hub to attach the pipe to the flange.</P>
            <P>(14) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 14.</E> Flanges may be attached to nonferrous pipe by inserting the pipe in the flange and flanging the end of the pipe into the recess machined in the face of the flange to receive it. The width of the flange shall be not less than three times the pipe wall thickness. In addition, the pipe shall be securely brazed to the wall of the flange.<PRTPAGE P="180"/>
            </P>
            <P>(15) <E T="03">Figure 56.30-10</E>(<E T="03">b</E>), <E T="03">Method 15.</E> The flange of the type described and illustrated by Figure 56.30-10(b), Method 14, except with the brazing omitted, may be used for Class II piping and where the temperature does not exceed 250 °F.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Expanded or rolled joints.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Expanded or rolled joints may be used where experience or test has demonstrated that the joint is suitable for the design conditions and where adequate provisions are made to prevent separation of the joint. Specific application for use must be made to the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(b)[Reserved]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Threaded joints.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Threaded joints may be used within the limitations specified in subpart 56.15 of this chapter and within other limitations specified in this section.</P>
            <P>(b) (Reproduces 114.1.) All threads on piping components must be taper pipe threads in accordance with the applicable standard listed in Table 56.60-1(b). Threads other than taper pipe threads may be used for piping components where tightness of the joint depends on a seal weld or a seating surface other than the threads, and where experience or test has demonstrated that such threads are suitable.</P>
            <P>(c) Threaded joints may not be used where severe erosion, crevice corrosion, shock, or vibration is expected to occur; or at temperatures over 925 °F. Size limitations are given in Table 56.30-20(c) of this section.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r60" COLS="2" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 56.30-20(c)—Threaded Joints <SU>1</SU>
                <SU>2</SU>
              </TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Maximum nominal size, inches</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Maximum pressure, p.s.i.g.</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Above 2″</ENT>
                <ENT>(Not permitted in Class I piping service.)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Above 1″ up to 2″</ENT>
                <ENT>600.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Above <FR>3/4</FR>″ up to 1″</ENT>
                <ENT>1,200.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">
                  <FR>3/4</FR>″ and below</ENT>
                <ENT>1,500.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Further restrictions on the use of threaded joints appear in the low temperature piping section.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> Threaded joints in hydraulic systems are permitted above the pressures indicated for the nominal sizes shown when commercially available components such as pumps, valves and strainers may only be obtained with threaded connections.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(d) Pipe with a wall thickness less than that of standard weight of ANSI B36.10 steel pipe must not be threaded regardless of service. For additional threading limitations for pipe used in steam service over 250 pounds per square inch or water service over 100 pounds per square inch and 200 °F, see part 104.1.2(c)(1) of ANSI B31.1. Restrictions as to the use of threaded joints appear for low temperature piping and should be checked when designing for these systems.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flared, flareless, and compression fittings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This section applies to pipe fittings that are mechanically connected to pipe by such means as ferrules, flared ends, swaging, elastic strain preload, crimping, bite-type devices, and shape memory alloys. Fittings to which this section applies must be designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with ASTM F 1387-93. Previously approved fittings may be retained as long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</P>
            <P>(b) Flared, flareless and compression fittings may be used within the service limitations of size, pressure, temperature, and vibration recommended by the manufacturer and as specified in this section.</P>
            <P>(c) Flared, flareless, and compression type tubing fittings may be used for tube sizes not exceeding 50 millimeters (2 inches) outside diameter within the limitations of applicable standards and specifications listed in this section and § 56.60-1 of this part.</P>
            <P>(d) Flareless fittings must be of a design in which the gripping member or sleeve must grip or bite into the outer surface of the tube with sufficient strength to hold the tube against pressure, but without appreciably distorting the inside tube diameter or reducing the wall thickness. The gripping member must also form a pressure seal against the fitting body.</P>

            <P>(e) For fluid services, other than hydraulic systems, using a combustible <PRTPAGE P="181"/>fluid as defined in § 30.10-15 of this chapter and for fluid services using a flammable fluid as defined in § 30.10-22 of this chapter, flared fittings must be used; except that flareless fittings of the nonbite type may be used when the tubing system is of steel, nickel copper or copper nickel alloy. When using copper or copper zinc alloy, flared fittings are required. (See also § 56.50-70 for gasoline fuel systems, § 56.60-75 for diesel fuel systems, and § 58.25-20 for hydraulic systems for steering gear.)</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; 61 FR 35138, July 5, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Caulked joints.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Caulked joints may not be used in marine installations.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Brazed joints.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General</E> (<E T="03">refer also to subpart 56.75</E>). Brazed socket-type joints shall be made with suitable brazing alloys. The minimum socket depth shall be sufficient for the intended service. Brazing alloy shall either be end-fed into the socket or shall be provided in the form of a preinserted ring in a groove in the socket. The brazing alloy shall be sufficient to fill completely the annular clearance between the socket and the pipe or tube.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Limitations.</E> (1) Brazed socket-type joints shall not be used on systems containing flammable or combustible fluids in areas where fire hazards are involved or where the service temperature exceeds 425 °F. When specifically approved by the Commandant, brazed construction may be used for service temperatures up to 525 °F. in boiler steam air heaters provided the requirements of UB-12 of section VIII of the ASME Code are satisfied at the highest temperature desired.</P>
            <P>(2) Brazed joints depending solely upon a fillet, rather than primarily upon brazing material between the pipe and socket are not acceptable.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Gasketed mechanical couplings.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This section applied to pipe fittings that form a seal by compressing a resilient gasket onto the pipe joint primarily by threaded fasteners and where joint creep is only restricted by such means as machined grooves, centering pins, or welded clips. Fittings to which this section applies must be designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with ASTM F 1476-93 and ASTM F 1548-94. Previously approved fittings may be retained as long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.</P>
            <P>(b) Gasketed mechanical couplings may be used within the service limitations of pressure, temperature and vibration recommended by the manufacturer, except that gasketed mechanical couplings must not be used in—</P>
            <P>(1) Any location where leakage, undetected flooding or impingement of liquid on vital equipment may disable the vessel; or</P>
            <P>(2) In tanks where the liquid conveyed in the piping system is not chemically compatible with the liquid in the tank.</P>
            <P>(c) Gasketed mechanical couplings must not be used as expansion joints. Positive restraints must be included, where necessary, to prevent the coupling from creeping on the pipe and uncovering the joint. Bite-type devices do not provide positive protection against creep and are generally not accepted for this purpose. Machined grooves, centering pins, and welded clips are considered positive means of protection against creep.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.30-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Flexible pipe couplings of the compression or slip-on type.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Flexible pipe couplings of the compression or slip-on type must not be used as expansion joints. To ensure that the maximum axial displacement (approximately <FR>3/8</FR>″ maximum) of each coupling is not exceeded, positive restraints must be included in each installation.</P>

            <P>(b) Positive means must also be provided to prevent the coupling from “creeping” on the pipe and uncovering the joint. Bite type devices do not provide positive protection against creeping and are not generally accepted for this purpose unless other means are also incorporated. Machined grooves or centering pins are considered positive <PRTPAGE P="182"/>means, and other positive means will be considered.</P>
            <P>(c) Couplings which employ a solid sleeve with welded attachments on both pipes will require the removal of one set of attachments before dismantling. Rewelding of the attachments may require gas freeing of the line.</P>
            <P>(d) The installation shall be such as to preclude appreciable difference in the vibration magnitudes of the pipes joined by the couplings. The couplings shall not be used as a vibration damper. The vibration magnitude and frequency should not exceed that recommended by the coupling manufacturer.</P>
            <P>(e) Flexible couplings made in accordance with the applicable standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and of materials complying with subpart 56.60 of this part may be used within the material, size, pressure, and temperature limitations of those standards and within any further limitations specified in this subchapter. Flexible couplings fabricated by welding must also comply with part 57 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(f) Flexible couplings must not be used in cargo holds or in any other space where leakage, undetected flooding, or impingement of liquid on vital equipment may disable the ship, or in tanks where the liquid conveyed in the piping system is not compatible with the liquid in the tank. Where flexible couplings are not allowed by this subpart, joints may be threaded, flanged and bolted, or welded.</P>
            <P>(g) Damaged or deteriorated gaskets shall not be reinstalled.</P>
            <P>(h) Each coupling shall be tested in accordance with § 56.97-5.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.35—Expansion, Flexibility and Supports</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.35-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pipe stress calculations (replaces 119.7).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A summary of the results of pipe stress calculations for the main and auxiliary steam piping where the design temperatures exceed 800 °F shall be submitted for approval. Calculations shall be made in accordance with one of the recognized methods of stress analysis acceptable to the Marine Safety Center to determine the magnitude and direction of the forces and movements at all terminal connections, anchor and junction points, as well as the resultant bending stress, longitudinal pressure stress, torsional stress, and combined expansion stress at all such points. The location of the maximum combined stress shall be indicated in each run of pipe between anchor points.</P>

            <P>(b) Special consideration will be given to the use of the full tabulated value of S in computing S<E T="52">h</E> and S<E T="52">c</E> where all material used in the system is subjected to additional nondestructive testing as specified by the Marine Safety Center, and where the calculations prescribed in 119.6.4 and 102.3.2 of ANSI-B31.1 and § 56.07-10 are performed. The nondestructive testing procedures and method of stress analysis shall be approved by the Marine Safety Center prior to the submission of computations and drawings for approval.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.35-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonmetallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Nonmetallic expansion joints certified in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.</P>
            <P>(b) Nonmetallic expansion joints must conform to the standards listed in Table 56.60-1(b) of this part. Nonmetallic expansion joints may be used within their specified pressure and temperature rating in vital and nonvital machinery sea connections inboard of the skin valve. These joints must not be used to correct for improper piping workmanship or misalignment. Joint movements must not exceed the limits set by the joint manufacturer.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.35-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Metallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Metallic expansion joints certified in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter are acceptable for use in piping systems.</P>

            <P>(b) Metallic expansion joints must conform to the standards listed in <PRTPAGE P="183"/>Table 56.60-1(b) of this part and may be used within their specified pressure and temperature rating.</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 56.50—Design Requirements Pertaining to Specific Systems</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General (replaces 122.6 through 122.10).</SUBJECT>
            <P>The piping requirements in this subpart shall apply in lieu of requirements in 122.6 through 122.10 of ANSI-B31.1. Installation requirements applicable to all systems:</P>
            <P>(a) Where pipes and scuppers are carried through watertight or oiltight bulkheads, decks or tank tops, or are carried through fire control bulkheads and decks, the integrity of the structure shall be maintained. Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in piping systems which make such bulkhead or deck penetrations where the deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the integrity of the bulkheads or decks. (For plastic pipe installations, see § 56.60-25(a).) Where plate insert pads are used, bolted connections shall have threads tapped into the plate to a depth of not less than the diameter of the bolt. If welded, the pipe or flange shall be welded to both sides of the plating. Openings in structure through which pipes pass shall be reinforced where necessary. Flanges shall not be bolted to bulkheads so that the plate forms a part of the joint. Metallic materials having a melting point of 1,700 °F. or less are considered heat sensitive and if used must be suitably insulated.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) Pipes piercing the collision bulkhead shall be fitted with screwdown valves operable from above the bulkhead deck and the valve shall be fitted inside the forepeak tank adjacent to the collision bulkhead. The pipe penetrating the collision bulkhead shall be welded to the bulkhead on both sides. On new installations or replacement in vessels of 150 gross tons and over, the valve body shall be of steel or ductile cast iron.</P>
            <P>(2) Passenger vessels shall not have the collision bulkhead pierced below the margin line by more than one pipe conveying liquids in the forepeak tank except that if the forepeak tank is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by two pipes, provided there is no practical alternative to the fitting of the second pipe and further provided the safety of the vessel is maintained.</P>
            <P>(c) Valves and cocks not forming part of a piping system are not permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads, however, sluice valves or gates in oiltight bulkheads of tankships may be used if approved by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(d) Piping shall not be run over or in the vicinity of switchboards or other electrical equipment if avoidable. When such leads are necessary, welded joints only shall be used and provision shall be made to prevent leakage from damaging the equipment.</P>
            <P>(e) Stuffing boxes shall not be used on deep tank bulkheads, double bottoms or in any position where they cannot be easily examined. This requirement does not apply to ore carriers operating on the Great Lakes or cargo lines of oil tankers.</P>
            <P>(f) Piping systems shall be installed so that under no condition will the operation of safety or relief valves be impaired.</P>
            <P>(g)(1) Power actuated valves in systems other than as specified in § 56.50-60 of this part may be used if approved for the system by the Marine Safety Center. All power actuated valves required in an emergency to operate the vessel's machinery, to maintain its stability, and to operate the bilge and firemain systems must have a manual means of operation.</P>
            <P>(2)(i) Remote valve controls that are not readily identifiable as to service must be fitted with nameplates.</P>
            <P>(ii) Remote valve controls must be accessible under service conditions.</P>
            <P>(iii) Remote valve controls, except reach rods, must be fitted with indicators that show whether the valves they control are open or closed. Valve position indicating systems must be independent of valve control systems.</P>
            <P>(iv) Valve reach rods must be adequately protected.</P>

            <P>(v) Solid reach rods must be used in tanks containing liquids, except that tank barges having plug cocks inside <PRTPAGE P="184"/>cargo tanks may have reach rods of extra-heavy pipe with the annular space between the lubricant tube and the pipe wall sealed with a nonsoluble to prevent penetration of the cargo.</P>
            <P>(3) Air operated remote control valves must be provided with self-indicating lines at the control boards which indicate the desired valve positions, i.e., open or closed.</P>
            <P>(h) Suitable drains shall be provided at low points of piping systems.</P>
            <P>(i) Valves and cocks shall be located so as to be easily accessible and valves or cocks attached to the shell of the vessel or to sea chests located below the floorplating shall be operable from above the floorplates.</P>
            <P>(j) When welded fabrication is employed, a sufficient number of detachable joints shall be provided to facilitate overhauling and maintenance of machinery and appurtenances. The joints shall be located so that adequate space is provided for welding, and the location of the welds shall be indicated on the plans.</P>
            <P>(k) Piping, including valves, pipe fittings and flanges, conveying vapors, gases or liquids whose temperature exceeds 150 °F., shall be suitably insulated where necessary to preclude injury to personnel.</P>
            <P>(l) Where pipes are run through dry cargo spaces they must be protected from mechanical injury by a suitable enclosure or other means.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Special gaging requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Where pressure reducing valves are employed (see 102.2.5(b) of ANSI-B31.1) a pressure gage shall be provided on the low pressure side of the reducing station.</P>
            <P>(b) Fuel oil service, fire, cargo and fuel oil transfer and boiler feed pumps must be provided with a pressure gage on the discharge side of the pump. Additional information pertaining to fire pumps is in § 34.10-5 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels), § 76.10-5 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels), § 95.10-5 of subchapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels), and § 108.417 of subchapter IA (Mobile Offshore Drilling Units) of this chapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Steam and exhaust piping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The design pressures of the steam piping connected to the boiler drum or to the superheater inlet header shall not be less than the lowest pressure setting of any drum safety valve. The value of allowable stress for the material shall not exceed that corresponding to the saturated steam temperature at drum pressure and shall be selected as described in § 56.07-10(e).</P>
            <P>(b) Main superheater outlet piping systems, desuperheated piping systems, and other auxiliary superheated piping systems led directly from the boiler superheater shall be designed for a pressure not less than the pressure at which the superheater safety valve is set. In the case of a superheated safety valve which is drum pilot actuated, the design pressure of such piping systems shall not be less than the pressure setting of the actuator valve on the drum. Where it can be shown that the limitations set forth in 102.2.4 of ANSI-B31.1 will not be exceeded, the design pressure of such piping systems may be reduced but shall not be less than the pressure setting of the actuator valve on the drum less the pressure drop through the superheater, including associated piping and a control desuperheater if fitted, at the normal rated operating condition. In both cases, the value of allowable stress shall be selected using a temperature not less than that of the steam at the superheater outlet at the normal rated operating conditions in accordance with § 56.07-10(e). Valves and fittings shall be selected for the above temperature and pressure from the accepted standards in Table 56.60-1(b), using the pressure-temperature rating in the standard.</P>
            <P>(c) Steam stop valves in sizes exceeding 6 inches shall be fitted with bypasses for heating the line and equalizing the pressure before the valve is opened.</P>

            <P>(d) In multiple boiler installations each boiler's main, auxiliary and desuperheated steam lines shall be <PRTPAGE P="185"/>fitted with two valves, one a stop valve and one a stop check valve.</P>
            <P>(e) Main and auxiliary steam stop valves must be readily accessible, operable by one person and arranged to seat against boiler pressure.</P>
            <P>(f) Where vessels are equipped with more than one boiler, the auxiliary steam piping shall be so arranged that steam for the whistle, steering gear, and electric-lighting plant may be supplied from any power boiler.</P>
            <P>(g) Steam and exhaust pipes shall not be led through coal bunkers or dry cargo spaces unless approved by the Commandant.</P>
            <P>(h)(1) Steam piping, with the exception of the steam heating system, must not be led through passageways, accommodation spaces, or public spaces unless the arrangement is specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(2) Steam pressure in steam heating systems must not exceed 150 pounds per square inch gage, except that steam pressure for accommodation and public space heating must not exceed 45 pounds per square inch gage.</P>
            <P>(3) Steam lines and registers in non-accommodation and non-public spaces must be suitably lcoated and/or shielded to minimize hazards to any personnel within the space. Where hazards in a space cannot be sufficiently minimized, the pressure in the steam line to that space must be reduced to a maximum of 45 pounds per square inch gage.</P>
            <P>(4) High temperature hot water for heating systems may not exceed 375 °F.</P>
            <P>(i) Where positive shutoff valves are fitted in the exhaust lines of machinery, and the exhaust side, including engine steam cylinders and chests, turbine casings, exhaust piping and shut-off valves, is not designed for the full inlet pressure, the exhaust side must be protected from over pressure by one of the following means:</P>
            <P>(1) A full flow relief valve in the exhaust side so set and of sufficient capacity to prevent the exhaust side from being accidentally or otherwise subjected to a pressure in excess of its maximum allowable pressure.</P>
            <P>(2) A sentinel relief valve or other warning device fitted on the exhaust side together with a back pressure trip device which will close the inlet valve prior to the exhaust side pressure exceeding the maximum allowable pressure. A device that will throttle the inlet valve, so that the exhaust side does not exceed the maximum allowable pressure, may be substituted for the back pressure trip.</P>
            <P>(j) Shore steam connections shall be fitted with a relief valve set at a pressure not exceeding the design pressure of the piping.</P>
            <P>(k) Means must be provided for draining every steam pipe in which dangerous water hammer might otherwise occur.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pressure relief piping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> There must be no intervening stop valves between the vessel or piping system being protected and its protective device or devices, except as specifically provided for in other regulations or as specifically authorized by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Discharge lines (reproduces 122.6.2(d)).</E> Discharge lines from pressure-relieving safety devices shall be designed to facilitate drainage.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Stop valves.</E> Stop valves between the safety or relief valve and the point of discharge are not permitted, except as specifically provided for in other regulations or as specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Reference.</E> See also § 56.07-10(a) and (b) for specific requirements.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safety and relief valve escape piping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Escape piping from unfired steam generator, boiler, and superheater safety valves shall have an area of not less than that of the combined areas of the outlets of all valves discharging thereto and shall be led as near vertically as practicable to the atmosphere.</P>

            <P>(b) Expansion joints or flexible pipe connections shall be fitted in escape piping. The piping shall be adequately supported and installed so that no <PRTPAGE P="186"/>stress is transmitted to the safety valve body.</P>
            <P>(c) Safety or relief valve discharges, when permitted to terminate in the machinery space, shall be led below the floorplates or to a remote position to minimize the hazardous effect of the escaping steam.</P>
            <P>(d) The effect of the escape piping on the operation of the relief device shall be considered. The back pressure in the escape piping from the main propulsion steam generator should not exceed 10 percent of the relief device setting unless a compensated relief device is used. Back pressure must be calculated with all relief valves which discharge to a common escape pipe relieving simultaneously at full capacity.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Boiler feed piping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General requirements.</E> (1) Steam vessels, and motor vessels fitted with steam driven electrical generators shall have at least two separate means of supplying feed water for the boilers. All feed pumps shall be fitted with the necessary connections for this purpose. The arrangement of feed pumps shall be in accordance with paragraph (d) or (e) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) Feed pump supply to power boilers may utilize the group feed system or the unit feed system.</P>
            <P>(3) Feed discharge piping from the pump up to, but not including the required stop and stop-check valves, shall be designed for either the feed pump relief valve setting or the shutoff head of the pump if a relief valve is not fitted. (Refer to § 56.07-10(b) for specific requirements.) Feed piping from the boiler, to and including the required stop and stop-check valves (see paragraph (b) of this section), shall have a design pressure which exceeds the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler by either 25 percent or 225 pounds per square inch whichever is less. The value of allowable stress for design purposes shall be selected as described in § 56.07-10(e) at a temperature not below that for saturated steam at the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler.</P>
            <P>(4) Feed pumps for water tube boilers shall have fresh water connections only. Care shall be taken to prevent the accidental contamination of feed water from salt water or oil systems.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Feed valves.</E> (1) Stop and stop-check valves shall be fitted in the main feed line and shall be attached as close as possible to drum feed inlet nozzles or to the economized feed inlet nozzles on boilers fitted with integral economizers.</P>
            <P>(2) Where the installation will not permit the feed stop valve to be attached directly to the drum inlet nozzle on boilers not fitted with economizers, a distance piece may be installed between the stop valve and the inlet nozzle.</P>
            <P>(3) Feed stop or stop-check valves may be located near the operating platform on boilers fitted with economizers provided the piping between the valves and the economizer, exclusive of the feed valves and the economizer inlet nozzles, is installed with a minimum of intervening flanged connections.</P>
            <P>(4) Auxiliary feed lines shall be fitted with stop valves and stop-check valves. Boilers not having auxiliary feed water nozzles, or where independent auxiliary feed lines are not installed, shall have the auxiliary feed line to the drum or economizer connected to the main feed line as close as possible to the main feed stop valves; and the valves in the auxiliary feed line shall be fitted as close as possible to the junction point.</P>
            <P>(5) Boilers fitted with economizers shall have a check valve fitted in the economizer discharge and located as close as possible to the drum fed inlet nozzle. When economizer bypasses are fitted, a stop-check valve shall be installed in lieu of the aforementioned check valve.</P>
            <P>(6) A sentinel valve is not required for vessels constructed after September 30, 1997, and for other vessels to which it has been shown to the satisfaction of the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection or the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, that a sentinel valve is not necessary for the safe operation of the particular boiler.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Feed water regulators, heaters, and grease extractors.</E> (1) Where feed water regulators, tubular feed water heaters, and grease extractors are installed, an <PRTPAGE P="187"/>alternate means of operation with these devices bypassed shall be provided.</P>
            <P>(2) Feed water regulators designed with a built-in bypass for emergency use need not be fitted with an external bypass when installed in a feed system provided with an auxiliary feed line. All feed water regulators installed in a unit feed system shall be fitted with an external bypass. Feed water regulators bypasses shall be so arranged that the regular feed valves are in operation while the bypass is in use.</P>
            <P>(3) A feed water regulator may be interposed between the stop and stop-check valves in the feed lines.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Group feed system.</E> Group feed systems shall be provided with pumps and piping as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) Oceangoing and Great Lakes steam vessels, having a feed pump attached to the main propelling unit, shall be provided with at least one independently driven feed pump. Each of these pumps shall be used exclusively for feed purposes and shall be capable of supplying the operating boilers at their normal capacity. In addition, a second independently driven pump, capable of supplying such boilers at 75 percent of their normal capacity, shall be provided for emergency use. This second pump may be used for other purposes.</P>
            <P>(2) If two independently driven pumps are provided, each capable of supplying the boilers at their normal required operating capacity, and neither of which is used for other purposes, the third or emergency feed pump is not required. Where more than two independently driven feed pumps are provided, their aggregate capacity shall not be less than 200 percent of that demanded by the boilers at their required normal operating capacity.</P>
            <P>(3) River or harbor steam vessels shall have at least two means for feeding the boilers; one of which shall be an independently driven pump, the other may be an attached pump, an additional independently driven pump, or an injector.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Unit feed system.</E> Unit feed systems shall be provided with pumps and piping as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) The unit feed system may be used on vessels having two or more boilers. When the unit feed system is employed each boiler shall have its own independently driven main feed pump capable of supplying the boiler at its normal operating capacity. In addition these shall be an auxiliary independently driven feed pump of the same capacity which can be operated in place of and in conjunction with the main feed pump. In vessels with three or more boilers, not more than two boilers may be served by any one auxiliary pump. The auxiliary pump may be so interconnected that any pump can feed any boiler.</P>
            <P>(2) In the unit feed system, a separate feed line shall be provided for each boiler from its pumps. A separate auxiliary feed line is not required. The discharge from each pump and the feed supply to each boiler shall be automatically controlled by the level of the water in that boiler. In addition to the automatic control, manual control shall be provided.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Feedwater.</E> The feedwater shall be introduced into a boiler as required by § 52.01-105(b) of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Condensate pumps.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Two means shall be provided for discharging the condensate from the main condenser, one of which shall be mechanically independent of the main propelling machinery. If one of the independent feed pumps is fitted with a direct suction from the condenser and a discharge to the feed tank, it may be accepted as an independent condensate pump. On vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or rivers, where provision is made to operate noncondensing, only one condensate unit will be required.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Blowoff piping (replaces 102.2.5(d)).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)(1) The requirements for blowoff piping in this section shall be followed in lieu of the requirements in 102.2.5(d) in ANSI-B31.1.</P>

            <P>(2) Where blowoff valves are connected to a common discharge from two or more boilers, a nonreturn valve shall be provided in the line from each boiler to prevent accidental blowback <PRTPAGE P="188"/>in the event the boiler blowoff valve is left open.</P>
            <P>(b) Blowoff piping external to the boiler shall be designed for not less than 125 percent of the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler, or the maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler plus 225 pounds per square inch, whichever is less. When the required blowoff piping design pressure exceeds 100 pounds per square inch gage, the wall thickness of the piping shall not be less than Schedule 80. The value of allowable stress for design purposes shall be selected as described in § 56.07-10(e) at a temperature not below that of saturated steam at the maximum allow-able working pressure of the boiler.</P>
            <P>(c) Boiler blowoff piping which discharges above the lightest loadline of a vessel shall be arranged so that the discharge is deflected downward.</P>
            <P>(d) Valves such as the globe type so designed as to form pockets in which sediment may collect shall not be used for blowoff service.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Circulating pumps.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A main circulating pump and emergency means for circulating water through the main condenser shall be provided. The emergency means may consist of a connection from an independent power pump fitted between the main circulating pump and the condenser.</P>
            <P>(b) Independent sea suctions shall be provided for the main circulating and the emergency circulating pumps.</P>
            <P>(c) A cross connection between the circulating pumps in the case of multiple units will be acceptable in lieu of an independent power pump connection.</P>
            <P>(d) On vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or rivers, where provision is made to operate noncondensing, only one circulating unit will be required.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bilge and ballast piping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)(1) All vessels except unmanned barges shall be provided with a satisfactory bilge pumping plant capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment except for ballast, oil and water tanks which have acceptable means for filling and emptying independent of the bilge system. The bilge pumping system shall be capable of operation under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions will generally be necessary except in narrow compartments at the ends of the vessel where one suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required.</P>
            <P>(2) Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartments will drain to the suction pipes. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from all tank tops, other watertight flats and insulated holds. Peak tanks, chain lockers and decks over peak tanks may be drained by eductors, ejectors, or hand pumps. Where piping is led through the forepeak, see § 56.50-1(b).</P>
            <P>(3) Where drainage from particular compartments is considered undesirable, the provisions for such drainage may be omitted, provided it can be shown by calculations that the safety of the vessel will not be impaired.</P>
            <P>(4) Where the vessel is to carry Class 3 flammable liquids with a flashpoint below 23 °C (74 °F), Class 6, Division 6.1, poisonous liquids, or Class 8 corrosive liquids with a flashpoint below 23 °C (74 °F) as defined in 49 CFR part 173, in enclosed cargo spaces, the bilge-pumping system must be designed to ensure against inadvertent pumping of such liquids through machinery-space piping or pumps.</P>
            <P>(5) For each vessel constructed on or after June 9, 1995, and on an international voyage, arrangements must be made to drain the enclosed cargo spaces on either the bulkhead deck of a passenger vessel or the freeboard deck of a cargo vessel.</P>

            <P>(i) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead deck of a passenger vessel or the freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is immersed when the vessel heels 5° or less, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces must discharge to a space, or spaces, of adequate capacity, each of which has a high-water-level alarm and a means to discharge overboard. The number, size and arrangement of the <PRTPAGE P="189"/>drains must prevent unreasonable accumulation of water. The pumping arrangements must take into account the requirements for any fixed manual or automatic sprinkling system. In enclosed cargo spaces fitted with carbon-dioxide extinguishing systems, the drains must have traps or other means to prevent escape of the smothering gas. The enclosed cargo spaces must not drain to machinery spaces or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present if water may be contaminated with Class 3 flammable liquids; Class 6, Division 6.1, poisonous liquids; or Class 8 corrosive liquids with a flashpoint below 23 °C (74 °F).</P>
            <P>(ii) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead deck of a passenger vessel or the freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is immersed only when the vessel heels more than 5°, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces may be by means of a sufficient number of scuppers discharging overboard. The installation of scuppers must comply with § 42.15-60 of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(b) Passenger vessels shall have provision made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction piping from being flooded in the event the pipe is severed or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment. Where the piping is located within one-fifth of the beam of the side of the vessel (measured at right angles to the centerline at the level of the deepest subdivision loadline or deepest loadline where a subdivision loadline is not assigned) or is in a ductkeel, a nonreturn valve shall be fitted to the end of the pipe in the compartment which it serves.</P>
            <P>(c)(1) Each bilge suction must lead from a manifold except as otherwise approved by the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center. As far as practicable, each manifold must be in, or be capable of remote operation from, the same space as the bilge pump that normally takes suction on that manifold. In either case, the manifold must be capable of being locally controlled from above the floorplates and must be easily accessible at all times. As far as practicable, each overboard-discharge valve for a bilge system must comply with the requirements governing location and accessibility for suction manifolds. Except as otherwise permitted by paragraph (c)(4) of this section for a vessel employing a common-rail bilge system, each bilge-manifold valve controlling a bilge suction from any compartment must be of the stop-check type.</P>
            <P>(2) Each passenger vessel on an international voyage must comply with the provisions of SOLAS II-1/21.</P>
            <P>(3) A common-rail bilge system may be installed as an acceptable alternative to the system required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, provided it satisfies all of the following criteria:</P>
            <P>(i) The common-rail main runs inboard at least one-fifth of the beam of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(ii) A stop-check valve or both a stop valve and a check valve are provided in each branch line and located inboard at least one-fifth of the beam of the vessel.</P>
            <P>(iii) The stop valve or the stop-check valve is power-driven, is capable of remote operation from the space where the pump is, and, regardless of the status of the power system, is capable of manual operation to both open and close the valve.</P>
            <P>(iv) The stop valve or the stop-check valve is accessible for both manual operation and repair under all operating conditions, and the space used for access contains no expansion joint or flexible coupling that, upon failure, would cause flooding and prevent access to the valve.</P>
            <P>(v) A port and a starboard suction serve each space protected unless, under the worst conditions of list and trim and with liquid remaining after pumping, the vessel's stability remains acceptable, in accordance with subchapter S of this chapter.</P>
            <P>(vi) For each vessel designed for the carriage of combinations of both liquid and dry bulk cargoes (O/B/O), no bilge pump or piping is located in a machinery space other than in a pump room for cargo, and no liquid and other cargoes are carried simultaneously.</P>

            <P>(vii) For each cargo vessel in Great Lakes service, each common-rail piping for the bilge and ballast system serving cargo spaces, if installed and if connected to a dedicated common-rail bilge system, must lead separately <PRTPAGE P="190"/>from a valved manifold located at the pump.</P>
            <P>(d) The internal diameter of bilge suction pipes including strainers shall be determined by formulas (1) and (2), except that the nearest commercial size not more than one-fourth inch under the required diameter may be used. Bilge suction pipes shall be suitably faired to pump inlets.</P>
            <P>(1) For suctions to each main bilge pump:</P>
            <MATH DEEP="29" SPAN="1">
              <MID>EC01FE91.025</MID>
            </MATH>
            <P>(2) For branch suctions to cargo and machinery spaces:</P>
            <MATH DEEP="29" SPAN="1">
              <MID>EC01FE91.026</MID>
            </MATH>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP>where:</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">L=Length of vessel on loadwater line, in feet.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">B=Breadth of vessel, in feet. (5)</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">D=Molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead deck.<E T="51">(6)</E>
            </FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">c=Length of compartment, in feet.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">d=Required internal diameter of suction pipe, in inches.</FP>
            
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note</HD>
              <P>1—For tank vessels, “L” may be reduced by the combined length of the cargo oil tanks.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="04">Note 2—For bulk carriers with full depth wing tanks served by a ballast system where the beam of the vessel is not representative of the breadth of the compartment, “B” may be appropriately modified to the breadth of the compartment.</E>
              </P>
              <P>
                <E T="04">Note</E> 3—In the calculation for a vessel with more than one hull, such as a catamaran, the breadth of the unit is the breadth of one hull.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="04">Note</E> 4—In the calculation for a mobile offshore drilling unit, “L” is reducible by the combined length of spaces that can be pumped by another piping system meeting §§ 56.50-50 and 56.50-55, where “L” is the length of the unit at the waterline.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="04">Note</E> 5—For mobile offshore drilling units employing unusual hull forms, “B” may be modified to the average breadth rather than the maximum breadth.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="04">Note 6</E>—For each passenger vessel constructed on or after June 9, 1995, and being on an international voyage, D must be measured to the next deck above the bulkhead deck if an enclosed cargo space on the bulkhead deck that is internally drained in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section extends the entire length of the vessel. Where the enclosed cargo space extends a lesser length, D must be taken as the sum of the molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead deck plus lh/L where l and h are the aggregate length and height (in feet) of the enclosed cargo space. </P>
            </NOTE>
            
            <P>(3) For vessels of 150 gross tons and over, no main suction piping shall be less than 2<FR>1/2</FR> inches internal diameter. Branch piping need not be more than 4 inches and shall not be less than 2 inches in diameter except for drainage of small pockets or spaces in which case 1<FR>1/2</FR>-inch diameter may be used. For vessels less than 150 gross tons no bilge suction shall be less than 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches internal diameter and no branch piping shall be less than 1 inch nominal pipe size.</P>
            <P>(4) For vessels of 65 feet in length or less and not engaged on an international voyage, the bilge pipe sizes computed by Formulas (1) and (2) of this paragraph are not mandatory, but in no case shall the size be less than 1 inch nominal pipe size.</P>
            <P>(5) The number, location, and size of bilge suctions in the boiler and machinery compartments shall be determined when the piping plans are submitted for approval and shall be based upon the size of the compartments and the drainage arrangements.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Independent bilge suction.</E> One of the independent bilge pumps must have a suction of a diameter not less than that given by Formula (2) in paragraph (d) of this section that is led directly from the engine room bilge entirely independent of the bilge main, and on passenger vessels each independent bilge pump located in the machinery spaces must have such direct suctions from these spaces, except that not more than two pumps are required to have direct suctions from any one space. A suction that is led directly from a suitably located pump manifold may be considered to be independent of the bilge main. Where two direct suctions are required in any one compartment on passenger vessels, one suction must be located on each side of the compartment. If watertight bulkheads separate the engine and boiler rooms, a direct suction or suctions must be fitted to each compartment unless the pumps available for bilge service are <PRTPAGE P="191"/>distributed throughout these compartments, in which case at least one pump in each such compartment must be fitted with direct suction in its compartment. In a vessel with more than one hull, there must be one bilge pump that has an independent bilge suction in each hull. In a column stabilized mobile offshore drilling unit, the independent bilge suction must be from the pumproom bilge.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Emergency bilge suctions.</E> In addition to the independent bilge suction(s) required by paragraph (e) of this section, an emergency bilge suction must be provided in the machinery space for all self-propelled vessels as described in the following subparagraphs. Emergency suctions must be provided from pumps other than those required by § 56.50-55(a) of this part. Such suctions must have nonreturn valves, and must meet the following criteria as appropriate:</P>
            <P>(1) On passenger vessels propelled by steam and operating on an international voyage or on ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes routes, the main circulating pump is to be fitted with a direct bilge suction for the machinery space. The diameter of such suctions shall not be less than two-thirds the diameter of the main sea injection. When it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that the main circulating pump is not suitable for emergency bilge service, a direct emergency bilge suction is to be led from the largest available independent power driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space. The suction is to be of the same diameter as the main inlet of the pump used and the capacity of the pump shall exceed that of a required main bilge pump.</P>
            <P>(2) On passenger vessels propelled by internal combustion engines and operating on an international voyage or on ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes routes, the largest available pump in the engine room is to be fitted with the direct bilge suction in the machinery space except that a required bilge pump may not be used. The area of the suction pipe is to be equal to the full suction inlet of the pump. The discharge capacity of the pump selected shall exceed the capacity of the required main bilge pump.</P>
            <P>(3) Vessels over 180 feet in length which are not passenger vessels and which operate on international voyages or in ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes service, must be provided with a direct emergency bilge suction from any pump in the machinery space, except that a required bilge pump may not be used. The discharge capacity of the pump selected must exceed the capacity of the required main bilge pump and the area of the suction inlet is to be equal to the full suction inlet of the pump.</P>
            <P>(4) Vessels under 180 feet in length need not provide an emergency bilge suction, except that passenger vessels shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(5) Each vessel with more than one hull must have an emergency bilge suction in each hull.</P>
            <P>(6) Each column stabilized mobile offshore drilling unit must have—</P>
            <P>(i) An emergency bilge suction in each hull; and</P>
            <P>(ii) A remote control for the emergency pump and associated valves that can be operated from the ballast control room.</P>
            <P>(g) Each individual bilge suction shall be fitted with a suitable bilge strainer having an open area of not less than three times at of the suction pipe. In addition a mud box or basket strainer shall be fitted in an accessible position between the bilge suction manifold and the pump.</P>

            <P>(h) Pipes for draining cargo holds or machinery spaces must be separate from pipes which are used for filling or emptying tanks where water or oil is carried. Bilge and ballast piping systems must be so arranged as to prevent oil or water from the sea or ballast spaces from passing into cargo holds or machinery spaces, or from passing from one compartment to another, whether from the sea, water ballast, or oil tanks, by the appropriate installation of stop and non-return valves. The bilge and ballast mains must be fitted with separate control valves at the pumps. Except as allowed by paragraph (c)(4)(vii) of this section, piping for draining a cargo hold or machinery space must be separate from piping used for filling or emptying any tank <PRTPAGE P="192"/>where water or oil is carried. Piping for bilge and ballast must be arranged so as to prevent, by the appropriate installation of stop and non-return valves, oil or water from the sea or ballast spaces from passing into a cargo hold or machinery space, or from passing from one compartment to another, regardless of the source. The bilge and ballast mains must be fitted with separate control valves at the pumps.</P>
            <P>(i) Ballast piping shall not be installed to any hull compartment of a wood vessel. Where the carriage of liquid ballast in such vessels is necessary, suitable ballast tanks, structurally independent of the hull, shall be provided.</P>
            <P>(j) When dry cargo is to be carried in deep tanks, arrangement shall be made for disconnecting or blanking-off the oil and ballast lines, and the bilge suctions shall be disconnected or blanked-off when oil or ballast is carried. Blind flanges or reversible pipe fittings may be employed for this purpose.</P>
            <P>(k) Where bilge and ballast piping is led through tanks, except ballast piping in ballast tanks, means must be provided to minimize the risk of flooding of other spaces due to pipe failure within the tanks. In this regard, such piping may be in an oiltight or watertight pipe tunnel, or the piping may be of Schedule 80 pipe wall thickness, fitted with expansion bends, and all joints within the tanks are welded. Alternative designs may be installed as approved by the Marine Safety Center. Where a pipe tunnel is installed, the watertight integrity of the bulkheads must be maintained. No valve or fitting may be located within the tunnel if the pipe tunnel is not of sufficient size to afford easy access. These requirements need not be met provided the contents of the tank and piping system are chemically compatible and strength and stability calculations are submitted showing that crossflooding resulting from a pipe, the tank, and the spaces through which the piping passes will not seriously affect the safety of the ship, including the launching of lifeboats due to the ship's listing. Bilge lines led through tanks without a pipe tunnel must be fitted with nonreturn valves at the bilge suctions.</P>
            <P>(l) When bilge pumps are utilized for other services, the piping shall be so arranged that under any condition at least one pump will be available for drainage of the vessel through an overboard discharge, while the other pump(s) are being used for a different service.</P>
            <P>(m) All bilge pipes used in or under fuel storage tanks or in the boiler or machinery space, including spaces in which oil settling tanks or oil pumping units are located, shall be of steel or other acceptable material.</P>

            <P>(n) Oil pollution prevention requirements for bilge and ballast systems are contained in subpart B of part 155, Title 33, Code of Federal Regulations.
            </P>
            <NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
              <P>For the purposes of this section, a pumproom is a machinery space on a column stabilized mobile offshore drilling unit.</P>
            </NOTE>
            
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-58R, 39 FR 18767, May 30, 1974; 79-165a, 45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bilge pumps.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Self-propelled vessels.</E> (1) Each self-propelled vessel must be provided with a power-driven pump or pumps connected to the bilge main as required by Table 56.50-55(a).</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,8,8,8,8,8,8,8" COLS="8" OPTS="L2,i1">
              <TTITLE>Table 56.50-55(a)—Power Bilge Pumps Required for Self-Propelled Vessels</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Vessel length, in feet</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Passenger vessels <SU>1</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">International voyages <SU>3</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">Ocean, coast-wise and Great Lakes</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">All other waters</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Dry-cargo vessels <SU>2</SU>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">Ocean, coast-wise and Great Lakes</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">All waters</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Tank <LI>vessels</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="2">All waters</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Mobile offshore drilling units</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">All waters</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">180′ or more </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>4</SU> 3</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>4</SU> 3</ENT>
                <ENT>2</ENT>
                <ENT>2</ENT>
                <ENT>2</ENT>
                <ENT>2</ENT>
                <ENT>2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Below 180′ and exceeding 65′</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>4</SU> 3</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>5</SU> 2</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>5</SU> 2</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>5</SU> 2</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>5</SU> 2</ENT>
                <ENT>2</ENT>
                <ENT>2</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">65′ or less</ENT>
                <ENT>3</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT>1</ENT>
                <ENT/>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>

                <SU>1</SU> Small passenger vessels under 100 gross tons refer to Subpart 182.25 of Subchapter T (Small Passenger Vessel) of this chapter.<PRTPAGE P="193"/>
              </TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> Dry-bulk carriers having ballast pumps connected to the tanks outside the engineroom and to the cargo hold may substitute the appropriate requirements for tank vessels.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU> Not applicable to passenger vessels which do not proceed more than 20 mile from the nearest land, or which are employed in the carriage of large numbers of unberthed passengers in special trades.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>4</SU> When the criterion numeral exceeds 30, an additional independent power-driven pump is required. (See Part 171 of this chapter for determination of criterion numeral.)</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>5</SU> Vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or rivers where steam is always available, or where a suitable water supply is available from a power-driven pump of adequate pressure and capacity, may substitute siphons or eductors for one of the required power-driven pumps, provided a siphon or eductor is permanently installed in each hold or compartment.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Nonself-propelled vessels.</E> (1) Ocean going sailing vessels and barges shall be provided with pumps connected to the bilge main as required in Table 56.50-55(b)(1).</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r100,r100,xs24" COLS="4" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 56.50-55(b)(1)—Bilge Pumps Required for Nonself-Propelled Vessels</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Type of vessel</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Waters navigated</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Power pumps <E T="51">(\1\)</E>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Hand pumps</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Sailing </ENT>
                <ENT>Ocean and coastwise </ENT>
                <ENT>Two </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="51">(\2\)</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Manned barges </ENT>
                <ENT>......do </ENT>
                <ENT>Two </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="51">(\2\)</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Manned barges </ENT>
                <ENT>Other than ocean and coastwise </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="51">(\3\)</E>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="51">(\3\)</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Unmanned barges </ENT>
                <ENT>All waters </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="51">(\3\)</E>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="51">(\3\)</E>
                </ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">Mobile offshore drilling units </ENT>
                <ENT>All waters </ENT>
                <ENT>Two </ENT>
                <ENT>None.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> Where power is always available, independent power bilge pumps shall be installed as required and shall be connected to the bilge main.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>2</SU> Efficient hand pumps connected to the bilge main may be substituted for the power pumps. Where there is no common bilge main, one hand pump will be required for each compartment.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>3</SU> Suitable hand or power pumps or siphons, portable or fixed, carried either on board the barge or on the towing vessel shall be provided.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(2) The pumps and source of power for operation on oceangoing sailing vessels and barges shall be located above the bulkhead deck or at the highest convenient level which is always accessible.</P>
            <P>(3) Each hull of a vessel with more than one hull, such as a catamaran, must meet Table 56.50-55(b).</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Capacity of independent power bilge pump.</E> Each power bilge pump must have the capacity to develop a suction velocity of not less than 400 feet per minute through the size of bilge main piping required by § 56.50-50(d)(1) of this part under ordinary conditions; except that, for vessels of less than 65 feet in length not engaged on international voyages, the pump must have a minimum capacity of 25 gallons per minute and need not meet the velocity requirement of this paragraph.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Priming.</E> Suitable means shall be provided for priming centrifugal pumps which are not of the self-priming type.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Location.</E> (1) For self-propelled vessels, if the engines and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the bilge pumps must be distributed throughout these compartments. On other self-propelled vessels and mobile offshore drilling units, the bilge pumps must be in separate compartments to the extent practicable. When the location of bilge pumps in separate watertight compartments is not practicable, alternative arrangements may be submitted for consideration by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(2) For nonself-propelled vessels requiring two bilge pumps, these pumps, insofar as practicable, shall be located in separate watertight machinery spaces. When the location of bilge pumps in separate watertight compartments is not possible, the Commandant will consider alternate arrangements of the bilge pumps.</P>
            <P>(3) The emergency bilge pumps shall not be installed in a passenger ship forward of the collision bulkhead.</P>
            <P>(4) Each hull of a vessel with more than one hull must have at least two means for pumping the bilges in each hull. No multi-hulled vessel may operate unless one of these means is available to pump each bilge.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Other pumps.</E> Sanitary, ballast, and general service pumps having the required capacity may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted <PRTPAGE P="194"/>with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24773, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-57</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Bilge piping and pumps, alternative requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) If a passenger vessel complies with §§ 171.075 and 171.082 of this chapter, its bilge pumping and piping systems must meet §§ 56.50-50 and 56.50-55, except as follows:</P>
            <P>(1) Each bilge pumping system must comply with—</P>
            <P>(i) Regulation 19(b) of the Annex to IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place of §§ 56.50-55(a)(1), 56.50-55(a)(3), and 56.50-55(f);</P>
            <P>(ii) Regulation 19(d) of the Annex to IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place of § 56.50-55(a)(2).</P>
            <P>(2) Each bilge main must comply with Regulation 19(i) of the Annex to IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place of § 56.50-50(d) except—</P>
            <P>(i) The nearest commercial pipe size may be used if it is not more than one-fourth inch under the required diameter; and</P>
            <P>(ii) Each branch pipe must comply with § 56.50-50(d)(2).</P>
            <P>(b) The standards referred to in this section, which are contained in the Inter-governmental Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO) Resolution A.265 (VIII), dated December 10, 1973, are incorporated by reference. This document is available from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia, 22151, under the title “Regulations on Subdivision and Stability of Passenger Ships as Equivalent to part B of chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960” (Volume IV of the U.S. Coast Guard's “Commandant's International Technical Series”, USCG CITS-74-1-1.)</P>
            <CITA>[CGD 76-053, 47 FR 37553, Aug. 26, 1982, as amended by CGD 79-023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-60</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Systems containing oil.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)(1) Oil-piping systems for the transfer or discharge of cargo or fuel oil must be separate from other piping systems as far as practicable, and positive means shall be provided to prevent interconnection in service.</P>
            <P>(2) Fuel oil and cargo oil systems may be combined if the cargo oil systems contain only Grade E oils and have no connection to cargo systems containing grades of oil with lower flash points or hazardous substances.</P>
            <P>(3) Pumps used to transfer oil must have no discharge connections to fire mains, boiler feed systems, or condensers unless approved positive means are provided to prevent oil from being accidentally discharged into any of the aforementioned systems.</P>
            <P>(b) When oil needs to be heated to lower its viscosity, heating coils must be properly installed in each tank.</P>
            <P>(1) Each drain from a heating coil as well as each drain from an oil heater must run to an open inspection tank or other suitable oil detector before returning to the feed system.</P>
            <P>(2) As far as practicable, no part of the fuel-oil system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 180 KPa (26 psi) may be placed in a concealed position so that defects and leakage cannot be readily observed. Each machinery space containing a part of the system must be adequately illuminated.</P>
            <P>(c) Filling pipes may be led directly from the deck into the tanks or to a manifold in an accessible location permanently marked to indicate the tanks to which they are connected. A shutoff valve must be fitted at each filling end. Oil piping must not be led through accommodation spaces, except that low pressure fill piping not normally used at sea may pass through accommodation spaces if it is of steel construction, all welded, and not concealed.</P>
            <P>(d) Piping subject to internal head pressure from oil in the tank must be fitted with positive shutoff valves located at the tank.</P>

            <P>(1) Valves installed on the outside of the oil tanks must be made of steel, ductile cast iron ASTM A395, or a ductile nonferrous alloy having a melting point above 1,700 °F and must be arranged with a means of manual control locally at the valve and remotely from a readily accessible and safe location outside of the compartment in which the valves are located.<PRTPAGE P="195"/>
            </P>
            <P>(i) In the special case of a deep tank in any shaft tunnel, piping tunnel, or similar space, one or more valves must be fitted on the tank, but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the piping outside the tunnel or similar space. Any such additional valve installed inside a machinery space must be capable of being operated from outside this space.</P>
            <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
            <P>(2) If valves are installed on the inside of the tank, they may be made of cast iron and arranged for remote control only. Additional valves for local control must be located in the space where the system exits from the tank or adjacent tanks. Valves for local control outside the tanks must be made of steel, ductile cast iron ASTM A395, or a ductile nonferrous alloy having a melting point above 1,700 °F.</P>
            <P>(3) Power operated valves installed to comply with the requirements of this section must meet the following requirements:</P>
            <P>(i) Valve actuators must be capable of closing the valves under all conditions, except during physical interruption of the power system (e.g., cable breakage or tube rupture). Fluid power actuated valves, other than those opened against spring pressure, must be provided with an energy storage system which is protected, as far as practicable, from fire and collision. The storage system must be used for no other purpose and must have sufficient capacity to cycle all connected valves from the initial valve position to the opposite position and return. The cross connection of this system to an alternate power supply will be given special consideration by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(ii) The valve shall have a local power actuator to both open and close the valve unless local manual opening operation will not prevent remote closing of the valve.</P>
            <P>(iii) The positioning of the valve by either the local or remote actuators shall not void the ability of the other actuator to close the valve.</P>
            <P>(iv) The valve shall be provided with a means of emergency manual operation to both open and close the valve regardless of the status of the power operating system. Such manual operation may interfere with the power operation, and if so, shall be protected from causal use by means of covers, locking devices, or other suitable means. Instructions and warnings regarding the emergency system shall be conspicuously posted at the valve.</P>
            <P>(4) Remote operation for shutoff valves on small independent oil tanks will be specially considered in each case where the size of tanks and their location may warrant the omission of remote operating rods.</P>
            <P>(e) Fuel oil tanks overhanging boilers are prohibited.</P>
            <P>(f) Valves for drawing fuel or draining water from fuel are not permitted in fuel oil systems except that a single valve may be permitted in the case of diesel driven machinery if suitably located within the machinery space away from any potential source of ignition. Such a valve shall be fitted with a cap or a plug to prevent leakage.</P>
            <P>(g) Test cocks must not be fitted to fuel oil or cargo oil tanks.</P>
            <P>(h) Oil piping must not run through feed or potable water tanks. Feed or potable water piping must not pass through oil tanks.</P>
            <P>(i) Where flooding equalizing cross-connections between fuel or cargo tanks are required for stability considerations, the arrangement must be approved by the Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(j) Piping conveying oil must be run well away from hot surfaces wherever possible. Where such leads are unavoidable, only welded joints are to be used, or alternatively, suitable shields are to be fitted in the way of flanged or mechanical pipe joints when welded joints are not practicable. Piping that conveys fuel oil or lubricating oil to equipment and is in the proximity of equipment or lines having an open flame or having parts operating above 500 °F must be of seamless steel. (See § 56.50-65 of this part.)</P>
            <P>(k) Oil piping drains, strainers and other equipment subject to normal oil leakage must be fitted with drip pans or other means to prevent oil draining into the bilge.</P>

            <P>(l) Where oil piping passes through a non-oil tank without stop valves complying with paragraph (d) of this section installed at all tank penetrations, <PRTPAGE P="196"/>the piping must comply with § 56.50-50(k).</P>
            <P>(m) Each arrangement for the storage, distribution, and use of oil in a pressure-lubrication system must—</P>
            <P>(1) As well as comply with § 56.50-80, be such as to ensure the safety of the vessel and all persons aboard; and</P>
            <P>(2) In a machinery space, meet the applicable requirements of §§ 56.50-60 (b)(2) and (d), 56.50-85(a)(11), 56.50-90 (c) and (d), and 58.01-55(f) of this subchapter. No arrangement need comply with § 58.50-90 (c)(1) and (c)(3) of this subchapter if the sounding pipe is fitted with an effective means of closure, such as a threaded cap or plug or other means acceptable to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The use of flexible piping or hose is permitted in accordance with the applicable requirements of §§ 56.35-10, 56.35-15, and 56.60-25(c).</P>
            <P>(n) Each arrangement for the storage, distribution, and use of any other flammable oil employed under pressure in a power transmission-system, control and activating system, or heating system must be such as to ensure the safety of the vessel and all persons aboard by—</P>
            <P>(1) Complying with Subpart 58.30 of this subchapter; and,</P>
            <P>(2) Where means of ignition are present, meeting the applicable requirements of §§ 56.50-85(a)(11), 56.50-90 (c) and (d), and 58.01-55(f) of this subchapter. Each pipe and its valves and fittings must be of steel or other approved material, except that the use of flexible piping or hose is permitted in accordance with the applicable requirements of §§ 56.35-10, 56.35-15, and 56.60-25(c).</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGD 73-254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Burner fuel-oil service systems.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) All discharge piping from the fuel oil service pumps to burners must be seamless steel with a thickness of at least Schedule 80. If required by § 56.07-10(e) of this part or paragraph 104.1.2 of ANSI B31.1, the thickness must be greater than Schedule 80. Short lengths of steel, or annealed copper nickel, nickel copper, or copper pipe and tubing may be used between the fuel oil burner front header manifold and the atomizer head to provide flexibility. All material used must meet the requirements of subpart 56.60 of this part. The use of non-metallic materials is prohibited. The thickness of the short lengths must not be less than the larger of 0.9 mm (0.35 inch) or that required by § 56.07-10(e) of this part. Flexible metallic tubing for this application may be used when approved by the Marine Safety Center. Tubing fittings must be of the flared type except that flareless fittings of the nonbite type may be used when the tubing is steel, nickel copper or copper nickel.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) All vessels having oil fired boilers must have at least two fuel service pumps, each of sufficient capacity to supply all the boilers at full power, and arranged so that one may be overhauled while the other is in service. At least two fuel oil heaters of approximately equal capacity must be installed and so arranged that any heater may be overhauled while the other(s) is (are) in service. Suction and discharge strainers must be of the duplex or other type capable of being cleaned without interrupting the oil supply.</P>
            <P>(2) All auxiliary boilers, except those furnishing steam for vital equipment and fire extinguishing purposes other than duplicate installations, may be equipped with a single fuel oil service pump and a single fuel oil heater. Such pumps need not be fitted with discharge strainers.</P>
            <P>(3) Strainers must be located so as to preclude the possibility of spraying oil on the burner or boiler casing, or be provided with spray shields. Coamings, drip pans, etc., must be fitted under fuel oil service pumps, heaters, etc., where necessary to prevent oil drainage to the bilge.</P>
            <P>(4) Boilers burning fuel oils of low viscosity need not be equipped with fuel oil heaters, provided acceptable evidence is furnished to indicate that satisfactory combustion will be obtained without the use of heaters.</P>

            <P>(c) Piping between service pumps and burners shall be located so as to be readily observable, and all bolted <PRTPAGE P="197"/>flange joints shall be provided with a wrap around deflector to deflect spray in case of a leak. The relief valve located at the pump and the relief valves fitted to the fuel oil heaters shall discharge back into the settling tank or the suction side of the pump. The return line from the burners shall be so arranged that the suction piping cannot be subjected to discharge pressure.</P>
            <P>(d) If threaded-bonnet valves are employed, they shall be of the union-bonnet type capable of being packed under pressure.</P>
            <P>(e) Unions shall not be used for pipe diameters of 1 inch and above.</P>
            <P>(f) Boiler header valves of the quick closing type shall be installed in the fuel supply lines as close to the boiler front header as practicable. The location is to be accessible to the operator or remotely controlled.</P>
            <P>(g) Bushings and street ells are not permitted in fuel oil discharge piping.</P>
            <P>(h) Each fuel-oil service pump must be equipped with controls as required by § 58.01-25 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Gasoline fuel systems.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Material.</E> (1) Fuel supply piping to the engines shall be of seamless drawn annealed copper pipe or tubing, nickel copper, or copper nickel pipe or tubing meeting the requirements of subpart 56.60.</P>
            <P>(2) Tubing wall thicknesses shall not be less than the larger of that shown in Table 56.50-70(a), or as required by § 56.07-10(e) and 104.1.2 of ANSI-B31.1.</P>
            <P>(3) Tubing fittings shall be of nonferrous drawn or forged metal and of the flared type except that the flareless fittings of the nonbite type may be used when the tubing system is of nickel copper or copper nickel. Tubing shall be cut square and flared by suitable tools. Tube ends shall be annealed before flaring. Pipe fittings shall be of nonferrous material. Pipe thread joints shall be made tight with a suitable compound.</P>
            <P>(4) Valves for fuel lines shall be of nonferrous material of the union bonnet type with ground seats except that cocks may be used if they are the solid bottom type with tapered plugs and union bonnets.</P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s75,8,8" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
              <TTITLE>Table 56.50-70(a)—Tubing Wall Thickness</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Outside diameter of tubing in inches</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Thickness</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">B.W.G.</CHED>
                <CHED H="2">Inch</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">
                  <FR>1/8</FR>, <FR>3/16</FR>, <FR>1/4</FR>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="21">#</E>21</ENT>
                <ENT>0.032</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">
                  <FR>5/16</FR>, <FR>3/8</FR>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="21">#</E>20</ENT>
                <ENT>.035</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">
                  <FR>7/16</FR>, <FR>1/2</FR>
                </ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <E T="21">#</E>19</ENT>
                <ENT>.042</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Installation.</E> (1) All fuel pipes, pipe connections, and accessories shall be readily accessible. The piping shall run in sight wherever practicable, protected against mechanical injury, and effectively secured against excessive movement and vibration by the use of soft nonferrous metal liners or straps without sharp edges. Where passing through steel decks or bulkheads, fuel lines shall be protected by close fitting ferrules or stuffing boxes. Refer to § 56.30-25 for tubing joint installations.</P>
            <P>(2) A short length of suitable metallic or nonmetallic flexible tubing or hose, or a loop of annealed copper tubing shall be installed in the fuel supply line at or near the engine to prevent damage by vibration. If nonmetallic flexible hose is used it shall meet the requirements of § 56.60-25(c) for fuel service. Flexible hose connections should maintain metallic contact between the sections of the fuel supply lines; however, if such contact is not maintained, the fuel tank shall be grounded.</P>
            <P>(3) Valves in fuel lines shall be installed to close against the flow.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Shutoff valves.</E> Shutoff valves of a suitable type shall be installed in the fuel supply lines, one as close to each tank as practicable, and one as close to each carburetor as practicable. Where fuel tanks are installed below the weather deck, arrangements shall be provided for operating all shutoff valves at the tanks from outside the compartments in which they are located, preferably from an accessible position on the weather deck. The operating gear for the shutoff valves at the tanks shall be accessible at all times and shall be suitably marked.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Strainers.</E> A suitable twin strainer shall be fitted in the fuel supply line in the engine compartment. Strainers shall be of the type opening on top for cleaning screens. A drip pan shall be fitted under the strainer.<PRTPAGE P="198"/>
            </P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Outlets and drains.</E> Outlets in fuel lines for drawing gasoline for any purpose are prohibited. Valved openings in the bottom of fuel tanks are prohibited; however, openings fitted with threaded plug or cap can be used for cleaning purposes.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Fuel suction connections.</E> All fuel suction and return lines shall enter the top of the fuel tanks and connections shall be fitted into spuds. Such lines shall extend nearly to the bottom of the tank.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Filling and sounding pipes.</E> Filling and sounding pipes shall be so arranged that vapors or possible overflow when filling cannot escape to the inside of the vessel but will discharge overboard. Such pipes shall terminate on the weather deck clear of any coamings and shall be fitted with suitable shutoff valves or deck plugs. Filling and sounding pipes shall extend to within one-half of their diameter from the bottom of the tank or from the surface of the striking plate in case of a sounding pipe. A flame screen of noncorrodible wire mesh shall be fitted in the throat of the filling pipe. Sounding pipes shall be kept closed at all times except during sounding.</P>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">Vent pipes.</E> Each tank shall be fitted with a vent, the cross-sectional area of which shall not be less than that of the filling pipe. The vent pipes shall terminate at least 2 feet above the weather deck and not less than 3 feet from any opening into living quarters or other below deck space. The ends of vent pipes shall terminate with U-bends and shall be fitted with flame screens or flame arresters. The flame screens shall consist of a single screen of corrosion resistant wire of at least 30 by 30 mesh.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Gasoline tanks.</E> For requirements pertaining to independent gasoline fuel tanks see subpart 58.50 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(j) <E T="03">Fuel pumps.</E> Each fuel pump must be equipped with controls as required by § 58.01-25 of this subchapter.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72-59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Diesel fuel systems.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Vessels greater than 100 gross tons.</E> (1) The diesel fuel system shall comply with §§ 56.50-60, 56.50-85, and 56.50-90. The fuel supply piping to engines shall be of seamless steel, annealed seamless copper or brass pipe or tubing, or of nickel copper or copper nickel alloy meeting the requirements of subpart 56.60 for materials and § 56.50-70(a)(2) for thickness. Fuel oil service or unit pumps shall be equipped with controls to comply with § 58.01-25 of this subchapter.</P>
            <P>(2) The installation shall comply with § 56.50-70(b).</P>
            <P>(3) Tubing connections and fittings shall be drawn or forged metal of the flared type except that flareless fittings of the nonbite type may be used when the tubing system is steel, nickel-copper, or copper-nickel. When making flared tube connections the tubing shall be cut square and flared by suitable tools. Tube ends shall be annealed before flaring.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Vessels of 100 gross tons and less and tank barges.</E> (1) <E T="03">Materials.</E> Fuel supply piping shall be of copper, nickel copper or copper nickel having a minimum wall thickness of 0.035 inch except that piping of other materials such as seamless steel pipe or tubing which provides equivalent safety may be used.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Tubing connections and fittings.</E> Tubing connections shall comply with the provisions of § 56.50-75(a)(3).</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Installation.</E> The installation of diesel fuel piping shall comply with the requirements of § 56.50-70(b).</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Shutoff valves.</E> Shutoff valves shall be installed in the fuel supply lines, one as close to each tank as practicable, and one as close to each fuel pump as practicable. Valves shall be accessible at all times.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Outlets and drains.</E> Valves for removing water or impurities from fuel oil systems will be permitted in the machinery space provided such valves are fitted with caps or plugs to prevent leakage.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Filling pipe.</E> Tank filling pipes on motorboats and motor vessels of less than 100 gross tons and tank barges shall terminate on an open deck and shall be fitted with suitable shutoff valves, deck plugs, or caps.<PRTPAGE P="199"/>
            </P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Vent pipes.</E> Each tank shall be fitted with a vent pipe complying with § 56.50-85.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Independent diesel fuel tanks.</E> See subpart 58.50 of this subchapter for specific requirements.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2, 1989]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-80</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Lubricating-oil systems.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The lubricating oil system shall be designed to function satisfactorily when the vessel has a permanent 15° list and a permanent 5° trim.</P>
            <P>(b) When pressure or gravity-forced lubrication is employed for the steam driven main propelling machinery, an independent auxiliary lubricating pump shall be provided.</P>
            <P>(c) Oil coolers on steam driven machinery shall be provided with two separate means of circulating water through the coolers.</P>
            <P>(d) For internal combustion engine installations, the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section shall be met, but they do not apply to vessels in river and harbor service, nor to any vessel below 300 gross tons. Where the size and design of an engine is such that lubrication before starting is not necessary and an attached pump is normally used, the independent auxiliary pump is not required if a duplicate of the attached pump is carried as spare. In meeting the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section in the case of internal combustion engines, two separate means are to be provided for circulating coolant on those engines on which oil coolers are fitted. One of those means must be independently driven and may consist of a connection from a pump of adequate size normally used for other purposes utilizing the required coolant. Where the design of an engine will not readily accommodate an independent pump connection, the independent auxiliary pump will not be required if a duplicate of the attached pump is carried as a spare. Oil filters shall be provided on all internal combustion engine installations. On main propulsion engines which are fitted with full-flow type filters, the arrangement shall be such that the filters may be cleaned without interrupting the oil supply except that such an arrangement is not required on vessels having more than a single main propulsion engine.</P>
            <P>(e) The lubricating oil piping shall be independent of other piping systems and shall be provided with necessary coolers, heaters, filters, etc., for proper operation. Oil heaters shall be fitted with bypasses.</P>
            <P>(f) Diesel engine lubrication systems shall be so arranged that vapors from the sump tank may not be discharged back into the engine crank case of engines of the dry sump type.</P>
            <P>(g) Steam turbine driven propulsion and auxiliary generating machinery depending on forced lubrication shall be arranged to shut down automatically upon failure of the lubricating system.</P>
            <P>(h) Sight-flow glasses may be used in lubricating-oil systems provided it has been demonstrated, to the satisfaction of the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center, that they can withstand exposure to a flame at a temperature of 927 °C (1700 °F) for one hour, without failure or appreciable leakage.</P>
            <P>(i) Steam driven propulsion machinery must be provided with an emergency supply of lubricating oil that must operate automatically upon failure of the lubricating oil system. The emergency oil supply must be adequate to provide lubrication until the equipment comes to rest during automatic shutdown.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69-127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGD 81-030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-85</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Tank-vent piping.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This section applies to vents for all independent, fixed, non-pressure tanks or containers or for spaces in which liquids, such as fuel, ship's stores, cargo, or ballast, are carried.</P>
            <P>(1) The structural arrangement in double bottom and other tanks shall be such as to permit the free passage of air and gases from all parts of the tanks to vent pipes.</P>

            <P>(2) Tanks having a comparatively small surface, such as fuel oil settling tanks, need be fitted with only one vent pipe, but tanks having a comparatively large surface shall be fitted with at least two vent pipes. The vents shall <PRTPAGE P="200"/>be located so as to provide venting of the tanks under any service condition.</P>
            <P>(3) Vent pipes for fuel oil tanks shall, wherever possible, have a slope of no less than 30°. Header lines, where both ends are adequately drained to a tank, are excluded from this requirement.</P>
            <P>(4) Tank vents must extend above the weather deck, except vents from fresh water tanks, bilge oily-water holding tanks, bilge slop tanks, and tanks containing Grade E combustible liquids, such as lubricating oil, may terminate in the machinery space, provided—</P>
            <P>(i) The vents are arranged to prevent overflow on machinery, electrical equipment, and hot surfaces;</P>
            <P>(ii) Tanks containing combustible liquids are not heated; and</P>
            <P>(iii) The vents terminate above the deep load waterline if the tanks have boundaries in common with the hull.</P>
            <P>(5) Vents from oil tanks must terminate not less than three feet from any opening into living quarters.</P>
            <P>(6) Vents extending above the freeboard deck or superstructure deck from fuel oil and other tanks must be at least Schedule 40 in wall thickness. Except for barges in inland service and for Great Lakes vessels, the height from the deck to any point where water may gain access through the vent to below deck must be at least 30 inches (760mm) on the freeboard deck and 17<FR>1/2</FR> inches (450mm) on the superstructure deck. On Great Lakes vessels, the height from the deck to any point where water may gain access through the vent to below deck must be at least 30 inches (760mm) on the freeboard deck, 24 inches (610mm) on the raised quarterdeck, and 12 inches (305mm) on other superstructure decks. Where the height of vents on Great Lakes vessels may interfere with the working of the vessel, a lower height may be approved by the Marine Safety Center provided the vent cap is properly protected from mechanical damage. For barges in inland service, the vents must extend at least six inches above the deck. A lesser amount may be approved by the Marine Safety Center if evidence is provided that a particular vent has proven satisfactory in service.</P>
            <P>(7) Satisfactory means, permanently attached, shall be provided for closing the openings of all vents, except that barges in inland service may be exempted. Acceptable means of closure are:</P>
            <P>(i) A ball check valve where the ball float, normally in the open position, will float up and close under the action of a submerging wave. The valve shall be designed so that the effective clear discharge area through the valve with the float in the open position is not less than the inlet area of the vent pipe to which the valve is connected.</P>
            <P>(ii) A hinged closure normally open on the outlet of the return bend, which must close automatically by the force of a submerging wave; or</P>
            <P>(iii) Another suitable device acceptable to the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center.</P>
            <P>(8) Vent outlets from all tanks which may emit flammable or combustible vapors, such as bilge slop tanks and contaminated drain tanks, must be fitted with a single screen of corrosion-resistant wire of at least 30 by 30 mesh, or two screens of at least 20 by 20 mesh spaced not less than one-half inch (13mm) nor more than 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches (38mm) apart. The clear area through the mesh must not be less than the internal unobstructed area of the required pipe.</P>
            <P>(9) Where vents are provided with flame screens, the closure device shall be situated so as not to damage these screens.</P>
            <P>(10) The diameter of each vent pipe must not be less than 1<FR>1/2</FR> inches nominal pipe size for fresh water tanks, 2 inches nominal pipe size for water ballast tanks, and 2<FR>1/2</FR> inches nominal pipe size for fuel oil tanks, except that small independent tanks need not have a vent more than 25% greater in cross-sectional area than the fill line.</P>
            <P>(11)(i) If a tank may be filled by a pressure head exceeding that for which the tank is designed, the aggregate cross-sectional area of the vents in each tank must be not less than the cross-sectional area of the filling line unless the tank is protected by overflows, in which case the aggregate cross-sectional area of the overflows must be not less than the cross-sectional area of the filling line.</P>

            <P>(ii) Provision must be made to guard against liquids rising in the venting <PRTPAGE P="201"/>system to a height that would exceed the design head of a cargo tank or fuel-oil tank. It may be made by high-level alarms or overflow-control systems or other, equivalent means, together with gauging devices and procedures for filling cargo tanks.</P>
            <P>(12) Where deep tanks are intended for the occasional carriage of dry or liquid cargo, a “spectacle” or ring and blank flange may be fitted in the overflow pipe so arranged as not to interfere with venting when the tanks contain oil.</P>
            <P>(13) Vents from fresh water or water ballast tanks shall not be connected to a common header with vents from oil or oily ballast tanks.</P>
            <P>(b) Tank vents must remain within the watertight subdivision boundaries in which the tanks they vent are located. Where the structural configuration of a vessel makes meeting this requirement impracticable, the Marine Safety Center may permit a tank vent to penetrate a watertight subdivision bulkhead. All tank vents which penetrate watertight subdivision bulkheads must terminate above the weather deck.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 77-140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; CGD 95-012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-90</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sounding devices.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each tank must be provided with a suitable means of determining liquid level. Except for a main cargo tank on a tank vessel, each integral hull tank and compartment, unless at all times accessible while the vessel is operating, must be fitted with a sounding pipe.</P>
            <P>(b) Where sounding pipes terminate below the freeboard deck on cargo vessels, they shall be fitted with gate valves. On passenger vessels, where sounding pipes terminate below the bulkhead deck, they shall be fitted with self-closing gate valves.</P>
            <P>(c) Except as allowed by this paragraph, on each vessel constructed on or after June 9, 1995, no sounding pipe used in a fuel-oil tank may terminate in any space where the risk of ignition of spillage from the pipe might arise. None may terminate in a space for passengers or crew. When practicable, none may terminate in a machinery space. When the Commanding Officer, Marine Safety Center, determines it impracticable to avoid terminating a pipe in a machinery space, a sounding pipe may terminate in a machinery space if all the following requirements are met:</P>
            <P>(1) In addition to the sounding pipe, the fuel-oil tank has an oil-level gauge complying with paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) The pipe terminates in a place remote from ignition hazards unless precautions are taken such as fitting an effective screen (shield) to prevent the fuel oil, in case of spillage through the end of the pipe, from coming into contact with a source of ignition.</P>
            <P>(3) The end of the pipe is fitted with a self-closing blanking device and a small-diameter, self-closing control cock located below the blanking device for the purpose of ascertaining before the blanking device is opened that no fuel oil is present. Provision must be made to ensure that no spillage of fuel oil through the control cock involves an ignition hazard.</P>
            <P>(d) On each vessel constructed on or after June 9, 1995, other oil-level gauges may be used instead of sounding pipes if all the following requirements are met:</P>
            <P>(1) In a passenger vessel, no such gauge may require penetration below the top of the tank, and neither the failure of a gauge nor an overfilling of the tank may permit release of fuel into the space.</P>
            <P>(2) In a cargo vessel, neither the failure of such a gauge nor an overfilling of the tank may permit release of fuel into the space. The use of cylindrical gauge-glasses is prohibited. The use of oil-level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and fuel tanks is acceptable.</P>

            <P>(e) The upper ends of sounding pipes terminating at the weather deck shall be closed by a screw cap or plug. Great Lakes dry cargo carriers may have the sounding pipes which service ballast water tanks terminate at least 4 inches above the deck if closure is provided by a tight fitting hinged cover making metal-to-metal contact with the hinge on the forward side. Positive means to secure these caps in the closed position shall be provided. Provision shall be <PRTPAGE P="202"/>made to prevent damage to the vessels’ plating by the striking of the sounding rod.</P>
            <P>(f) On mobile offshore drilling units where installation of sounding pipes may not be practicable for some tanks, alternate means of determining liquid level may be used if approved by the Commandant.</P>
            <CITA>[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56800, Dec. 4, 1978; CGD 83-043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; CGD 95-028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 56.50-95</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Overboard discharges and shell connections.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)(1) All inlets and discharges led through the vessel's side shall be fitted with efficient and accessible means, located as close to the hull penetrations as is practicable, for preventing the accidental admission of water into the vessel either through such pipes or in the event of fracture of such pipes.</P>
            <P>(2) The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges, tank overflows, and other similar openings in the vessel's side shall be reduced to a minimum, either by making each discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and other pipes, or in any other satisfactory manner.</P>
            <P>(3) In general, when the bulkhead deck is above the freeboard deck, the requirements of this section apply relative to the bulkhead deck. For vessels not assigned load lines, such as certain inland vessels and barges, the weather deck shall be taken as the freeboard deck.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) Scuppers and discharge pipes originating at any level and pentrating the shell either more than 17<FR>1/2</FR> inches (450mm) below the freeboard deck or less than 23<FR>1/2</FR> inches (600mm) above the summer load waterline must be provided with an automatic nonreturn valve at the shell. This valve, unless required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be omitted if the piping is not less than Schedule 80 in wall thickness for nominal pipe sizes through 8 inches, Schedule 60 for nominal pipe sizes above 8 inches and below 16 inches, and Schedule 40 for nominal pipe sizes 16 inches and above.</P>
            <P>(2) Discharges led through the shell originating either from spaces below the freeboard deck or from within enclosed superstructures and equivalent deckhouses on the freeboard deck as defined in § 42.13-15(i) of subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter, shall be fitted with efficient and accessible means for preventing water from passing inboard. Normally each separate discharge shall have one automatic nonreturn valve with a positive means of closing it from a position above the freeboard deck. Where, however, the vertical upward distance from the summer load line to the inboard end of the discharge pipe through which flooding can take place exceed 0.01L, the discharge may have two automatic nonreturn valves without positive means of closing, provided that the inboard valve is always accessible for examination under service conditions. Where that vertical distance exceeds 0.02L a single automatic nonreturn valve without positive means of closing is acceptable. In an installation where the two automatic nonreturn valves are used, the inboard valve must be above the tropical load line. The means for operating the positive action valve shall be readily accessible and provided with an indicator showing whether the valve is open or closed. A suitable arrangement shall be made to insure the valve is not closed by unauthorized persons, and a notice shall be posted in a conspicuous place at the operating station to the effect that the valve shall not be closed except as required in an emergency.</P>
            <P>(3) Where scuppers and drains are installed in superstructures or deckhouses not enclosed as defined in § 42.13-15(j) of subchapter E (Load Lines) of this chapter, they shall be led overboard. Refer to paragraph (b)(1) of this section for any nonreturn valve requirement.</P>
            <P>(4) Sanitary pump discharges leading directly overboard or via a holding tank must meet the standards prescribed by this paragraph. The location of the sanitary system openings within the vessel determines whether the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) or (3) of this section are applicable.</P>

            <P>(c) Overflow pipes which discharge through the vessel's side must be located as far above the deepest load line as practicable and fitted with valves as required by paragraph (b) of this section. Two automatic nonreturn valves <PRTPAGE P="203"/>must be used unless it is impracticable to locate the inboard valve in an accessible position, in which case a nonreturn valve with a positive means of closure from a position above the freeboard deck will be acceptable. Overflows which extend at least 30 inches above the freeboard deck before discharging overboard may be fitted with a single automatic nonreturn valve at the vessel's side. Overflow pipes which serve as tank vents must not be fitted with positive means of closure without the specific approval of the Marine Safety Center. Overflow pipes may be vented to the weather.</P>
            <P>(d)(1) Sea inlets and discharges, such as used in closed systems required for the operation of main and auxiliary machinery, as in pump connections or scoop injection heat exchanger connections, need not meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section but instead shall be fitted with a shutoff valve located as near the shell plating as practicable, and may be locally controlled if the valve is located in a manned machinery space. These controls shall be readily accessible above the floor plates and shall be provided with indication showing whether the valve is opened or closed. Manned machinery spaces include the main machinery space and are either attended by the crew or are automated in accordance with part 62 of this subchapter to be comparable to an attended space.</P>
            <P>(2) In unmanned machinery spaces, all machinery inlets and discharges as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall be remotely operable from a position above the freeboard deck unless otherwise approved and shall meet the access and marking requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(e)(1) Pipes terminating at the shell plating shall be 